TWI255118B - Digital data interface, method, apparatus, computer program product, processor and state machine for transferring digital data - Google Patents

Digital data interface, method, apparatus, computer program product, processor and state machine for transferring digital data Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI255118B
TWI255118B TW091120455A TW91120455A TWI255118B TW I255118 B TWI255118 B TW I255118B TW 091120455 A TW091120455 A TW 091120455A TW 91120455 A TW91120455 A TW 91120455A TW I255118 B TWI255118 B TW I255118B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
data
host
packet
client
link
Prior art date
Application number
TW091120455A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Qiuzhen Zou
George Alan Wiley
Brian Steele
Original Assignee
Qualcomm Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US10/020,520 external-priority patent/US6760772B2/en
Priority claimed from AU2002324904A external-priority patent/AU2002324904A1/en
Application filed by Qualcomm Inc filed Critical Qualcomm Inc
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI255118B publication Critical patent/TWI255118B/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L25/00Baseband systems
    • H04L25/38Synchronous or start-stop systems, e.g. for Baudot code
    • H04L25/40Transmitting circuits; Receiving circuits
    • H04L25/45Transmitting circuits; Receiving circuits using electronic distributors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/14Digital output to display device ; Cooperation and interconnection of the display device with other functional units
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09GARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
    • G09G5/00Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
    • G09G5/003Details of a display terminal, the details relating to the control arrangement of the display terminal and to the interfaces thereto
    • G09G5/006Details of the interface to the display terminal
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/72Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
    • H04M1/724User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones
    • H04M1/72403User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality
    • H04M1/72409User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality by interfacing with external accessories
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N19/00Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
    • H04N19/46Embedding additional information in the video signal during the compression process
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09GARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
    • G09G2370/00Aspects of data communication
    • G09G2370/04Exchange of auxiliary data, i.e. other than image data, between monitor and graphics controller
    • G09G2370/045Exchange of auxiliary data, i.e. other than image data, between monitor and graphics controller using multiple communication channels, e.g. parallel and serial
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09GARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
    • G09G2370/00Aspects of data communication
    • G09G2370/10Use of a protocol of communication by packets in interfaces along the display data pipeline
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09GARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
    • G09G2370/00Aspects of data communication
    • G09G2370/16Use of wireless transmission of display information
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09GARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
    • G09G5/00Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
    • G09G5/02Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the way in which colour is displayed
    • G09G5/06Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the way in which colour is displayed using colour palettes, e.g. look-up tables
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/72Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
    • H04M1/724User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones
    • H04M1/72403User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality
    • H04M1/72409User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality by interfacing with external accessories
    • H04M1/724094Interfacing with a device worn on the user's body to provide access to telephonic functionalities, e.g. accepting a call, reading or composing a message
    • H04M1/724097Worn on the head
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Abstract

A data interface for transferring digital data between a host and a client over a communication path using packet structures linked together to form a communication protocol for communicating a pre-selected set of digital control and presentation data. The signal protocol is used by link controllers configured to generate, transmit, and receive packets forming the communications protocol, and to form digital data into one or more types of data packets, with at least one residing in the host device and being coupled to the client through the communications path. The interface provides a cost-effective, low power, bi-directional, high-speed data transfer mechanism over a short-range ""serial"" type data link, which lends itself to implementation with miniature connectors and thin flexible cables which are especially useful in connecting display elements such as wearable micro-displays to portable computers and wireless communication devices.

Description

1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(1 ) 發明背景 I. 發明領域 本發明關於在一主機通信裝置及一客戶端的聲音/視覺 呈現裝置之間以高資料率傳送數位信號協定及處理。更特 定而言,本發明一種使用一低功率、高資料率傳送機制由 一無線裝置到一微型顯示單元或其它呈現裝置傳送多媒體 及其它形式的數位信號之技術。 II. 相關技藝 電腦、電子遊戲相關的產品,及不同的視訊技術(例如 DVD及高解析度VCR),其在近年來進步顯著,以提供呈 現出逐漸增高的解析度之靜態影像、視訊、隨選視訊、及 圖形影像給這種設備的使用者,即使包含了 一些形式的文 字。這些進展因此需要使用較高解析度的電子觀視裝置, 例如高解析度視訊監視器、HDTV監視器、或特殊化的影 像投射元件。結合這種視覺影像以及高解析度或高品質的 聲音資料,例如當使用CD類的聲音再生、DVD及其它亦 具有相關聲音信號輸出的裝置,用以對於一終端使用者提 供一更為真實、内容豐富或逼真的多媒體經驗。此外,已 經發展出僅呈現聲音給終端使用者的高活動性、高聲音品 質系統及音樂傳輸機制,例如MP3播放器。 在一典型的視訊呈現方式中,視訊資料使用目前的技術 來傳送,其速率最佳可稱之為慢或中等,其約為1 kbps到 數十kbps的等級。然後此資料可在短暫的或較長期的記憶 體裝置中緩衝或儲存,用以延遲(稍後)播放出來在一所要 -4- 本紙張國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公f) 1255118BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION 1. Field of the Invention The present invention relates to the transfer and processing of digital signals at a high data rate between a host communication device and a client's audio/visual presentation device. More specifically, the present invention is a technique for transmitting multimedia and other forms of digital signals from a wireless device to a miniature display unit or other rendering device using a low power, high data rate delivery mechanism. II. Related technology computers, video game related products, and different video technologies (such as DVD and high-resolution VCR), which have made remarkable progress in recent years to provide static images, video, and accompanying images with increasing resolution. Video and graphic images are given to users of such devices, even if they contain some form of text. These advances therefore require the use of higher resolution electronic viewing devices, such as high resolution video monitors, HDTV monitors, or specialized image projection elements. Combining such visual images with high-resolution or high-quality sound data, such as when using CD-based sound reproduction, DVDs, and other devices that also have associated sound signal output, to provide a more realistic, Rich or realistic multimedia experience. In addition, high activity, high sound quality systems and music transmission mechanisms, such as MP3 players, have been developed that only present sound to end users. In a typical video presentation mode, video data is transmitted using current techniques, and the rate is best known as slow or medium, which is about 1 kbps to tens of kbps. This information can then be buffered or stored in a short or longer-term memory device to delay (later) playback in a required -4- paper National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 male f) 1255118

發明説明 的觀視裝置上。舉例而言,影像可傳《「通過」,或使用 、、罔際網路,並使用存在於具有—數據機或網際網路連接裝 置=電腦上的程式來接收或傳送有用於數位化呈現一影像 的=料。.一類似的傳送可使用無線裝置來進行,例如配備 有典線數據機之可攜式電腦,或無線個人資料助理(PDA) ,或無線電話。 姑一旦接收到,該資料即局部儲存在記憶體元件、電路或 ^置中來播放,例如RAM或快閃記憶體,其包含外部儲存 裝置。根據資料量及影像解析度,該播放可相當快速地進 仃,或呈現出較長期的延遲。也就是說,在某些情況下, 〜像主現對於不需要許多資料的非常小或低解析度影像來 允許某種程度的即時播放,或使用某種形式的緩衝化,所 以在短暫延遲之後,在傳送更多材料時即可呈現一些材 料。如果在該傳送鏈結中沒有中斷,一旦開始傳送該呈現 時,該傳送理論上對於該觀視裝置的終端使用者為透明 化。 用來產生靜態影像或動態視訊之資料通常使用數種熟知 的技術之一來壓縮,例如連結相片專家群組(JPEG)、動畫 圖像專家群組(mpeg)中所指定者,及其它在媒體、電腦 及週信產業中熟知的標準組織或公司,以加速在一通信鏈 結上的貧料傳送。此可允許使用較少數目的位元來傳送影 像或資料,以傳送一給定量的資訊。 一旦資料傳送到一「當地」裝置,例如電腦或其它裝 置’所得到的資訊為未壓縮的(或使用特殊解碼播放器來 -5- 本紙 i家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1255118 A7 五、發明説明) 一' 大、、勺每杪115 Kbps或920 Kbps的資料速率可固定地由目 "勺序列j面來管理。其它例如usb序列介面之介面,其 可用瑕面到12 Mbps的速率來進行資料傳送,及特殊的高 速轉移’例如那些用於IEEE (電子電機工程師協會)1394 ^卞者’其發生的速率在約100到400 Mbps。不幸地是, 這些速率達不到上述所需要的高資料率,其可考慮用於未 來的典線資料裝置及服務,以提供高解析度及内容豐富的 輸出信號,用以驅動可攜式的視訊顯示器或聲音裝置。此 外,廷些介面需調使用大量的主機或系統及客戶端軟體來 運作。其軟體協定堆疊亦產生了不需要的大量負擔,特別 是考慮到行動式的無線裝置或電話應用。再者,一些這種 介面使用許多纜線,其太重且無法滿足行動應用所需要的 南度美觀性,複雜的連接器會增加成本,或僅消耗太高功 率。 仍有其它已知的介面,例如類比視訊繪圖卡(VGA)、數 位視訊互動(DVI)、或Gigabit視訊介面(gvIF)介面。這些 中的W兩個為串列式的介面,其以較高的傳送速率來處理 資料’但亦使用笨重的纜線及消耗大量的功率,其約為數 watt左右。這些特性使其無法用於可攜式的消費性電子裝 置。甚至該第三介面會消耗太多功率,且使用了昂貴或笨 重的連接器。 對於一些上述的介面,其關於對於固定的安裝電腦設備 之資料傳送的其它非常高速率資料系統/協定或傳送機 制’其具有其它主要的缺陷。為了提供所想要的資料傳送 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 001759 A7 B7 1255118 五、發明説明(5 ) 速率,其亦需要大量的功率及/或以高電流位準來運作。 此大幅降低了這種技術用於高度行動性消費性產品的適用 性。 一般而言,使用例如像是光纖形式的連接及傳送元件的 選擇性來提供這種資料傳送速率,其亦需要一些額外的轉 換器及元件,而造成高於一真正商業性消費者導向產品所 需要的複雜性及成本。除了上述光學系統通常較貴的特性 之外,其功率需求及複雜性使其無法用於一般的輕量化、 低功率及可攜式的應用。 在可攜式或行動式應用的產業中所缺乏的是一種提供一 高品質呈現經驗的技術,不論其對於高度行動化的終端使 用者為聲音、視訊或多媒體為主的呈現。也就是說,當使 用可攜式電腦時,無線電話、PDA或其它高度行動化的通 信裝置或設備,目前所使用的視訊及聲音呈現系統或裝置 僅僅不能夠以所要的高品質位準來傳遞輸出。通常,所缺 乏的感受品質為不能以傳送高品質呈現資料所需要的不能 達到的高資料率之結果。因此,其需要一種新的傳送機制 來在提供資料的主機裝置,及呈現一輸出到終端使用者之 客戶端顯示裝置或元件之間增加資料的流量。 發明概要 在本技藝中所存在的上述及其它的缺點可由本發明的具 體實施例處理掉,其中已發展出一種新的協定及資料傳送 機制來以高資料速率在一主機裝置及一接收客戶端裝置之 間傳送資料。 -8- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 001760 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(6 ) 本發明之具體實施例的好處在於提供資料傳送之技術的 複雜性低、成本低’也具有高度可靠性,其可良好地符合 於使用環境,且非常穩定,並仍保持高度的彈性。 本發明的具體實施例係關於在一通信路徑上的一主機裝 置及一客戶端裝置之間以高速率傳送數位資料的行動顯示 數位介面(MDDI),其使用鏈結在一起的複數個或一系列 的封包結構來形成一通信協定,用以在該主機及客戶端裝 置之間傳送一預先選擇的數位控制及呈現資料的組合。該 信號通信協定或鏈結層係由一主機或客戶端鏈結控制器的 實體層所使用。存在於該主機裝置中的至少一個鏈結控制 器係經由該通信路徑或鏈結來耦合到該客戶端裝置,且用 於產生、傳送及接收形成該通信協定的封包,並形成數位 化呈現資料到一或多種資料封包。該介面提供了該主機及 客戶端之間雙向的資訊傳送。 在本發明的具體實施例之其它方面,在該客戶端裝置中 置有至少一個客戶端鏈結控制器或客戶端接收器,其經由 違通#路控或鍵結來耦合到該主機裝置。該客戶端鏈結控 制备亦用來產生、傳送及接收形成該通信協定之封包,在 用以形成數位化呈現到一或多種資料封包。一般而言,該 主機或鏈結控制器使用一種狀態機器,用以處理在命令 中’或某種形式的信號預備及查詢處理中所使用的資料封 包,但可使用一較慢的通用處理器來操縱資料,及用於該 通信協定中的一些較不複雜的封包。該主機控制器包含一 或多種差動線驅動器;而該客戶端接收器包含韓合到該通 -9 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(21〇 χ 297公釐) 001761 1255118Description of the invention on a viewing device. For example, an image can be transmitted "passed", or used, connected to the Internet, and received or transmitted using a program stored on a computer or Internet connection device = computer for digital presentation. Image = material. A similar transmission can be made using a wireless device, such as a portable computer equipped with a data modem, or a wireless personal data assistant (PDA), or a wireless telephone. Once received, the data is stored locally in a memory component, circuit or device, such as RAM or flash memory, which contains an external storage device. Depending on the amount of data and the resolution of the image, the playback can be performed quite quickly or with a longer delay. That is to say, in some cases, ~minorly for very small or low-resolution images that do not require much data to allow some degree of instant playback, or use some form of buffering, so after a short delay Some materials can be presented as more material is transferred. If there is no interruption in the transmission link, the transmission is theoretically transparent to the end user of the viewing device once the presentation is initiated. The data used to generate still images or motion pictures is typically compressed using one of several well-known techniques, such as the Link Photo Experts Group (JPEG), the Animated Image Experts Group (mpeg), and others in the media. Standard organizations or companies well-known in the computer and Zhouxin industries to accelerate the transmission of poor materials on a communication link. This allows a smaller number of bits to be used to transfer images or data to deliver a given amount of information. Once the data is transferred to a "local" device, such as a computer or other device, the information obtained is uncompressed (or using a special decoding player - 5 - paper standard (CNS) Α 4 size (210 X 297 mm) 1255118 A7 V. Description of the invention) A data rate of 115 Kbps or 920 Kbps per large, scoop can be fixedly managed by the J' Other interfaces such as the usb serial interface, which can be used for data transfer from 12 to Mbps, and special high-speed transfers, such as those used by IEEE (Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers) 1394 100 to 400 Mbps. Unfortunately, these rates do not meet the high data rates required above, and can be considered for future parametric data devices and services to provide high-resolution and rich-content output signals for driving portable Video display or sound device. In addition, the Ting interface requires a large number of host or system and client software to operate. The stacking of software protocols also creates an unneeded burden, especially considering mobile wireless devices or telephony applications. Moreover, some of these interfaces use a number of cables that are too heavy to meet the aesthetics required for mobile applications, and complex connectors add cost or consume too much power. There are other known interfaces, such as analog video graphics card (VGA), digital video interaction (DVI), or Gigabit video interface (gvIF) interface. Two of these are tandem interfaces that process data at a higher transfer rate' but also use bulky cables and consume a lot of power, which is about a few watts. These features make it unusable for portable consumer electronics. Even the third interface consumes too much power and uses expensive or bulky connectors. For some of the above interfaces, there are other major drawbacks with respect to other very high rate data systems/agreements or conveyors for data transfer of fixed installed computer equipment. In order to provide the desired data transfer, the paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 001759 A7 B7 1255118 V. Inventive Note (5) Rate, which also requires a large amount of power and / or high current The level is working. This significantly reduces the applicability of this technology for highly mobile consumer products. In general, the use of, for example, the choice of connections and transmission elements in the form of optical fibers to provide such data transfer rates also requires additional converters and components that result in higher than a truly commercial consumer-oriented product. The complexity and cost required. In addition to the generally expensive features of the above optical systems, their power requirements and complexity make them unusable for general lightweight, low power and portable applications. What is lacking in the industry of portable or mobile applications is a technology that provides a high-quality presentation experience, whether for highly mobile end-users for voice, video or multimedia. That is to say, when using a portable computer, a wireless telephone, PDA or other highly mobile communication device or device, the currently used video and sound presentation system or device can only be delivered at a desired high quality level. Output. Often, the perceived quality of the experience is the result of a high data rate that cannot be achieved by delivering high quality presentations. Therefore, it requires a new delivery mechanism to increase the flow of data between the host device providing the data and the client display device or component that presents an output to the end user. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The above and other disadvantages of the present invention are addressed by the specific embodiments of the present invention in which a new protocol and data transfer mechanism has been developed to enable a host device and a receiving client at a high data rate. Transfer data between devices. -8- This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 001760 1255118 A7 B7 V. INSTRUCTION DESCRIPTION (6) The advantage of a specific embodiment of the present invention is the complexity of the technology for providing data transmission. Low, low cost' also has a high degree of reliability, which is well suited to the environment of use and is very stable and still maintains a high degree of flexibility. A specific embodiment of the present invention relates to a Mobile Display Digital Interface (MDDI) for transmitting digital data at a high rate between a host device and a client device over a communication path, using a plurality of links or ones linked together The series of packet structures form a communication protocol for transmitting a combination of pre-selected digital control and presentation data between the host and the client device. The signal communication protocol or link layer is used by the physical layer of a host or client link controller. At least one chain controller present in the host device is coupled to the client device via the communication path or link and is used to generate, transmit and receive packets forming the communication protocol and form digital presentation data To one or more data packets. This interface provides two-way information transfer between the host and the client. In other aspects of a particular embodiment of the invention, at least one client link controller or client receiver is provided in the client device that is coupled to the host device via a violation #road or key. The client chain control preparation is also used to generate, transmit, and receive packets forming the communication protocol for forming a digital representation into one or more data packets. In general, the host or link controller uses a state machine to process the data packets used in the command's or some form of signal preparation and query processing, but may use a slower general purpose processor. To manipulate the data and to use some of the less complex packets in the communication protocol. The host controller includes one or more differential line drivers; and the client receiver includes Han He to the -9 - This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇 297 lm) 001761 1255118

信路獲之一或多種差動線接收器。 汶封包仏在媒體訊框中群組在一起,其在該主機及客戶 端裝置之間傳送,並包含具有;^可變長度之預定數目的 封包4預先疋義的固定長度。每個封包包含一封包長度欄 仏 或夕個封包資料欄位,及一循環冗餘檢查欄位。一 〜訊框;^ >員封包係傳送或置於自該主機鏈結控制器傳送其 匕封包的開始時。其由該通信協定使用—或多種視訊流形 式的封包及聲n形式的封包,以分別傳送視訊形式的資 料及聲音形式的資料,其係在—前向鏈結上由該主機傳送 到該客戶端來呈現給_客戶端裝置使用者。該通信協定使 用一或多種反向鍵結包覆形式的封包來由該客戶端裝置傳 送資料到該主機鏈結控制器。 裝填形式的封包係由該主機鏈結控制器產生,以佔據不 具有資料的前向鏈結傳輸的期間。複數個其它封包係由該 通信協足用來傳送視訊資訊。這種封包包含彩色地圖、位 元區魂傳迗、位元圖區域充填、位元圖圖案充填,及透明 的彩色致能形式之封包。使用者定義的串流形式封包係由 薇通信協足使用來傳送介面使用者定義的資料。鍵盤資料 及指向裝置貝料形式的封包係由該通信協定使用來傳送資 料到使用者輸入裝置,或來自關於該客戶端裝置之使用者 輸入裝置。一鏈結關閉形式的封包係由該通信協定使用來 在結束在該通信路徑上任一方向之資料傳送。 該通信路徑通常包含或使用具有一系列之4個或更多的 導體及一遮蔽的纜線。在一些具體實施例中,該鏈結控制 -10- 本紙張尺度適用宁國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公爱) 001762 1255118The signal path is obtained by one or more differential line receivers. The Wenfeng packets are grouped together in a media frame, which is transmitted between the host and the client device, and includes a fixed length of a predetermined number of packets 4 having a variable length. Each packet contains a packet length field or a packet data field, and a cyclic redundancy check field. A message frame is transmitted or placed at the beginning of the transmission of its packet from the host link controller. It is used by the communication protocol - or a packet in the form of a plurality of video streams and a packet in the form of a voice n to respectively transmit data in the form of video and audio, which is transmitted by the host to the client on the forward link The end is presented to the _ client device user. The communication protocol uses one or more reverse bond wrap-around packets to transfer data from the client device to the host link controller. The packed form of the packet is generated by the host link controller to occupy the period of forward link transmission without data. A plurality of other packets are used by the communication to transmit video information. Such packets include color maps, bitstreams, bit map fills, bit pattern fills, and transparent color-enabled forms. The user-defined stream form packet is used by the Wei communication to communicate the user-defined data. The keyboard data and the packet in the form of a pointing device are used by the communication protocol to transfer data to the user input device or from a user input device associated with the client device. A packet in the form of a closed link is used by the communication protocol to terminate the transfer of data in either direction on the communication path. The communication path typically contains or uses a series of four or more conductors and a shielded cable. In some embodiments, the link control -10- this paper size applies to the National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public) 001762 1255118

ATAT

杂包含一 USB資料介面,且該纜線使用一 USB形式的介面 以及其E的導體。此外,其可依需要來使用印刷的纜線或 彈性的導體。 該f機鏈結控制器請求來自該客戶端裝置之顯示能力資 訊,藉以決足孩客戶端透過該介面可進行那一種資料及資 料速率。該客戶端鏈結控制器傳送顯示或呈現能力到該主 機鏈結控制咨,其使用至少一種顯示能力形式的封包。該 通信協定使用了多種傳送模式,其每個允許在—給定時段 中平行地傳送不同最大位元數之資料,其中每個模式可由 在該主機及客戶端鏈結控制器之間的協調所選擇。這些傳 送模式在傳送資料期間可動態地調整,且該相同的模式不 需要用於該反向鏈結,如同用於該前向鏈結。 在本發月些具體實施例的其它方面中,該主機裝置包 含一無線通信裝置,例如無線電話、無線pDA,或具有置 於其中的一典線數據機之可攜式電腦。一典型的客戶端裝 置包含一可攜式視訊顯示器,例如一微型顯示裝置,及/ 或-可攜式聲骨呈現系、统。再者,該主機可使用儲存裝置 或元件來儲存呈現或多媒體資料來傳送並呈現一客戶端裝 圖式簡單說明 本發明的其它特徵及妤處,以及本發明的不同具體實施 例之結構及運作,其係參考所附圖面來在以下詳細說:。 在圖面中,類似的參考編號通常代表相同、功能上類似、 及/或結構性類似的元件或處理步驟,而在圖中第—次出 -11 -The miscellaneous contains a USB data interface, and the cable uses a USB interface and its E conductor. In addition, it can use printed cables or flexible conductors as needed. The f-link controller requests display capability information from the client device to determine which data and data rate the child client can make through the interface. The client chain controller transmits display or presentation capabilities to the host chain control protocol using at least one packet in the form of display capabilities. The communication protocol uses a plurality of transmission modes, each of which allows data of different maximum number of bits to be transmitted in parallel for a given period of time, wherein each mode can be coordinated by the host and client link controllers. select. These transfer modes can be dynamically adjusted during the transfer of data, and the same pattern is not required for the reverse link as it is for the forward link. In other aspects of the specific embodiments of the present month, the host device includes a wireless communication device, such as a wireless telephone, a wireless pDA, or a portable computer having a data modem disposed therein. A typical client device includes a portable video display, such as a miniature display device, and/or a portable sound bone presentation system. Furthermore, the host may use storage devices or components to store presentations or multimedia materials to transmit and present a client-loaded graphic to illustrate other features and advantages of the present invention, as well as the structure and operation of various embodiments of the present invention. It is described in detail below with reference to the drawings. In the drawings, like reference numerals generally refer to the same, functionally similar, and/or structurally similar elements or process steps.

ί〇3 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(9 ) 現的元件係由該參考編號中最左方數字來代表。 圖la所示為本發明可以運作的一基本環境,其中包含使 用一微型顯示器裝置來配合用於一可攜式電腦。 圖lb所示為本發明可以運作的一基本環境,其中包含使 用一微型顯示器裝置及聲音呈現元件來配合用於一無線收 發器。 圖2所示為具有一主機及客戶端相互連接之行動數位資 料介面的整體概念。 圖3所示為可用來實現由一客戶端裝置到一主機裝置之 資料傳送的封包結構。 圖4所示為一MDDI鏈結控制器之使用,及在形式I及形 式U介面之實體資料鏈結導體上,於一主機及一客戶端之 間傳送的信號形式。 圖5所示為一 MDDI鏈結控制器之使用,及在形式II,II 及IV介面之實體資料鏈結導體上,於一主機及一客戶端之 間傳送的信號形式。 圖6所示為用來實施該介面協定之訊框及次訊框之結 構。 圖7所示為用來實施該介面協定之封包的一般性結構。 圖8所示為一次訊框標頭封包的格式。 圖9所示為一填充封包的格式及内容。 圖10所示為一視訊流封包的格式。 圖11所示為圖10之視訊資料格式描述符號之格式及内 容。 -12- 本紙麥適國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 1255118 五、發明説明(1〇 圖12所示為使用資料的封包及北拉 —、 、 匕夂非封包格式。 圖13所示為一聲音流封包的格式。 圖14所不為使用資料的位元组對進 一丄 、对旱及封包的PCM格弋 圖15所π為一使用者定義的串流封勺、 式 一 G之格式。 圖16所示為一彩色地圖封包之格式。 圖17所示為一反向鏈結包覆封包的格式 圖18所示為一顯示能力封包之格式。 圖19所示為一键盤資料封包的格式。 圖20所示為一指向裝置資料封包的格式。 圖2 1所示為一鏈結停止封包的格式。 圖2 2所不為 顯不清求及狀態封包之林式 圖23所示為一位元區塊傳送封包之格式。 圖24所示為一位元圖區域充填封包的格式。 圖25所示為一位元圖圖案充填封包的格式。 圖26所示為一通信鏈結資料頻道封包的格式。 圖27所示為一介面形式的交遞請求封包之格式。 圖28所示為一介面形式知會封包的格式。 圖29所示為一執行形式之交遞封包的格式。 圖3 0所示為一前向聲音頻道致能封包之格式。 圖31所示為一反向聲音樣本速率封包之格式。 圖32所示為一數位内容保護負擔的格式。 圖3 3所示為一透明彩色致能封包之格式。 圖34所示為一往返延遲測量封包的格式。 圖35所示為在該往返延遲測量封包期間的事件時序。 -13-〇 3 1255118 A7 B7 V. INSTRUCTIONS (9) The current components are represented by the leftmost digits in the reference number. Figure la shows a basic environment in which the present invention can operate, including the use of a microdisplay device for use with a portable computer. Figure lb illustrates a basic environment in which the present invention can operate, including the use of a microdisplay device and sound rendering components for use with a wireless transceiver. Figure 2 shows the overall concept of an action digital interface with a host and client interconnected. Figure 3 shows a packet structure that can be used to implement data transfer from a client device to a host device. Figure 4 shows the use of an MDDI link controller and the form of the signal transmitted between a host and a client on the physical data link conductor of Form I and Form U. Figure 5 shows the use of an MDDI link controller and the form of signals transmitted between a host and a client on the physical data link conductors of Forms II, II and IV. Figure 6 shows the structure of the frame and the sub-frame used to implement the interface protocol. Figure 7 shows the general structure of the packet used to implement the interface protocol. Figure 8 shows the format of the header frame packet. Figure 9 shows the format and content of a padding packet. Figure 10 shows the format of a video stream packet. Figure 11 is a diagram showing the format and content of the video material format description symbol of Figure 10. -12- Paper Mais National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210X297 mm) 1255118 V. Invention Description (1) Figure 12 shows the packet used for data and the North La-, 、, 匕夂 non-package format. Shown as a voice stream packet format. Figure 14 is not a bit of the data used to enter the PCM, the drought and the packet PCM grid Figure 15 π is a user-defined stream seal spoon, type one G The format of a color map packet is shown in Figure 16. Figure 17 shows the format of a reverse link wrap packet. Figure 18 shows the format of a display capability packet. Figure 19 shows a keyboard. The format of the data packet. Figure 20 shows the format of a pointing device data packet. Figure 21 shows the format of a link stop packet. Figure 2 2 is not explicit and the status packet is the forest type Figure 23 The format of a one-bit block transfer packet is shown in Fig. 24. Fig. 24 shows the format of a one-character area fill packet. Figure 25 shows the format of a one-bit pattern fill packet. Figure 26 shows a communication. The format of the link data channel packet. Figure 27 shows an interface form of the delivery request seal. The format of the packet is shown in Figure 28. Figure 29 shows the format of the packet in the form of an interface. Figure 29 shows the format of the delivery packet in an implementation form. Figure 30 shows the format of a forward voice channel enabling packet. Figure 31 shows the format of a reverse sound sample rate packet. Figure 32 shows the format of a digital content protection payload. Figure 33 shows the format of a transparent color-enable packet. Figure 34 shows a round-trip delay. The format of the packet is measured. Figure 35 shows the timing of the event during the round-trip delay measurement packet.

裝 η m 本紙 國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 1255118 A7 B7 五、 發明説明 (11 ) 圖 36所 示 為用於本發明之CRC產生器及檢查器 的範例 實 施 〇 圖 37所 示 為當傳送資料封包時,圖36之裝置的 CRC信 號 之 時序。 圖 37b 所 ί 6為當接收資料封包時,圖36之裝置 的CRC信 號 之 時序 0 圖 3 8所 示 為不具有爭執的典型服務請求之處理 步驟。 圖 39所示為對於該鏈結開始,於該鏈結重新 開始序 列 已 經 開始 之 後所確立的一典型的服務請求之處理 步驟。 圖 40所 示 為使用DATA-STB編碼如何來傳送 一資料 序 列 0 圖 41所 示 為可用來在主機處由輸入資料產生該DATA及 STB信號之電路,然後在該客戶端恢復該資料。 圖 42所 示 為用來實施本發明一具體實施例之驅 動器及 中 止 電 阻。 圖 43所 示 為由一客戶端使用來保護來自主機之 服務的 步 驟 及信號 位 準,及由該主機用來提供這種服務。 圖 44所 示 為在DataO、其它資料線(DataX),及 該閃切 線 (Stb)上的 轉 換之間的相對間隔。 圖 45所 示 為在當傳送一封包之後一主機除能該 主機驅 動 器 時 可發 生 的一反應中存在一延遲。 圖 46所 示 為在當一主機致能該主機驅動器來傳 送一封 包 時 可 發生 的 一反應中存在一延遲。 圖 47所 示 為在正在傳送的資料之時序與該閃切 脈衝的 前 -14- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 x 297公釐) 001766 1255118 A7η m Paper National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210X297 mm) 1255118 A7 B7 V. Description of Invention (11) Figure 36 shows an example implementation of the CRC generator and inspector used in the present invention. The timing of the CRC signal of the device of Figure 36 when transmitting a data packet. Figure 37b is the timing of the CRC signal of the device of Figure 36 when receiving a data packet. Figure 3 8 shows the processing steps for a typical service request without dispute. Figure 39 shows the processing steps for a typical service request established after the chain restart sequence has started for the link. Figure 40 shows how to use DATA-STB encoding to transmit a data sequence. Figure 41 shows the circuit that can be used to generate the DATA and STB signals from the input data at the host and then restore the data at the client. Figure 42 shows a driver and a stop resistor for carrying out an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 43 shows the steps and signal levels used by a client to protect services from the host and used by the host to provide such services. Figure 44 shows the relative spacing between the conversions on DataO, other data lines (DataX), and the flash line (Stb). Figure 45 shows a delay in a reaction that can occur when a host is able to disable the host driver after transmitting a packet. Figure 46 shows a delay in a reaction that can occur when a host enables the host driver to transmit a packet. Figure 47 shows the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 x 297 mm) 001766 1255118 A7 at the timing of the data being transmitted and the flash-pulse pulse.

緣與尾緣之間在主機接收器輸入處的關係。 圖48所示為由該反向資料時序所發展的切換特性及相對 應的客戶端輸出延遲。 、 圖49所示為使用一狀態機器可對本發明所實施的同步化 之信號處理步驟之高位階示意圖。 圖50所示為使用MDDI之系統中於前向及反向路徑中信 號處理所遭遇到的典型延遲量。 圖5 1所示為臨界往返延遲量測。 圖5 2所示為反向鏈結資料率變化。 圖53所示為該反向速率除數相對於前向鏈結資料率之數 值的圖形表示。 圖54a及54b所示為一介面運作所採取的步驟。 圖55所示為該介面裝置處理封包的概述。 圖5 6所示為一前向鏈結封包的格式。 圖57所示為在一形式I鏈結介面中傳遞延遲及偏斜的典 型數值。 圖58所示為透過該介面之範例性信號處理之形式鏈結 上的資料、Stb及時脈恢復時序。 圖59所示為在形式Π、形式m或形式…鏈結介面中的傳 遞延遲及偏斜之典型數值。 圖60a、60b及60c所示分別為相對於兩個資料信號及 MDDI__Stb之時序的理想、提早及延後之不同的可能性。 圖6 1所示為用於形式I /形式II介面之介面腳位指定範例 性連接器。 -15-The relationship between the edge and the trailing edge at the host receiver input. Figure 48 shows the switching characteristics developed by the reverse data timing and the corresponding client output delay. Figure 49 is a high level diagram showing the synchronization of the signal processing steps that can be performed on the present invention using a state machine. Figure 50 shows the typical amount of delay encountered in signal processing in the forward and reverse paths in a system using MDDI. Figure 51 shows the critical round trip delay measurement. Figure 5 2 shows the change in the data rate of the reverse link. Figure 53 shows a graphical representation of the magnitude of the reverse rate divisor relative to the forward link data rate. Figures 54a and 54b show the steps taken for an interface operation. Figure 55 shows an overview of the interface device processing packet. Figure 5.6 shows the format of a forward link packet. Figure 57 shows typical values for transfer delay and skew in a form I link interface. Figure 58 shows the data on the formal link of the exemplary signal processing through the interface, Stb and pulse recovery timing. Figure 59 shows typical values for transfer delay and skew in the form Π, form m or form... link interface. Figures 60a, 60b, and 60c show the different likelihoods of ideal, early, and delayed relative to the timing of the two data signals and MDDI__Stb, respectively. Figure 61 shows an exemplary connector for the interface pin assignment for the Form I / Form II interface. -15-

本紙張尺度適财㈣家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公董) 001767 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明 圖62a及62b所示分別為形式ί及形式π介面之可能的 MDDI—Data及 MDDlStb之波形。 具體實施例的詳細說明 I- 概述 本發明的一般目的係要提供一種行動顯示數位介面 (MDDI),如下所述,其造成或提供一低成本、低功率消 耗的傳送機制,其可使用一「序列」形式的資料鏈結或頻 道j一主機裝置與一顯示裝置之間的短距離通信鏈結上進 行南或非常高速率資料傳送。此機制本身可用一迷你連接 器及細的彈性纜線來實施,其特別適用於連接顯示元件或 裝置到可搞式電腦、無線通信裝置或娛樂裝置,例如穿戴 式的微型顯示器(護目鏡或投射器)。 本發明可用於多種場合來通信或傳送大量的資料,並通 常為聲音、視訊或多媒體應用,其來自產生或儲存這種資 料的主機或來源裝置,而以高速到達—客戶端顯示器或呈 現一典型的應用’如下所述’係由一可搞式電腦或 典線㈣或數據機傳送資料到—視覺顯示裝置,例如一小 型視訊螢幕”戈一穿戴式的微型顯示器裝置,例如包其形 式為包含小型投射鏡片及螢幕之護目鏡或安全产 該mdDI的特性或屬性為使得其無關於特定目的顧示技 術。此為-種以高速傳送資料的高度彈性之機制,並 於該資料的内部結構,也無關於其 ”…’ 之功能性方面。此允許正在傳送來c資料或命令 、人、 得迗术凋整的資料封包之時庠 可通a於特殊顯示裝置的習性,或某 、 义杲些衣置獨特的顯示需 -16- 本紙張This paper scale is suitable for fiscal (4) household standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 dongdong) 001767 1255118 A7 B7 V. Invention description Figures 62a and 62b show the possible MDDI-Data and MDDlStb in the form ί and the form π interface respectively Waveform. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS I-Overview A general object of the present invention is to provide a Mobile Display Digital Interface (MDDI) that, as described below, causes or provides a low cost, low power consumption delivery mechanism that can be used Southern or very high rate data transfer on a short-distance communication link between a data link in the form of a sequence or a channel j-host device and a display device. The mechanism itself can be implemented with a mini connector and a thin flexible cable, which is particularly suitable for connecting display elements or devices to a portable computer, a wireless communication device or an entertainment device, such as a wearable microdisplay (goggles or projection). Device). The present invention can be used in a variety of situations to communicate or transfer large amounts of data, and typically to voice, video or multimedia applications, from a host or source device that generates or stores such data, to arrive at a high speed - a client display or a typical presentation The application 'is described below' is transmitted by a portable computer or a line (4) or a data machine to a visual display device, such as a small video display screen, a wearable microdisplay device, for example, in the form of a package. The small projection lens and the goggles of the screen or the characteristics or attributes of the mdDI are safely produced so that it has no specific purpose. This is a highly flexible mechanism for transmitting data at high speed, and the internal structure of the data. There is also no functional aspect of its "...". This allows for the transmission of c data or commands, people, and the data packets that have been smashed. The habit of a special display device, or the unique display of some clothing, -16- paper

1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(Μ 求,或可滿足-些(V系統之結合的聲音及視訊的需求。 該介面並不知道顯示元件或客戶端裝置,只是依循所選擇 的協足。此外,該聚集的序列鏈結資料或資料率可在數種 大小(下來改變,其允許一通信系統或主機裝置設計者來 最佳化該成本及功率的需求,客戶端裝置複雜性,以及顯 示裝置更新速率。 孩資料介面之存在主要是用於在一「有線的」信號鏈結 或小纜線之上傳送大量的高速率資料。但是,一些應用也 可採用一無線鏈結的好處,其包含光學為主的鏈結,假設 其設置來使用對於該介面協定所發展的相同封包及資料結 構,並可用足夠低的功率消耗或複雜性維持所想要的傳送 位準而保持實用性。 II.環境 一典型的應用可見於圖la及lb,其中顯示一可攜式或膝 上型電腦100及無線電話或PDA裝置102,其分別傳送資料 到顯示裝置104及106,以及聲音再生系統1〇8及112。該盔 線裝置目前正在接收資料,或先前已經儲存某個數量的多 媒體形式資料在一記憶體元件或裝置中,用於後續呈現來 提供該無線裝置的終端使用者來觀視及/或岭聽。因為_ 典型的無線裝置大部份時間用於語音及簡單文字的通信, 其具有相當小的顯示螢幕及簡單的聲音系統(揚聲器)來傳 送資訊到該裝置102使用者。 電腦1〇〇具有一大得多的螢幕,但仍然為不適當的外接 聲音系統,並仍不足以用於其它的多媒體呈現裝置,例如 17- 本紙張尺 JTgj標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公董) 12551181255118 A7 B7 V. INSTRUCTIONS (Currently, or can satisfy some of the requirements of the sound and video combination of the V system. The interface does not know the display component or the client device, but only follows the chosen cooperation. In addition, The aggregated sequence link data or data rate can be varied in several sizes (down to allow a communication system or host device designer to optimize the cost and power requirements, client device complexity, and display device updates) Rate. The presence of the child interface is primarily used to transfer large amounts of high-speed data over a "wired" signal chain or small cable. However, some applications may also take advantage of a wireless link that includes optics. The primary link, assuming it is set up to use the same packet and data structure developed for the interface protocol, and maintains the desired transfer level with sufficient power consumption or complexity to maintain practicability. A typical application can be seen in Figures la and lb, in which a portable or laptop computer 100 and a wireless telephone or PDA device 102 are shown, each transmitting data to Display devices 104 and 106, and sound reproduction systems 1〇8 and 112. The helmet line device is currently receiving data, or has previously stored a certain amount of multimedia form data in a memory component or device for subsequent presentation. Providing the end user of the wireless device to view and/or listen to the music. Because the typical wireless device spends most of its time for voice and simple text communication, it has a relatively small display screen and a simple sound system (speaker ) to transmit information to the user of the device 102. The computer has a much larger screen, but is still an inappropriate external sound system, and is still not enough for other multimedia presentation devices, such as 17-book paper Ruler JTgj Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210X 297 Gongdong) 1255118

五、發明説明(π 、问解析度電視或電影螢幕。電腦100係用於說明的目 的,在本發明中亦可使用其它形式的處理器、互動式視訊 遊戲、或消費性電子裝置。t腦100可使用但不限於一盔 線數據機或其它建置在無線通信的裝置中,或可依需要使 用一纜線或無線鏈結來連接到這種裝置。 、j可呈現出更為複雜或「豐富的」資料,而不只是有用 或:¾的經驗。因&,本產業中發展了其它的機制及裝置 來王現資訊給終端使用者,並提供一最小程度之想要的舌 樂或實際的經驗。 如前所述,目前已經發展數種的顯示裝置來呈現資訊认 裝置⑽之終端使用者。舉例而t,—或多家公司已經= 發出穿戴式護目鏡的組合,其投射一影像在一裝置使用者 的眼睛則’以呈現-視覺顯示。當正確地配置時,這種裝 置可有效;也「投射」一虛擬影像,其可由一使用者的眼: 所感知,其要比提供該視覺輸出的元件要大得多。也就是 銳,一非常小的投射元件允許該使用者的眼晴來「看到 比典型的LCD榮幕或類似者所可能的比例要大得多的影 像。使用較大的虛擬螢幕影像亦允許使用比較為受限= LCD螢幕顯示器所可能之解析度影像要高得多。其它顯示 裝置可包含但不限於小型的LCD螢幕或不同的平板顯示元 件、投射鏡片及顯示驅動器,以投射影像在一表面上,依 此類推。 100之使用,以呈現一輸出到另一個使用者,或到另 亦可有額外的元件來連接或結合於無線裝置1〇2或電腦 個 本紙張尺V. Description of the Invention (π, Q resolution TV or movie screen. The computer 100 is for illustrative purposes, and other forms of processors, interactive video games, or consumer electronic devices may be used in the present invention. 100 may be used, but is not limited to, a helmet data modem or other device built into wireless communication, or may be connected to such a device using a cable or wireless link as needed. j may present more complex or "rich" information, not just useful or: 3⁄4 experience. Because of &, other mechanisms and devices have been developed in the industry to provide information to end users and provide a minimal degree of desired tongue. Or actual experience. As mentioned above, several display devices have been developed to present the end user of the information recognition device (10). For example, t, or a plurality of companies have = issued a combination of wearable goggles, and projected An image is displayed in a user-eye view in a presentation-visual manner. When properly configured, the device is effective; it also "projects" a virtual image that can be viewed by a user's eye: It is much larger than the component that provides the visual output. That is, sharp, a very small projection component allows the user's eyes to "see a ratio that is more likely than a typical LCD screen or similar." Larger image size. The use of larger virtual screen images also allows for a more limited use of the resolution = LCD screen display is much higher resolution. Other display devices may include but are not limited to small LCD screens or different Flat panel display elements, projection lenses and display drivers to project images on a surface, and so on. 100 used to present an output to another user, or to have additional components to connect or bond to Wireless device 1〇2 or computer paper ruler

12551181255118

裝置,其依此傳送該信號到別處或將其儲存起來。舉例而 言,資料可用光學的形式儲存在快閃記憶體中,例=使用 一可覆寫CD媒體或在磁性媒體上用於後續的使用,例如 一磁帶記錄器或類似的裝置。 此外,現在許多無線裝置及電腦具有内建的Mp3音樂解 碼能力,以及其它先進的聲音解碼器及系統。可攜式電腦 一般係利用CD及DVD播放能力,而其中具有小型專二二 快閃記憶體讀取器來接收預先記錄的聲音檔案。具有這種 能力的問題在於數位音樂檔案承諾具有一高度漸增的富本 特徵之經驗,但僅有解碼及播放處理來同時進行。對=數 位視訊檔案亦同樣成立。 為了促進聲音再生,圖la顯示出外接的揚聲器ιΐ4,其 亦可配合額外的元件,例如次加重低音器,或「環場音 效」揚聲器來用於前後聲音的投射。同時,揚聲器或耳& 108所示為内建於圖11}之微型顯示裝置1〇6的支撐框架或機 制。如所熟知的,可使用其它音效或聲音再生元件,其包 含功率放大或聲音成形裝置。 匕 在任一例中,如上所述,當其需要在一或多個通信鏈結 110上由一資料來源到一終端使用者傳送高品質或高解析 度影像資料及該品質的聲音資訊或資料信號,即需要一高 資料速率。也就是說,轉移鏈結110如前所述很明顯地為 資料通信中的潛在瓶頸,其限制了系統效能,因為目前的 傳送機制並未達到基本上想要的高資料率。例如先前所 述,對於較高的影像解析度,例如1024 x 1024像素,其每 —___ -19- ~— 1255118 AT B? 五 、發明説明( 17 個像素為24-32位元的彩色深度,資料率為3〇 fps,該資料 率可趨近於超過755 Mbps或更高的速率。此外,這種影像 可出現為一多媒體呈現的部份,其包含聲音資料及可能的 領外仏號,以處理互動式遊戲或通信、或多種的命令、控 ^或k號,進一步增加該資料量及該資料率。 其亦明顯可知,建立一資料鏈結時需要較少的纜線或相 互連線,其代表結合一顯示器的行動裝置較容易使用,更 有可能為較多的使用者來應用。此在當常使用多重裝置來 建互一完整的聲音一視覺經驗時特別真實,更特別是在該 顯示器及聲音輸出裝置的品質位準增高時。 不幸地是,較高的資料率超過傳送資料所用的目前技 術。其需要的是一種技術,用以在呈現元件及該資料來源 之間的資料傳送鏈結或通信路徑之較高速率下傳送資料, 其允許持續地低功率、輕量,及儘可能簡單及經濟性的纜 ’、泉結構。本申請人已經發展出一種新的技術或方法及裝 置’以達到這些及其它目標來允許一行動式、可攜式或甚 至固定位置的裝置之陣列來以非常高的資料率來傳送資料 到所想要的顯示器、微型顯示器、或聲音傳送元件,而可 維持一想要的低功率消耗及複雜度。 ^1·高速率數位資料介面系統架構 為了產生及有效率地利用一新的裝置介面,已經形成一 ^唬協定及系統架構,其使用低功率信號來提供一非常高 的資料傳送速率。該協定係基於一封包及共用訊框結構, 或鍵結在一起的結構來形成一協定,用以傳送一預先選擇 本紙張尺 -20- 標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 1255118A device that transmits the signal to another location or stores it. For example, the data may be stored in flash memory in optical form, for example using an overwriteable CD medium or on magnetic media for subsequent use, such as a tape recorder or similar device. In addition, many wireless devices and computers now have built-in Mp3 music decoding capabilities, as well as other advanced sound decoders and systems. Portable computers generally use CD and DVD playback capabilities, and have a small dedicated flash memory reader to receive pre-recorded sound files. The problem with this ability is that digital music files promise to have a highly incremental experience of rich features, but only decoding and playback processing are performed simultaneously. The same is true for the = digital video file. To facilitate sound reproduction, Figure la shows the external speaker ΐ4, which can also be used with additional components, such as sub-subwoofers, or “ring-effect” speakers for front and rear sound projection. At the same time, the speaker or ear & 108 shows a support frame or mechanism built into the microdisplay device 1〇6 of Fig. 11}. As is well known, other sound or sound reproduction elements can be used that include power amplification or sound shaping devices. In any case, as described above, when it is required to transmit high quality or high resolution image data and sound information or data signals of the quality from a data source to an end user on one or more communication links 110, That is, a high data rate is required. That is, the transfer chain 110 is clearly a potential bottleneck in data communication as previously described, which limits system performance because the current delivery mechanism does not achieve the substantially high data rate desired. For example, as described earlier, for higher image resolution, such as 1024 x 1024 pixels, each of -___ -19- ~ - 1255118 AT B? 5. Description of the invention (17 pixels are 24-32 bit color depth, The data rate is 3〇fps, and the data rate can approach a rate of more than 755 Mbps or higher. In addition, this image can appear as a multimedia presentation with sound data and possible external nicknames. In order to deal with interactive games or communications, or a variety of commands, controls or k numbers, the amount of data and the data rate are further increased. It is also apparent that fewer cables or interconnections are required to establish a data link. It means that the mobile device combined with a display is easier to use and more likely to be used by more users. This is especially true when multiple devices are used to build a complete sound-visual experience, especially when When the quality of the display and the sound output device is increased, unfortunately, the higher data rate exceeds the current technology used to transmit the data. What is needed is a technique for presenting components and the data. Data transfer at a higher rate between data transfer links or communication paths between sources, which allows for continuous low power, light weight, and as simple and economical as possible, and the spring structure. The Applicant has developed a New techniques or methods and devices 'to achieve these and other objectives to allow an array of mobile, portable or even fixed-location devices to transmit data to a desired display, microdisplay at a very high data rate Or a sound transmission component that maintains a desired low power consumption and complexity. ^1. High Rate Digital Data Interface System Architecture In order to generate and efficiently utilize a new device interface, a A system architecture that uses low-power signals to provide a very high data transfer rate. The protocol is based on a packet and a common frame structure, or a structure that is keyed together to form a protocol for transmitting a pre-selected paper. Ruler-20- Standard (CNS) A4 size (210X297 mm) 1255118

AT B7 五、 發明説明 (18 ) 組 合的 資料 或資料形式,以及附加於該介面上 的一 命令 或 操作性 結構 〇 A. 概述 連接 到該 MDDI鏈結或在其它通信的裝置係 稱之 為該 主 機 及客 戶端 ,而該客戶端基本上為某種形式的 顯示 裝置 〇 來 自該 主機 到該顯示器的資料在該前向方向上行進(稱 之 為 前向 交通 或鏈結),而來自該顯示器到該主 機之 資料在 該 反向 方向 上行進(反向交通或鏈結),其由 該主 機所 致 能 。此 係顯 示為圖2之基本組態。在圖2中,- -主機202使 用 一雙 向通信頻道206來連接到一客戶端204, 其所 示為 包 含 一前 向鏈 結208及一反向鏈結210。但是,這 些頻 道係 由 — 共用 組合 的導體所形成,其資料傳送係在該 前向 或反 向 鏈 結運作之 間來切換。 如別 處所討論,該主機包含有使用本發明之 好處 的數 種 裝 置之 --〇 舉例而言,主機202可為一可攜式 電腦 ,其 形 式 為一 掌上 型、膝上型、或類似的行動運算裝 置, 其可 為 一 PDA ---1 呼叫裝置、或許多無線電話或數據 機之 一一 〇 另 外 ,主 機202可為一可攜式娛樂或呈現裝置, 例如 一可 攜 式 DVD或CD播放器,或一遊戲裝置。同時,客戶204可 包 含 用來 呈現 資訊給一終端使用者之多種裝置。 舉例 而言 一 種加 入在 護目鏡或眼鏡中的微型顯示器、一 建入 到帽 子 或 安全 帽之 投射裝置、一置於汽車中的小螢慕 或均 勻全 像 元 件, 例如 在窗子或遮陽簾上,或多種的揚聲 器、 耳機 或 音 響系 統來 呈現高品質的音效或音樂。但是, 熟習 此項 技 -21 - 本紙國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 1255118AT B7 V. INSTRUCTIONS (18) Combined data or data form, and a command or operational structure attached to the interface. A. Outline the device connected to the MDDI link or in other communications. a host and a client, and the client is basically some form of display device in which data from the host to the display travels in the forward direction (referred to as forward traffic or links) from the display The data to the host travels in the reverse direction (reverse traffic or link), which is enabled by the host. This is shown in the basic configuration of Figure 2. In Figure 2, the host 202 uses a two-way communication channel 206 to connect to a client 204, which is shown as including a forward link 208 and a reverse link 210. However, these channels are formed by a shared combination of conductors whose data transfer is switched between the forward or reverse link operations. As discussed elsewhere, the host includes several devices that utilize the benefits of the present invention - for example, the host 202 can be a portable computer in the form of a palm, laptop, or the like. The mobile computing device can be a PDA--1 calling device, or one of a plurality of wireless telephones or data machines. Alternatively, the host 202 can be a portable entertainment or presentation device, such as a portable DVD or CD. Player, or a game device. At the same time, the customer 204 can include a variety of devices for presenting information to an end user. For example, a microdisplay incorporated in a goggle or eyeglass, a projection device built into a hat or a hard hat, a small velvet or uniform hologram element placed in a car, such as on a window or sunshade, Or a variety of speakers, headphones or sound systems to deliver high quality sound or music. However, I am familiar with this technique -21 - National Standard for Paper (CNS) A4 Specification (210X297 mm) 1255118

藝者將:立即瞭解到本發明並不限於這些裝置,在市場上 已有口午夕#匕裝置,並提供來使用,其係要提供終端使用 者高品=的影像及聲音,其係以儲存及輸送的方式,或在 播放時主現。本發明可用於增加不同裝置之間的資料流 里 '付&〶現所想要的使用者經驗所需要的高資料率。 B· 介面形式 八 琢MDD介面可視為處理5個或多個在通信及電腦產業中 可發見到的有些獨特物理形式的介面。這些在此時係標示 為形式1、形式11、形式III、形式IV及形式u。 該形式1介面係設置成6線式(導體)介面,其使其可適合 於仃動式或無線電話、PDA、電子書、電子遊戲、及可攜 式的媒體播放器,例+CD播放器或Mp3播放器,及在類似 形式的電子消費科技中的裝置。該形式U介面係設置成8 線式(導體)介面,其更為適合於膝上型、筆記型,或桌上 型個人電腦’及類似的裝置或應用,其不需要顯示器來快 速地更新,且不具有一内建的MDDI鏈結控制器。此介面 形式亦可由使用任何額外的兩線式通用序列匯流排(USB) 介面來區別,其特別有用於提供在大多數個人電腦上可見 的既有操作系統或軟體支援。形式U介面亦可用於唯獨 USB的模式,其中該顯示器僅具有一·連接器,其連接 到例如一電腦或類似裝置上的標準USB埠。 形式Η、形式III及形式IV介面可適用於高效能顯示器或 裝置’並使用具有額外的雙絞線式的導體之較大且更為複 雜的佈線,以提供適當的遮蔽及傳送資料信號之較低的損 __ -22- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 001774 1255118 A7The artist will: immediately understand that the present invention is not limited to these devices, and has been provided on the market, and is provided for use, which is to provide images and sounds of the end user's high product= The way of storage and delivery, or the main present during playback. The present invention can be used to increase the high data rate required to "pay & develop" the desired user experience in the data stream between different devices. B. Interface form The 琢 MDD interface can be viewed as handling five or more interfaces of some unique physical forms that can be found in the communications and computer industries. These are indicated at this time as Form 1, Form 11, Form III, Form IV and Form u. The Form 1 interface is configured as a 6-wire (conductor) interface, making it suitable for use in tilting or wireless phones, PDAs, e-books, video games, and portable media players, for example, CD players. Or Mp3 player, and devices in similar forms of consumer electronics technology. The Form U interface is configured as an 8-wire (conductor) interface that is more suitable for laptop, notebook, or desktop PCs and similar devices or applications that do not require a display to update quickly. It does not have a built-in MDDI link controller. This interface format can also be distinguished by the use of any additional two-wire Universal Serial Bus (USB) interface, which is particularly useful for providing existing operating system or software support that is visible on most personal computers. The Form U interface can also be used in a USB-only mode where the display has only a connector that is connected to a standard USB port such as a computer or similar device. Form Η, Form III, and Form IV interfaces can be applied to high-performance displays or devices' and use larger and more complex wiring with additional twisted-pair conductors to provide proper shielding and transmission of data signals. Low damage __ -22- This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 size (210 X 297 mm) 001774 1255118 A7

耗。 形式1介面傳送信號,其可同時包含該顯示器、聲立 控制及有限的發信資訊’且基本上用於不需要高解析:、 全速率視訊s料的裝置。此種介面主要用於裝置,例如行 動無線裝置,丨中一⑽主機基本上在信號之連接及傳: 义裝置中不可使用。在此種組態中,該行動裝置為— MDDI,機裝置,並做為—「主控者」來控制來自該主機 的通信鏈結,其通常傳送顯示資料到該客戶端(前向交通 或鍵結)。 在此介面中,一主機藉由傳送一特殊的命令或封包形式 到該客戶端而可以在該主機處接收來自該客戶端(反向交 通或鏈結通信資料,其允許接管該匯流排一指定的時 段’並傳送貝料到該主機成為反向封包。此係示於圖3, 其中一種稱之為包覆封包(如下所述)之封包即用來在該傳 送鏈結上彳疋供反向封包的傳送,產生該反向鏈結。配置給 該主機的時間來輪詢該資料的顯示器係由該主機預先決 定’並基於每個指定的應用之需要。此種半雙工雙向資料 傳送在無法使用一 USB埠來傳送資訊或資料的形式到該客 戶端時特別有用。 該形式U介面傳送之信號非常適用於膝上型及桌上型的 應用,其中一 USB介面廣泛由大量的主機板或其它硬體所 使用,並為作業系統軟體所支援。使用一加入的USB介面 允許使用「隨插即用」特徵及簡易的應用組態。包含有 USB亦允許通用的雙向命令流 '狀態、聲音資料等等,而 -23- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 001775 1255118 發明説明 模,其視該特定應用所適用而定。 在::=機有可能使用適當鏈結層協定(如下所述),且 Γ 省:Γ调低或再次地重新設置運作到-較慢的模式來 … 或凋升到一較快的模式來支援較高速率的傳 ==於較高解析度顯示㈣。舉例而言,-主機改 2二二/的時間為該顯示系統切換一功率來源時,例如 、-電池到-交流電源’或當該顯示媒體的來源切換到一 較低或較高解析度的格式,或這些或其它狀況或事件之組 合i其可視為改變一顯示器或資料傳送模式的基礎。 一系統亦有可能使用一種模式在一個方向傳送資料,而 在另—個方向使用另一種模式。舉例而言,可使用一形式 IV介面模式來以一高速率傳送資料到一顯示器,而在由週 邊裝置傳送資料到一主機裝置時使用一形式I或形式ϋ模 式,例如一鍵盤或一指向裝置。 c· 實體介面結構 用以在王機及客戶端裝置之間建立通信之裝置或鏈結控 制器之一般性配置係示於圖4及5。在圖4及5中,一 MDDI 鏈結控制器402及502所示係安裝在一主機裝置2〇2中,而 一 MDDI鏈結控制器404及5〇4所示係安裝在一客戶端裝置 2〇4中。如前所述,主機202係使用一雙向的通信通道4〇6 來連接到一客戶端204,其包含一系列的導體。如下所 述’該主機及客戶端鏈結控制器皆可使用一單一電路設計 來製造成一積體電路,其可設定、調整或程式化來回應為 一主機控制器(驅動器)或一客戶端控制器(接收器)。此係 -25- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210Χ 297公釐) 001777 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(23 ) 由於較大量的製造單一電路裝置而提供了較低的成本。 在圖4中,一 USB主機裝置408及一 USB客戶端裝置410亦 顯示用於實施該MDDI之形式U介面版本。用以實施這種 功能的電路及裝置在本技藝中為人所熟知,在此處不做進 一步說明。 在圖5中,一 MDDI鏈結控制器502係顯示為安裝在一主 機裝置202,中,而一 MDDI鏈結控制器504則顯示安裝在一 客戶端裝置204’中。如前所述,主機202’係使用一雙向通 信通道506來連接到一客戶端204’,其包含一系列的導 體。如前所述,該主機及客戶端鏈結控制器皆可使用一單 一電路設計來製造。 傳送在一主機及一客戶端之間的信號,例如一顯示裝 置,其透過該MDDI鏈結,或所使用的實體導體,其亦說 明於圖4及5中。如圖4及5所示,用以透過MDDI傳送資料 的主要路徑或機制使用了標示為MDDI_DataO+/-及 MDDI_Stb+/-的資料信號。每個這些皆為低電壓資料信 號,其係傳送在一纜線中一差動配對的纜線中。對於在該 介面上傳送的每個位元,於該MDDI_DataO配對或該 MDDI_Stb配對僅有一個轉換。此為電壓為主的傳送機 制,並非電流為主,所以靜態電流消耗接近於〇。該主機 驅動該MDDI_Stb信號到該客戶端顯示器。 當資料可同時在該MDDI_Data配對上的前向及反向方向 上流動時’也就是說其為一雙向傳送路径,該主機為該資 料鏈結的主控者或控制器。該MDDI DataO及MDDI Stb信 -26- 本紙張尺度適用中.國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 001778 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(24 ) 號路徑係在一差動模式上運作,以最大化雜訊的防護。在 這些線上的資料率係由該主機傳送的時脈之速率所決定, 並可在約1 kbps到400 Mbps或更高的範圍内變化。 該形式II介面包含除了該形式I之外的額外一個資料配對 或導體或路徑,其稱之為MDDI_Datal+/-。該形式III介面 包含除了該形式II之外的額外兩個資料配對或導體或路 徑,其稱之為 MDDI—Data2+/-及 MDDI_Data3+/-。該形式IV 介面包含除了該形式III介面之外的另外四個資料配對或信 號路徑,其稱之為:分別是MDDI_data4+/-,MDDI_Data5+/-,MDDI_Data6+/-,及 MDDI_Data7+/-。在以上每個介面組 態中,一主機使用標示為MDDI_Pwr及MDDI_Gnd之導線配 對或信號來傳送功率到該客戶端或顯示器。 通常對於該形式U組態可使用的一傳送形式為該MDDI USB連接或信號路徑。該MDDI USB連接包含在一主機與 一客戶端顯示器之間通信的次級路徑。在某些應用中,其 更佳地是在一主機與客戶端之間以一相當低的資料率來傳 送某些資訊。使用該USB傳送鏈結允許不具有一MDDI鏈 結控制器,但具有一 USB主機或有限的主機能力之裝置來 通信於配備有形式U介面之MDDI相容的客戶端或顯示 器。可在一 USB介面上傳送到一顯示器之資訊範例為:靜 態位元圖、數位聲音φ流、指向裝置資料、键盤資料,及 控制與狀態資訊。所有透過USB介面所支援的功能亦可使 用該主要MDDI高速序列資料路徑來實施。當上述定義的 資料(參見以下的封包),其可在一 USB形式介面上傳送, -27- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家榡準(CNS) A4規格(21〇X297公釐) 001779 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(25 ) 串聯資料成為背對背封包形式的需求並未應用到這種USB 介面,亦不使用支援MDDI形式交遞的封包。 總結在該MDDI鏈結上的主機與客戶端(顯示器)之間傳 送的信號顯示於下表I,其係根據該介面形式。Consumption. The Form 1 interface transmits signals that can include both the display, the voice control, and the limited signaling information and are basically used in devices that do not require high resolution: full rate video material. Such an interface is mainly used for devices, such as mobile wireless devices, and the S1 (10) host is basically not usable in the connection and transmission of signals. In this configuration, the mobile device is an MDDI, a device, and a "master" to control the communication link from the host, which typically transmits display data to the client (forward traffic or Bond). In this interface, a host can receive from the client at the host by transmitting a special command or packet form to the client (reverse traffic or link communication data, which allows to take over the bus. The time period 'and delivers the material to the host to become a reverse packet. This is shown in Figure 3. One of the packets, called the envelope (described below), is used to reverse the transfer chain. The reverse link is generated by the transfer to the packet. The display configured to poll the host for the time to poll the data is pre-determined by the host and based on the needs of each specified application. This half-duplex bidirectional data transfer This is especially useful when you can't use a USB port to transfer information or data to the client. This form of U interface signal is ideal for laptop and desktop applications, where a USB interface is widely used by a large number of hosts. Board or other hardware is used and supported by the operating system software. The use of a USB interface allows the use of "plug and play" features and simple application configuration. Universal bidirectional command stream 'status, sound data, etc., and -23- This paper scale applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 001775 1255118 Description of the model, which is applicable to this particular application In the ::: machine it is possible to use the appropriate link layer protocol (described below), and save: Γ low or reset the operation to the slower mode again... or ascend to a faster Mode to support higher rate transmission == display at higher resolution (4). For example, the time when the host changes 2 2 / 2 is when the display system switches a power source, for example, - battery to - AC power Or when the source of the display medium switches to a lower or higher resolution format, or a combination of these or other conditions or events, it can be considered as the basis for changing a display or data transfer mode. It is also possible to use a system. The mode transmits data in one direction and another mode in another direction. For example, a form IV interface mode can be used to transfer data to a display at a high rate while being transmitted by a peripheral device. A form I or form ϋ mode is used when a host device is used, such as a keyboard or a pointing device. c. The physical interface structure is used to establish communication between the king machine and the client device. The configuration is shown in Figures 4 and 5. In Figures 4 and 5, an MDDI link controller 402 and 502 is shown mounted in a host device 2〇2, and an MDDI link controller 404 and 5〇 4 is shown in a client device 2〇4. As previously mentioned, the host 202 is connected to a client 204 using a bidirectional communication channel 4〇6, which contains a series of conductors as follows. 'The host and client link controllers can be fabricated into a single integrated circuit using a single circuit design that can be set, adjusted or programmed to respond to a host controller (drive) or a client controller (received Device). This series -25- This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210Χ 297 mm) 001777 1255118 A7 B7 V. Invention Description (23) Lower cost due to the larger amount of manufacturing a single circuit device. In Figure 4, a USB host device 408 and a USB client device 410 also display a form of U interface for implementing the MDDI. Circuits and devices for performing such functions are well known in the art and will not be further described herein. In Figure 5, an MDDI link controller 502 is shown mounted in a host device 202, and an MDDI link controller 504 is shown mounted in a client device 204'. As previously mentioned, host 202' uses a two-way communication channel 506 to connect to a client 204' that includes a series of conductors. As mentioned earlier, both the host and client link controllers can be fabricated using a single circuit design. Signals transmitted between a host and a client, such as a display device, through the MDDI link, or a physical conductor used, are also illustrated in Figures 4 and 5. As shown in Figures 4 and 5, the primary path or mechanism for transmitting data through MDDI uses data signals labeled MDDI_DataO+/- and MDDI_Stb+/-. Each of these is a low voltage data signal that is transmitted in a cable that is differentially paired in a cable. There is only one transition for the MDDI_DataO pair or the MDDI_Stb pair for each bit transmitted on the interface. This is a voltage-based transmission system, not current-based, so the quiescent current consumption is close to 〇. The host drives the MDDI_Stb signal to the client display. When the data can flow simultaneously in the forward and reverse directions on the MDDI_Data pair, that is, it is a bidirectional transfer path, the host is the master or controller of the data link. The MDDI DataO and MDDI Stb Letter-26- This paper scale applies to the National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 001778 1255118 A7 B7 V. Invention Description (24) Path is in a differential mode Operate on to maximize the protection of noise. The data rate on these lines is determined by the rate of the clock transmitted by the host and can vary from approximately 1 kbps to 400 Mbps or higher. The Form II interface contains an additional data pair or conductor or path other than the Form I, which is referred to as MDDI_Datal+/-. The Form III interface contains two additional data pairs or conductors or paths in addition to Form II, which are referred to as MDDI-Data2+/- and MDDI_Data3+/-. The Form IV interface contains four additional data pairings or signal paths in addition to the Form III interface, which are referred to as MDDI_data4+/-, MDDI_Data5+/-, MDDI_Data6+/-, and MDDI_Data7+/-, respectively. In each of the above interface configurations, a host uses a wire pair or signal labeled MDDI_Pwr and MDDI_Gnd to transmit power to the client or display. One form of transmission that is typically available for this form of U configuration is the MDDI USB connection or signal path. The MDDI USB connection includes a secondary path for communication between a host and a client display. In some applications, it is more desirable to transfer certain information between a host and a client at a relatively low data rate. Using the USB transport link allows devices that do not have an MDDI link controller but have a USB host or limited host capabilities to communicate with MDDI compatible clients or displays equipped with a Formal U interface. Examples of information that can be transmitted to a display on a USB interface are: static bit map, digital sound stream, pointing device data, keyboard data, and control and status information. All functions supported through the USB interface can also be implemented using the main MDDI high speed serial data path. When the above defined information (see the following package), it can be transmitted on a USB form interface, -27- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇X297 mm) 001779 1255118 A7 B7 Invention Description (25) The requirement that serial data becomes a back-to-back packet format is not applied to this USB interface, nor does it use packets that support MDDI delivery. The signals summarized between the host and the client (display) on the MDDI link are shown in Table I below, depending on the interface form.

表I 形式I 形式II 形式III 形式IV MDDI_Pwr/Gnd MDDIPwr/Gnd MDDI_Pwr/Gnd MDDIPwr/Gnd MDDI 一 Stb+/- MDDI_Stb+/- MDDI—Stb+/- MDDI_Stb+/- MDDI_DataO+/- MDDI Data0+/- MDDI_DataO+/ MDDI_DataO+/- MDDI_Datal+/- MDDI—Data 1+/- MDDI_Datal+/- MDDI—Data2+/_ MDDI Data2+/· 形式U MDDI Data3+/- MDDI Data3+/- MDDI—Pwr/Gnd MDDLData4+/_ MDDI 一 Stb+" MDDI_Data5+/- MDDI一Data0+/- MDDI—Data6+/· MDDIUSB+/- MDDI_Data7+/- 通常用來實施以上結構及運作的纜線之長度正為為1.5 公尺左右,並包含三個扭轉配對的導體,其每個因此為多 股的30 AWG線。其捲繞一箔遮蔽覆蓋,或另外形成在該 三個扭轉配對之上,做為一額外排出線。該扭轉配對及遮 蔽排出導體在該顯示器連接器處終結,而該遮蔽連接到該 顯示器(客戶)之遮蔽,且其為一絕緣層,其覆蓋整個纜 線,其為本技藝中所熟知。該纜線係配對成:MDDI Gnd -28- 準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) A7 B7 1255118 五、發明説明(26 ) 及 MDDI Pwr ; MDDI—Stb+及 MDDI—Stb- ; MDDI—DataO+及 MDDI—DataO- ; MDDI—Datal +及 MDDI_Datal-;等等。該公 稱的纜線直徑為3.0 mm左右,其公稱阻抗為85 ohms 土 10% ’而公稱DC電阻為每1〇〇〇英呎ι10歐姆。該信號傳遞速度 必須公稱為〇.66c,經由該纜線之最大延遲係小於約8.0 nsec ° D.資料形式及速率 為了達到使用者經驗及應用之完整範圍的有用介面,該 行動數位資料介面(MDDI)提供多種顯示器及顯示資訊、 聲音換能器、鍵盤、指向裝置及其它許多輸入裝置的支 援’其可整合到或配合於一行動顯示裝置來工作,以及控 制貝訊及其組合。該MDD介面係設計為能夠使用最少數 目的纜線或導體來在該前向或反向鏈結方向之間進行該主 機與各戶端之間傳送多種可能形式的資料串流◦其同時支 援同步争流及非同步串流(更新)。其可能有許多資料形式 勺且e /、要讀合計的資料率小於或等於該最大所想要的 MDDI鍵結速率。這些可包含但不限於在下表η及η〗中所 列出的那些項目。Table I Form I Form II Form III Form IV MDDI_Pwr/Gnd MDDIPwr/Gnd MDDI_Pwr/Gnd MDDIPwr/Gnd MDDI One Stb+/- MDDI_Stb+/- MDDI—Stb+/- MDDI_Stb+/- MDDI_DataO+/- MDDI Data0+/- MDDI_DataO+/ MDDI_DataO+/- MDDI_Datal+/- MDDI_Data 1+/- MDDI_Datal+/- MDDI_Data2+/_ MDDI Data2+/· Form U MDDI Data3+/- MDDI Data3+/- MDDI—Pwr/Gnd MDDLData4+/_ MDDI One Stb+" MDDI_Data5+/- MDDI A Data0+/- MDDI-Data6+/· MDDIUSB+/- MDDI_Data7+/- The cable used to implement the above structure and operation is about 1.5 meters in length and contains three twisted paired conductors, each of which is therefore Multi-strand 30 AWG line. It is wrapped around a foil cover or otherwise formed over the three twist pairs as an additional discharge line. The twist-pairing and occluding discharge conductor terminates at the display connector, and the shield is attached to the display (customer) shield and is an insulating layer that covers the entire cable, as is well known in the art. The cable is paired into: MDDI Gnd -28- quasi (CNS) A4 size (210X297 mm) A7 B7 1255118 V. Invention description (26) and MDDI Pwr; MDDI-Stb+ and MDDI-Stb-; MDDI-DataO+ and MDDI-DataO-; MDDI-Datal+ and MDDI_Datal-; and so on. The nominal cable has a diameter of about 3.0 mm and a nominal impedance of 85 ohms of soil 10% ‘and a nominal DC resistance of 1 〇〇〇10 ohms per 〇〇〇. The signal transmission speed must be commonly referred to as 〇.66c, and the maximum delay through the cable is less than about 8.0 nsec ° D. Data format and rate In order to achieve a user-experienced and useful range of applications, the mobile digital interface ( MDDI) provides support for a variety of displays and display information, sound transducers, keyboards, pointing devices and many other input devices that can be integrated into or coupled to a mobile display device to operate, as well as control Beichi and its combinations. The MDD interface is designed to be capable of transmitting multiple possible forms of data streams between the host and the terminals between the forward or reverse link directions using a minimum number of cables or conductors while supporting synchronization Scramble and asynchronous streaming (update). It may have a number of data forms and e /, the total data rate to be read is less than or equal to the maximum desired MDDI bonding rate. These may include, but are not limited to, those listed in the tables η and η below.

表II 由主機傳送到客户端 等時視訊資料 ---—_ 720x480,12bit,30f/s 〜124.5 Mbps 等時立體聲資料 44.1kHz,16bit,立體聲 〜1.4 Mbps 非同步繪圖資料 ' 800x600, 12bit,lOf/s,立體聲 〜115.2 Mbps 非同步控制 ———— 最小值 « 1.0 Mbps ___ -29- 本紙張尺度適用巾@國家標準(CNS) Μ規格( χ 297公董) 001781 A7 B7 1255118 五、發明説明(27 )Table II Video data transmitted from the host to the client, etc.----_720x480, 12bit, 30f/s~124.5 Mbps Isochronous data 44.1kHz, 16bit, stereo~1.4 Mbps Non-synchronous plot data '800x600, 12bit, lOf /s, Stereo ~115.2 Mbps Non-synchronous Control————Minimum « 1.0 Mbps ___ -29- This paper scale applies towel@国标准(CNS) ΜSpecifications (χ 297 公董) 001781 A7 B7 1255118 V. Invention Description (27)

表III 由客戶端傳送到主機 等時語音資料 8 kHz, 8bit «1.0 Mbps 等時視訊資料 640x480, 12bit,24f/s 〜88.5 Mbps 非同步狀態、使用者輸入等 最小值 «1.0 Mbps 該介面並非固定但可延伸,所以其可支援傳送多種的資 訊「形式」,其包含為了未來系統彈性之使用者定義的資 料。要容納之特定的資料範例為:完全動畫視訊,其為完 整或部份螢幕位元圖領域或壓縮視訊的形式;靜態位元 圖,以保留功率並降低實施成本;PCM或以多種解析度或 速率壓縮的聲音資料;指向裝置位置及選擇,及對於尚未 定義之能力的使用者可定義的資料。這種資料亦可結合控 制或狀態資訊來傳送,以偵測裝置能力或設定運作參數。 本發明進展了本技藝在於資料傳送,其包含但不限於觀 賞電影(視訊顯示及聲音),使用具有有限的個人觀視之個 人電腦(繪圖顯示,其有時候結合視訊及聲音)、在一 PC、 操作台或個人裝置上播放視訊遊戲(動畫繪圖顯示或合成 的視訊及聲音),「觀看」網際網路、使用視訊電話之形 式的裝置(雙向低速率的視訊及聲音),一靜態數位圖像的 照像機,或補捉數位視訊影像之攝影機,及使用行動電 話、智慧型電話或PDA來增進生產力或娛樂的用途。 如下述的行動資料介面係表示為在一通信或傳送鏈結上 提供大量的A-V形式資料,其通常設定為一導線或纜線形 式的鏈結。但是,其將可立即瞭解到,該信號結構、協 -30- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 001782 1255118 AT B7 五、發明説明(28 ) 定、時序或傳送機制可調整來提供光學或無線媒體的形式 之鏈結,如果其可維持所想要的傳送位準。 該MDD介面信號使用一已知為共用訊框(CF)之觀念來用 於基本的信號協定或結構。使用一共用訊框背後的理想係 對於同時同步資料_流提供一同步化的脈衝。一顯示裝置 可使用此共用訊框做為一時間參考。一低CF速率可藉由 降低負擔來增加通道效率,以傳送該次訊框標頭。另一方 面,一鬲的C F速率可降低該遲滞,並允許對聲音樣本的 較小之彈性資料緩衝器。本發明之介面的CF速率係動態 地可程式化,並可設定成許多數值之一,其適用於在一特 定應用中所使用的同步_流。也就是說,選擇的CF數值 可最佳地適合於所給定的顯示裝置及主機組態,如所需要 的。 該位元組的數目通常需要對於同步資料_流之共用訊 框,其可調整或可程式化,其最有可能用於一應用,例如 在表IV中所顯示的一頭戴式的微型顯示器。Table III Voice data transmitted by the client to the host etc. 8 kHz, 8bit «1.0 Mbps isochronous video data 640x480, 12bit, 24f/s ~ 88.5 Mbps Unsynchronized state, user input, etc. Minimum value «1.0 Mbps This interface is not fixed But it can be extended, so it can support the transmission of a variety of information "forms" that contain user-defined data for future system flexibility. Examples of specific data to be accommodated are: full animation video, which is in the form of full or partial screen bitmap fields or compressed video; static bit maps to preserve power and reduce implementation costs; PCM or in multiple resolutions or Rate compressed sound data; pointing to device location and selection, and user definable data for capabilities not yet defined. This information can also be transmitted in conjunction with control or status information to detect device capabilities or set operational parameters. The present invention has evolved in the art of data transfer, including but not limited to viewing movies (video display and sound), using a personal computer with limited personal viewing (drawing display, sometimes combined with video and sound), in a PC Play video games on the console or personal device (animated graphics display or synthesized video and sound), "watch" the Internet, devices in the form of video calls (two-way low-rate video and sound), a static digital bitmap Cameras like cameras, or cameras that capture digital video, and use mobile phones, smart phones or PDAs to increase productivity or entertainment. The action data interface as described below is shown as providing a large amount of A-V form data on a communication or transport link, which is typically set up as a wire or cable link. However, it will be immediately known that the signal structure, the -30-paper scale applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 001782 1255118 AT B7 V. Description of the invention (28) Or the transfer mechanism can be adjusted to provide a link in the form of an optical or wireless medium if it can maintain the desired transfer level. The MDD interface signal uses a concept known as a shared frame (CF) for basic signal protocols or structures. The ideal system behind the use of a common frame provides a synchronized pulse for simultaneously synchronizing the data stream. A display device can use this common frame as a time reference. A low CF rate can increase channel efficiency by reducing the burden to transmit the sub-frame header. On the other hand, a one-shot C F rate reduces the hysteresis and allows for a smaller elastic data buffer for the sound samples. The CF rate of the interface of the present invention is dynamically programmable and can be set to one of a number of values that are suitable for the sync stream used in a particular application. This means that the selected CF value is optimally suited to the given display device and host configuration, as needed. The number of bytes typically requires a common frame for the sync data stream, which can be adjusted or programmable, most likely for an application, such as a head mounted microdisplay as shown in Table IV. .

表IV 共用訊框速率(CFR) =1200 Hz X Y 位元 訊框 速率 通道 速率 (Mbps) 位元組/ CFR DVD電影 720 480 12 30 1 124.4 12960 立體圖形 800 600 12 10 2 115.2 12000 攝影機 640 480 12 24 1 88.5 9216 CD音效 1 1 16 44100 2 1.4 147 語音 1 1 8 8000 1 0.1 6.7 -31 - 本紙張家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) A7 B7 1255118 五、發明説明(29 ) 每個共用訊框之位元組的部份計數可使用一簡單可程式 的M/N計數器結構來簡易地得到。舉例而言,每個CF計數 為26-2/3位元組係由在每個26位元組的訊框之後傳送27位 元組的2個訊框。一較小的CF速率可選擇來產生每個CF之 位元組的整數。但是,一般而言要在硬體中實施一簡單的 M/N計數器用於實施部份或全部的本發明中在積體電路晶 片内所需要的面積,要比一較大的聲音樣本FIFO緩衝器所 需要的要小。 說明了不同資料傳送速率及資料形式之影響的範例性應 用為卡拉0K系統。對於卡拉0K,一系統使用者隨著一音 樂視訊節目而演唱。歌曲的歌詞係顯示在螢幕的底部,所 以使用者知道要唱出的字,且大致上該歌曲的時序。此應 用需要具有並不經常更新的圖形之視訊顯示,並混合該使 用者聲音及一立體的聲音•流。 如果其假設一共用訊框率為300 Hz,則每個CF將包含: 在該前向鏈結上有92,160位元組的視訊内容,及聲音内容 之588位元組(在立體聲中基於147個16位元的樣本)到該顯 示裝置,及平均有29.67 (26-2/3)位元組的語音係由一麥克 風傳送回到該行動是卡拉0K機器。非同步封包係在該主 機及該顯示器之間傳送。此包含最多768位元組的圖形資 料(螢幕高度四分之一),並小於多種控制及狀態命令約 200位元組(數個)位元組。 表V顯示出資料對於卡拉0K範例如何配置在一共用訊框 内。所使用的整體速率係選擇為約225 Mbps。一略為較高 -32- 本紙張家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 1255118 AT B7 五、發明説明(30 ) 的速率226 Mbps允許每個次訊框傳送另外約400位元組的 資料,其允許使用臨時控制及狀態訊息。Table IV Common Frame Rate (CFR) = 1200 Hz XY Bit Frame Rate Channel Rate (Mbps) Bytes / CFR DVD Movie 720 480 12 30 1 124.4 12960 Stereo Graphics 800 600 12 10 2 115.2 12000 Camera 640 480 12 24 1 88.5 9216 CD sound 1 1 16 44100 2 1.4 147 Voice 1 1 8 8000 1 0.1 6.7 -31 - Paper standard (CNS) A4 size (210 X 297 mm) A7 B7 1255118 V. Description of invention (29) The partial count of the bytes of each common frame can be easily obtained using a simple programmable M/N counter structure. For example, each CF count of 26-2/3 bytes is transmitted by 2 frames of 27 bytes after each 26-byte frame. A smaller CF rate can be selected to generate an integer for each CF byte. However, in general, a simple M/N counter is implemented in the hardware for implementing some or all of the required area in the integrated circuit of the present invention, which is more buffered than a larger sound sample FIFO. The device needs to be small. An exemplary application illustrating the impact of different data transfer rates and data formats is the Karaoke system. For Karaoke, a system user sings along with a music video program. The lyrics of the song are displayed at the bottom of the screen, so the user knows the word to sing and roughly the timing of the song. This application requires a video display with graphics that are not updated frequently, and mixes the user's voice with a three-dimensional sound stream. If it assumes a common frame rate of 300 Hz, then each CF will contain: 92,160 bytes of video content on the forward link, and 588 bytes of sound content (based on 147 in stereo) A 16-bit sample) to the display device, and an average of 29.67 (26-2/3) bytes of voice transmitted by a microphone back to the action is a karaoke machine. A non-synchronized packet is transmitted between the host and the display. This contains up to 768 bytes of graphics data (a quarter of the screen height) and is less than about 200 byte (several) bytes for multiple control and status commands. Table V shows how the data is configured in a common frame for the Karaoke example. The overall rate used is chosen to be approximately 225 Mbps. A slightly higher -32- This paper home standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 1255118 AT B7 V. Invention description (30) The rate of 226 Mbps allows each sub-frame to transmit another 400 bytes of data. , which allows the use of temporary controls and status messages.

表V 元素速率 位元組/CF 音樂視訊在640 X 480像素及30 fps 92160 歌詞文字在640 X 120像素及1 fps 768 CD音效在44,100 sps,立體聲,16位元 588 語音在8,000 sps,單音,8位元 26.67 次訊框標頭 19 反向鏈結負擔 26.67+2*9+20 總共位元組/CF 93626.33 整體速率(Mbps) 224.7032 E. 鏈結層 使用MDD介面高速序列資料信號傳送的資料包含彼此 鏈結的一時間多工封包的串流。即使當一傳送裝置沒有資 料要傳送時,一 MDDI鏈結控制器自動地傳送充填封包, 由此來維持一封包的串流。使用一簡單的封包結構對於視 訊及聲音信號或資料流可保證同步的時序。 封包群組係包含在信號元件或結構内,其稱之為次訊 框,而次訊框的群組係包含在信號元素或結構内,稱之為 一媒體訊框。一次訊框包含一或多個封包,根據其所使用 的個別尺寸及資料傳送,且逼媒體訊框必須包含一或多個 次訊框。本發明所使用之協定所提供的最大次訊框等級為 -33- 本"國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) I255118Table V Element Rate Bits/CF Music Video at 640 X 480 pixels and 30 fps 92160 Lyrics text at 640 X 120 pixels and 1 fps 768 CD sound at 44,100 sps, stereo, 16 bit 588 voice at 8,000 sps, mono , 8-bit 26.67 sub-frame header 19 Reverse link burden 26.67+2*9+20 Total byte/CF 93626.33 Overall rate (Mbps) 224.7032 E. Link layer using MDD interface high-speed serial data signal transmission The data contains a stream of time-multiplexed packets that are linked to each other. Even when a transmitting device has no data to transmit, an MDDI link controller automatically transmits the filling packet, thereby maintaining a stream of packets. The use of a simple packet structure guarantees synchronization timing for video and audio signals or data streams. A packet group is included in a signal element or structure, which is called a sub-frame, and a group of sub-frames is contained within a signal element or structure, called a media frame. A frame contains one or more packets, which are transmitted according to the individual size and data used, and the media frame must contain one or more subframes. The maximum sub-frame rating provided by the agreement used in the present invention is -33-this national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) I255118

2 或4,294,967,295位元組’而最大的媒體訊框大小則成 為216-1或65,535次訊框。 —包含有出現在每個次訊框的開始處的唯一識別的特定摞 碩封包即如下所述。該識別亦可用來取得在該客戶端装置 處的訊框時序,當啟始該主機與顯示器之間的通信時。鏈 、、'°時序取得在以下詳細地討論。 、基本上,當正在顯示完全動晝視訊時,每個媒體訊框更 新/人顯不螢幕。孩顯示訊框速率係相同於該媒體訊框速 率邊鏈結協足支援在整個顯示器上完整的動畫視訊,或 僅是由一靜態影像所環繞的完整動畫視訊内容之一小區 域,其係根據所想要的應用而定。在一些低功率行動應用 中,例如觀視網頁或電子郵件,該顯示螢幕僅需要偶爾地 更新。在那些狀況下,其較佳地是傳送一單一次訊框,然 後關閉該鏈結來最小化功率消耗。該介面亦支援像是立體 視覺的效果,並處理繪圖元件。 久訊框之存在使得在一週期性基礎之下可進行傳送高優 先性封包。此允許同時間等時性争流共同存在於一最小量 的貝料缓衝化。此為本發明提供給顯示處理的一個好處, $允許多重的資料流(高速傳輸視訊、語音、控制、狀 L、扣向裝置等),其基本上係分享一共用通道。其使用 相*少的#唬來傳送資訊。其亦使得存在顯示-技術_特定 的動作存在,例如CRT監視器的水平同步脈衝及閃爍間 隔。 F. 鏈結控制器 本紙張2 or 4,294,967,295 bytes' and the largest media frame size is 216-1 or 65,535 frames. - The specific identification packet containing the unique identification that appears at the beginning of each subframe is as follows. The identification can also be used to obtain the timing of the frame at the client device when the communication between the host and the display is initiated. The chain, '° timing acquisition is discussed in detail below. Basically, each media frame update/person does not show up when full video is being displayed. The child display frame rate is the same as the media frame rate edge link to support a complete animation video on the entire display, or only a small area of a complete animated video content surrounded by a still image, based on Depending on the application you want. In some low-power mobile applications, such as viewing web pages or emails, the display screen only needs to be updated occasionally. In those situations, it is preferred to transmit a single frame and then close the link to minimize power consumption. The interface also supports stereoscopic effects and handles drawing elements. The presence of the long-term frame allows high-priority packets to be transmitted on a periodic basis. This allows simultaneous isochronous contention to coexist in a minimum amount of bedding buffering. This provides an advantage of the present invention for display processing, which allows for multiple streams of data (high speed transmission of video, voice, control, L, button, etc.) which essentially share a common channel. It uses the less than #唬 to transmit information. It also allows for the presence of display-technology_specific actions, such as horizontal sync pulses and flicker intervals for CRT monitors. F. Chain controller paper

Mms 冢標半(CMS) A4規格(^X297公爱) A7 B7 1255118 五、發明説明(32 ) 圖4及5所示的MDDI鏈結控制器係製造或組裝成完全的 數位化實施,除了該差動線接收器,其係用來接收MDDI 資料及閃切信號。但是,即使該差動線驅動器及接收器可 實施在具有該鏈結控制器之相同的數位積體電路。其不需 要類比功能或鎖相迴路(PLL)來實施該鏈結控制器之硬 體。該主機及顯示鏈結控制器包含非常類似的功能,除非 包含鏈結同步化之狀態機器的顯示介面。因此,本發明允 許有實際的好處而能夠產生一單一控制器設計或電路,其 可設置成一主機或客戶端,其可降低該鏈結控制器之整體 的製造成本。 IV.介面鏈結協定 A. 訊框結構 用來實施該封包傳送之前向鏈結通信之信號協定或訊框 結構係示於圖6。如圖6所示,資訊或數位資料即群組成已 知為封包的元素。多重封包依此群組在一起來形成稱之為 「次訊框」,而多個次訊框即依此群組在一起來形成一 「媒體」訊框。為了控制訊框的形成及次像框的傳送,每 個次訊框以一特別預先定義的封包開始,其稱之為次訊框 標頭封包(SHP)。 該主機裝置選擇對於一給定傳送所要使用的資料率。此 速率可由該主機裝置動態地改變,其係基於該主機的最大 傳送能力、或由該主機自一來源取得的資料,及該顯示器 之最大能力,或該資料正在傳送到的其它裝置。 一接收端的客戶端裝置係設計成或能夠利用MDDI或本 -35- 本^#0^來37國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(21〇)< 297公釐) 1255118Mms 半 mark half (CMS) A4 specification (^X297 public) A7 B7 1255118 V. Invention description (32) The MDDI link controller shown in Figures 4 and 5 is manufactured or assembled into a complete digital implementation, except A differential line receiver for receiving MDDI data and flashing signals. However, even the differential line driver and receiver can be implemented in the same digital integrated circuit having the link controller. It does not require an analog function or a phase-locked loop (PLL) to implement the hardware of the link controller. The host and display link controllers contain very similar functions, unless the display interface of the state machine that includes the link synchronization is included. Thus, the present invention allows for practical benefits to produce a single controller design or circuit that can be configured as a host or client that reduces the overall manufacturing cost of the link controller. IV. Interface Linking Protocol A. Frame Structure The signal protocol or frame structure used to communicate to the link prior to the implementation of the packet transmission is shown in Figure 6. As shown in Figure 6, the information or digital data, that is, the group composition is known as the element of the packet. Multiple packets are grouped together to form a "secondary frame", and multiple sub-frames are grouped together to form a "media" frame. In order to control the formation of the frame and the transmission of the secondary frame, each of the sub-frames begins with a specially predefined packet, which is referred to as a sub-frame header packet (SHP). The host device selects the data rate to be used for a given transmission. This rate can be dynamically changed by the host device based on the maximum transfer capability of the host, or the data obtained by the host from a source, and the maximum capabilities of the display, or other devices to which the data is being transmitted. A client device at the receiving end is designed or capable of utilizing MDDI or this -35-本^#^^37 National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇) < 297 mm) 1255118

Λ明的信號協定來工作’其能夠由該主機查詢來決定該最 &目前μ大值’其可使用的資料傳送速率、或其 可使用的-預設較慢的最小速率’以及可使㈣資料形式 ,支援的特徵。’匕貝訊可使用—顯示能力封包(D⑺傳 ^如以下的洋細說明。該客户端顯示裝置能夠傳送資 或使用該介面在-預先選擇的最小資料率或在一最小 的資料率漏内來通信於其它裝置,而該主機將使用在此 範圍内的資料率來執行—查詢,以決定該客戶端裝置的完 整能力。 、定義該顯示器的位元圖及視訊訊框速率能力之性質的其 它狀態資訊可在-狀態封包中傳送到該主機,所以該主機 可設置該介面之效率或最佳化為儘可能地實際,或在任何 系統限制内所想要者。 該主機即傳送填充封包,其在當於本次訊框中沒有(或 連有)要傳送的貝料封包,或當該主機不能夠以該前向鏈 結所選擇的該資料傳送速率之充份同步的速率來傳送時。 因為每個次訊框係以一次訊框標頭封包開始,該先前次訊 框的結束包含一封包(最有可能為一填充封包),其實際上 填充該先前的次訊框。如果對其本身而言缺少資料承載封 包之空間’一填充封包將最有可能為一次訊框中的最後封 包,或在下一個先前次訊框的結束及一次訊框標頭封包之 前。其為在一主機裝置中控制運作之工作,以保證在每個 封包之次訊框中留有充份的空間來在該次訊框中傳送。同 時,一旦該主機裝置啟始傳送一資料封包,該主機必須能 36- 國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1255118 五、發明説明(34 夠在一訊框中成功地完成該大小的封包,而不會造成一資 料不足的狀況。 #在本發明的具體實施例之一方面,次訊框傳輸具有兩種 模式。一種模式為一週期性次訊框模式,其用來傳送實況 的視訊及聲音串流。在此模式中,該次訊框長度係定義成 非零。孩第二模式為一非同步或非週期性模式,其中僅在 當有新資訊時,使用訊框來提供位元圖資料到一顯示裝 置。此模式係由在該次訊框標頭封包中設定該次訊框長= 為零所定義。當使用該週期性模式時,次訊框封包的接二 可在當孩顯7F器同步於該前向鏈結訊框結構時來進行。此 係對應於根據以下參考圖49所述的狀態圖所定義的「已同 步」狀怨。在孩非同.步非週期性次訊框模式中,在該第一 次訊框標頭封包之後的接收開始即會接收到。 B. 整體封包結構 用來形成由本發明所實施的發信協定之封包的格式或結 構即呈現如下,其要注意到該介面可延伸,並可依需要加 入額外的封包結構。該封包係依據其在該介面中的功能來 標示成,或區分成不同的「封包形式」,也就是說,其所 傳送的命令或資料。因此,每個封包形式代表一給定封包 的預先定義之封包結構,其可用來操縱正在傳送之封包及 資料。其將可立即瞭解到,該封包可具有預先選擇的長 度,或具有根據其個別的功能之可變或動態變化之長度。 在不同封包中所使用的位元組或位元組數值係設置成多位 元(8或16位元)之無符號整數。所使用的該封包及其「形 -37- 家標準(CNS) A视格(21(3 X 297公釐) 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(35 ) 式」之指定之總結,其以形式的順序列出,如表VI所示。 其中傳送一封包所視為有效的方向亦注意到,以及其是否 要用於一形式U的介面。The signal protocol of the invention works - it can be queried by the host to determine the current & current μ large value 'the data transfer rate it can use, or its available - preset slower minimum rate' and (4) Characteristics of the form of information and support. '匕贝讯 can be used—display capability packet (D(7) transmission ^ as described below. The client display device can transmit or use the interface at - pre-selected minimum data rate or within a minimum data rate leak To communicate with other devices, the host will use the data rate within this range to perform a query to determine the full capabilities of the client device. Define the bit map and video frame rate capabilities of the display. Other status information can be transmitted to the host in the -state packet, so the host can set the efficiency or optimize the interface to be as practical as possible, or within any system limits. The host transmits the padding packet. , when there is no (or connected) bead packet to be transmitted in this frame, or when the host is unable to transmit at the rate of sufficient synchronization of the data transfer rate selected by the forward link Because each sub-frame begins with a frame header packet, the end of the previous sub-frame contains a packet (most likely a padding packet) that actually fills the packet first. The sub-frame. If there is no space for the data to carry the packet for itself, a padding packet will most likely be the last packet in the frame, or at the end of the next previous frame and the header packet. Previously, it was to control the operation of the operation in a host device to ensure that sufficient space was left in the subframe of each packet to be transmitted in the subframe. Meanwhile, once the host device initiates transmission Data packet, the host must be able to 36-national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1255118 V. Invention description (34 enough to successfully complete the size of the packet in a frame without causing a Insufficient data. #In one aspect of the specific embodiment of the present invention, the subframe transmission has two modes. One mode is a periodic subframe mode, which is used to transmit live video and audio streams. In this mode, the subframe length is defined as non-zero. The second mode is an asynchronous or aperiodic mode, in which the frame is used to provide the bitmap data to a display only when there is new information. Loading This mode is defined by setting the frame length = zero in the header packet of the subframe. When using the periodic mode, the second frame of the secondary frame can be synchronized when the child is in the 7F device. In the forward link frame structure, this corresponds to the "synchronized" grievance defined according to the state diagram described below with reference to FIG. 49. In the non-synchronous subframe mode In the beginning, the reception after the first frame header packet is received. B. The format or structure of the packet used by the overall packet structure to form the transmission protocol implemented by the present invention is as follows, which should be noted The interface can be extended, and additional packet structures can be added as needed. The packets are labeled according to their function in the interface, or are divided into different "package forms", that is, the commands they transmit. Or data. Thus, each packet form represents a predefined packet structure for a given packet that can be used to manipulate the packets and data being transmitted. It will be immediately appreciated that the packet may have a pre-selected length or a variable or dynamically varying length depending on its individual function. The byte or byte values used in different packets are set to unsigned integers of multiple bits (8 or 16 bits). The package used and its "Form-37-Home Standard (CNS) A Grid (21 (3 X 297 mm) 1255118 A7 B7 V. Summary of the Invention (35)", in the form of The order is listed, as shown in Table VI. The direction in which a packet is considered valid is also noted, and whether it is to be used in a form of U interface.

表VITable VI

封包名稱 封包 有效方向 形式 前向 反向 形式U 次訊框標頭封包 255 X X 填充封包 0 X X 視訊流封包 1 X X X 聲音串流封包 2 X X X 保留的_流封包 3-55 使用者定義的_流封包 56-63 X X X 彩色地圖封包 64 X X X 反向鏈結包覆封包 65 X 顯示能力封包 66 X X 键盤資料封包 67 X X X 封包名稱 封包 有效方向 形式 前向 反向 形式U 指向裝置資料封包 68 X X X 鏈結關閉封包 69 X 顯示請求及狀態封包 70 X X 位元區塊傳送封包 71 X X 位元圖區域填充封包 72 X X 位元圖圖案填充封包 73 X X 通信鏈結資料通道封包 74 X X X 介面形式交遞請求封包 75 X -38- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 001790 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(36 )Packet name packet valid direction form forward reverse form U sub-frame header packet 255 XX padding packet 0 XX video stream packet 1 XXX voice stream packet 2 XXX reserved _ stream packet 3-55 user-defined _ stream packet 56-63 XXX color map packet 64 XXX reverse link wrap packet 65 X display capability packet 66 XX keyboard data packet 67 XXX packet name packet valid direction form forward reverse form U pointing device data packet 68 XXX link closure Packet 69 X Display Request and Status Packet 70 XX Bit Block Transfer Packet 71 XX Bitmap Area Fill Packet 72 XX Bitmap Pattern Fill Packet 73 XX Communication Link Data Channel Packet 74 XXX Interface Form Handover Request Packet 75 X -38- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 001790 1255118 A7 B7 V. Invention description (36)

介面形式知會封包 76 X 執行形式交遞封包 77 X 前向聲音頻道致能封包 78 X X 反向聲音取樣率封包 79 X X 數位内容保護負擔封包 80 X X X 透明彩色致能封包 81 X X 往返延遲量測封包 82 X 前向鏈結偏斜校正封包 83 X 封包具有一共用的基本結構,或整體為最小化櫚位之組 合,其包含一封包長度欄位,一封包形式欄位、資料位元 組攔位及一 CRC欄位,其示於圖7。如圖7所示,該封包長 度櫚位包含有一多重位元或位元組數值形式的資訊,其指 定了該封包中位元的總數,或其在該封包長度欄位與該 CRC欄位之間的長度。在本範例的較佳具體實施例中,該 封包長度攔位包含一 16位元或2位元組寬的無符號整數, 其指定了該封包長度。該封包形式攔位為另一個多重位元 襴位,其指定了包含在該封包中的資訊形式。在本範例的 範例性具體實施例中,此為一 8位元或1位元組寬的數值, 其形式為一 8位元無符號的整數,並指定這種資料形式為 顯示能力、交遞、視訊及聲音串流等等。 一第三欄位為資料位元組,其包含正在傳送的位元或資 料,或在該主機及客戶端裝置之間傳送,做為該封包的一 部份。該資料的格式係根據正在傳送之資料的特定形式來 對於每個封包形式做特別地定義,並可區分成一系列的額 外攔位,其每個具有其本身的格式需求。也就是說,每個 -39- 本杓用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 x 297公釐) 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(37 封包形式將具有對於此部份或欄位之定義的格式。該最後 欄位為CRC欄位,其包含計算了資料位元組、封包形式及 封包長度攔位之16位元循環冗餘檢查的結果,其係用來確 為在该封包中資訊的整合性。換言之,對於整個封包的計 算並不包含CRC欄位本身。該客戶端通常保持所偵測到 CRC錯誤之總數,並在顯示請求及狀態封包中報告此數量 回到主機(如下述)。 在傳送該封包期間,欄位的傳送係先從最低有效位元 (B)開么並結束於最後傳送的最高有效位元(MSB)。長 度上超過-個位元組之參數係首先使用最低有效位元組來 傳送,其造成對於長度超過8位元之參數使用相同位元的 傳輸樣式,如同甩於先傳送LSB之較短的朱數。 MDDI_Data〇信號路徑上的資料係對準於在任柯形式】、來 式^形式111或形式〜之模式中的介面上傳送之位元組的 位兀U。 列行,如在傳統電子學技藝中所完成:先2 送了一列的最右方像素之後,則在該相中^素在傳 為下-列的最左方像素。像素列通常傳送的::素 數顯不器為由上到T,雖射視需要採用其它的%:大多 者,於處理位元圖時,在此處依 的、且怨。再 一位元圖的左上方角落做為位置或偏移”:二:藉由標示 ,·水疋義出_ -40- S) Α4規格(21〇 X 297公羞] 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(38 參考點。用來定義或決定在該位元圖中的位置之X及γ座 標在當分別趨近於該位元圖的右方及下方時即會增加其數 值。該第一列及第一行係由索引值〇開始。 C. 封包定義 1.次訊框標頭封包 該次訊框標頭封包為每個次訊框的第一個封包,並具有 如圖8所示之基本結構。由圖8可看出,此種封包之結構具 有封包長度、封包形式、唯一字元、次訊框長度、協定版 本、次訊框數量、及媒體訊框數量欄位,其通常為這樣的 順序。此種封包通常係辨識為一形式255 (16進位為Oxff)封 包,並使用一預先選擇的長度17位元組。 當該封包形式攔位使用一位元組數值時,該唯一字元欄 位使用一 3位元組的數值。這兩個欄位的4位元組之組合形 成具有良好自動關連之3 2位元的唯一字元。實際的唯一字 元為0x005a3bff,其中較低的8位元先做為該封包形式來傳 送,而最有效的24位元則在之後傳送。 該次訊框長度襴位包含4個位元組的資訊來指定每個次 訊框的位元組數目。此攔位的長度可設定等於〇,以代表 該主機在該鏈結關閉成為一待機狀態之前將僅傳送一個次 訊框。在此欄位中的數值可在當由一次訊框轉換到下一個 時動態地「立即」改變。此能力可用來在該同步脈衝中進 行微小的時序調整,藉以容納等時性資料•流。如果次訊 框標頭封包的CRC不是有效的’挪麼鍵結控制器必須使用 先前已知良好次訊框標頭封包的次訊框長度來估計目前次 -41 - 本紙 家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(39 ) 訊框的長度。 該協定版本欄位包含2個位元組,其指定了該主機所使 用的協定版本。該協定版本欄位係設定為’〇,,以指定正在 使用的該協定之第一或目前的版本。此數值將在產生新版 本時即隨時間改變。該次訊框計數襴位包含2個位元組, 其指足了一序列編號,其代表自從該媒體訊框開始之後所 已經傳送之次訊框的數目。該媒體訊框的第一次訊框之次 訊框數量為0。該媒體訊框的最後次訊框之數值為n_l,其 中η為每個媒體訊框的次訊框數目。請注意如果該次訊框 長度設定為0 (代表一非週期性次訊框),則該次訊框數目 必須也設定為〇。 #媒體訊框計數欄位包含3個位元組,其指定了 一序列 編號,其代表自從該媒體訊框開始之後所已經傳送之媒體 訊框的數目。一媒體項目的第一媒體訊框具有一媒體訊框 數量為〇。該媒體訊框數量係在每個媒體訊框的第一個次 訊框之前增加,並在使用最大媒體訊框數量(媒體訊框數 目為224-1二16,777,215)之後包覆回到〇。該媒體訊框數量 通常可由主機在任何時間來重置,以滿足一終端應用之需 求。 2 ·填充封包 一填充封包為當在該前向或反向鏈結上沒有其它可供傳 送的資訊時,傳送到一客戶端裝置或自其傳送的封包。其 建議填充封包具有一最小的長度,藉以允許在需要時傳送 其它封包的最大彈性。在一次訊框或一反向鏈結包覆封包 _____ -42- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(21〇χ297公釐) 001794 1255118 A7Interface form notification packet 76 X Execution form delivery packet 77 X Forward sound channel enable packet 78 XX Reverse sound sampling rate packet 79 XX Digital content protection burden packet 80 XXX Transparent color enable packet 81 XX Round trip delay measurement packet 82 X Forward Link Skew Correction Packet 83 X The packet has a shared basic structure, or a combination of minimized palms, which includes a packet length field, a packet form field, a data byte block and A CRC field, which is shown in Figure 7. As shown in FIG. 7, the packet length bit contains information in the form of multiple bit or byte values, which specifies the total number of bits in the packet, or its length field and the CRC field. The length between the two. In a preferred embodiment of the present example, the packet length block contains a 16-bit or 2-byte wide unsigned integer that specifies the packet length. The packet form is blocked by another multi-bit field that specifies the form of information contained in the packet. In an exemplary embodiment of the present example, this is an 8-bit or 1-byte wide value in the form of an 8-bit unsigned integer, and specifies the data format for display capability, handover. , video and audio streaming, and more. A third field is a data byte that contains the bit or data being transmitted or transmitted between the host and the client device as part of the packet. The format of the material is specifically defined for each packet form based on the particular form of material being transmitted, and can be divided into a series of additional blocks, each of which has its own format requirements. In other words, each -39- is using the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 x 297 mm) 1255118 A7 B7 V. Invention Description (37 package form will have a definition of this part or field Format. The last field is the CRC field, which contains the result of a 16-bit cyclic redundancy check that calculates the data byte, packet form, and packet length block, which is used to determine the information in the packet. Integral. In other words, the calculation of the entire packet does not include the CRC field itself. The client usually keeps the total number of detected CRC errors and reports this number back to the host in the display request and status packet (see below) During the transmission of the packet, the transmission of the field is first opened from the least significant bit (B) and ends with the most significant bit (MSB) of the last transmission. The parameters exceeding the length of one byte are used first. The least significant byte is transmitted, which results in a transmission pattern using the same bit for parameters longer than 8 bits, as if the shorter number of passes of the LSB was transmitted first. The data on the MDDI_Data signal path is aligned Incumbent Form], the form 111U of the byte transmitted on the interface in the form 111 or the pattern of the form ~. The column line, as in the traditional electronic technology: first 2 sends the rightmost pixel of a column After that, in the phase, the prime is passed as the leftmost pixel of the lower-column. The pixel column usually transmits :: prime number display from up to T, although the projection requires other %: most When processing the bitmap, it depends on the grievance. The upper left corner of the meta-graph is used as the position or offset": 2: By marking, 疋水疋出_ _40- S Α4 specification (21〇X 297 humiliation) 1255118 A7 B7 V. Description of invention (38 reference point. The X and γ coordinates used to define or determine the position in the bit map are respectively adjacent to the bit The value is increased on the right and below the graph. The first column and the first row start with the index value C C. Packet definition 1. The sub-frame header packet The sub-frame header packet for each The first packet of the subframe, and has the basic structure as shown in Figure 8. As can be seen from Figure 8, the structure of the packet has a packet length, The packet form, unique character, sub-frame length, protocol version, number of sub-frames, and number of media frames are usually in this order. Such packets are usually identified as a form of 255 (16-bit is Oxff). Packets, and use a pre-selected length of 17 bytes. When the packet form block uses a one-tuple value, the unique character field uses a 3-byte value. The combination of 4 bytes forms a unique character with a good auto-correlated 3 2 bits. The actual unique character is 0x005a3bff, where the lower 8 bits are transmitted as the packet form, and the most effective 24 The bit is then transmitted. The sub-frame length field contains information of 4 bytes to specify the number of bytes per subframe. The length of this block can be set equal to 〇 to indicate that the host will only transmit one subframe before the link is closed to a standby state. The value in this field can be dynamically changed "immediately" when transitioning from one frame to the next. This capability can be used to make minor timing adjustments in the sync pulse to accommodate isochronous data streams. If the CRC of the header header packet is not valid, the controller must use the length of the subframe of the previously known good subframe header packet to estimate the current time. -41 - Paper Home Standard (CNS) A4 Specifications (210X297 mm) 1255118 A7 B7 V. Description of invention (39) Length of the frame. The protocol version field contains 2 bytes that specify the protocol version used by the host. The agreement version field is set to '〇, to specify the first or current version of the agreement being used. This value will change over time as new versions are created. The subframe count field contains 2 bytes, which refers to a sequence number that represents the number of subframes that have been transmitted since the beginning of the media frame. The number of subframes in the first frame of the media frame is 0. The value of the last frame of the media frame is n_l, where η is the number of subframes per media frame. Please note that if the frame length is set to 0 (representing an aperiodic subframe), the number of frames must also be set to 〇. The #Media Frame Count field contains 3 bytes that specify a sequence number that represents the number of media frames that have been transmitted since the media frame began. The first media frame of a media item has a number of media frames. The number of media frames is increased before the first subframe of each media frame, and is wrapped back to 〇 after using the maximum number of media frames (the number of media frames is 224-1 2, 16, 777, 215). The number of media frames can usually be reset by the host at any time to meet the needs of a terminal application. 2 Filling Packets A Filling Packet is a packet that is transmitted to or transmitted from a client device when there is no other information available for transmission on the forward or reverse link. It is recommended that the padding packet have a minimum length to allow for the maximum resiliency of other packets to be transmitted when needed. Wrap the package in a frame or a reverse link _____ -42- This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (21〇χ297 mm) 001794 1255118 A7

=端(參見下述)’ 一鏈結控制器設定該填充封包的大 小來真无剩餘的空間,以維持封包的整合性。 一填充封包的格式及内容示於圖9。如圖9所示,此種封 包的結構為具有封包長度、#包形式、填充位元組及crc 欄位。此種封包通常識別為形式〇,其係指明在一個位元 組形式欄位中。在該填充位元组欄位中的位元或位元組包 含可變數目的所有0位元數值”乂允許該填充封包成為所 需要的長度。最小的填充封包在此櫊位中不包含位元组。 也就是說’該封包僅包含封包長度、封包形式及CRC,並 使用一預先選擇的固定長度為3位元組。 3.視訊流封包 視訊流封包承載了視訊資料,以更新一顯示裝置之基本 上為長方形之區域。此區域的大小可小到一單一像素,或 最大到整個顯示器。其可幾乎同時顯示不限數目的串流, 僅受限於系統資源,因為所有需要顯示一率流的内容皆包 含在該視説流封包中。該視訊流封包的格式(視訊資料格 式描述菇)示於圖10。如圖1 〇所示,此種封包的結構為具 有封包長度(2位元組)、封包形式、視訊資料描述符號、 顯示屬性、X左緣、Y上緣、X右緣、γ下緣、X及γ開始、 像素數量、參數CRC、像素資料及CRC欄位。此種封包通 常識別為形式1,其指明在該1個位元組形式欄位中。 上述的共用訊框觀念由一種有效的方式來最小化該聲音 緩衝器大小,並降低遲滯。但是,對於視訊資料,其必須 來展開一視訊訊框的像素到一媒體訊框的多個視訊流封 43 本國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(21〇 X 297公釐) 1255118= terminal (see below)' A link controller sets the size of the padding packet to have no room left to maintain the integrity of the packet. The format and content of a padding packet are shown in Figure 9. As shown in Figure 9, the structure of such a packet has a packet length, a #packet form, a padding byte, and a crc field. Such packets are usually identified as a form 〇, which is indicated in a byte form field. The bit or byte in the padding byte field contains a variable number of all 0 bit values"" allows the padding packet to be of the required length. The smallest padding packet does not contain bits in this bin. That is, the packet contains only the packet length, the packet format and the CRC, and uses a pre-selected fixed length of 3 bytes. 3. The video stream packet video packet carries the video data to update a display device. It is basically a rectangular area. The size of this area can be as small as a single pixel, or up to the entire display. It can display an unlimited number of streams almost simultaneously, limited only by system resources, because all need to display the rate The content of the stream is included in the video stream packet. The format of the video stream packet (the video data format description mushroom) is shown in Figure 10. As shown in Figure 1, the structure of the packet is packet length (2 bits). Tuple), packet form, video data description symbol, display attribute, X left edge, Y upper edge, X right edge, γ lower edge, X and γ start, number of pixels, parameter CRC, pixel data, and CRC column Such a packet is typically identified as Form 1, which is indicated in the 1 byte form field. The above-described common frame concept is an effective way to minimize the size of the sound buffer and reduce hysteresis. For video data, it must be developed to expand the pixels of a video frame to multiple video streams of a media frame. 43 National National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇X 297 mm) 1255118

包。其亦非常有可能在一單一視訊流封包中的像素將不會 正確地對應到該顯示器上的一完美的長方形視窗。對於該 範例性每秒30訊框的視訊框速率,每秒有3〇〇個次訊框, 其產生每個媒體訊框為1〇個次訊框。如果在每個訊框中有 480列的像素,在每個次訊框中的視訊流封包將包含料列 的像素。在其它狀況下,該視訊流封包可不包含整數數目 列的像素。對於其它視訊框大小亦成立,其中每個媒體訊 框的次訊框數目並不均句地區分為每個視訊框的列之數目 (亦稱之為視訊線)。每個視訊流封包必須包含一整數的像 素,即使其可不包含一整數數目列的像素。如果每個像素 超過一個位元組,或如果其為圖12所示的一封包格式的 話,此變為非常重要.。 用來實現上述的視訊資料描述器之運作的格式及内容即 示於圖1 la-1 Id。在圖na-丨ld中,該視訊資料格式描述器 包含2個16位元無符號整數的位元組,其指定在目前封包 的目前串流中該像素資料中每個像素的格式。其有可能不 同的視訊流封包可使用不同的像素資料格式,也就是說, 使用該視訊資料格式描述器中不同的數值,而類似地,任 何串’"瓦(遠顯示器之區域)可立即改變其資料格式。該視説 資料格式描述器定義了目前封包的像素格式,唯獨其並未 指明一固定格式將對於一特定視訊流的存在期間會繼續使 用。 圖1 la到1 Id所示為該視訊資料格式描述器如何來編碼。 如在這些圖面中所使用者,當位元[15:13]等於,〇〇〇,時,如 _____ -44- 本紙國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公董) 1255118 A7 _______ B7 五、發明説明(42 ) 圖1 la所示,則該視訊資料包含一單色像素的陣列,其中 每個像素的位元數目係由該視訊資料格式描述器字元的位 元3到0所定義。位元丨丨到4在此狀況中設定為〇。另外當位 兀[15:13]等於,〇(Π’時,如圖llb所示,則該視訊資料包含 一彩色像素的陣列,其每個透過一彩色地圖來指定一彩 色。在此狀況下’該視訊資料格式描述器之位元5到〇定義 了每個像素的位元數目,而位元丨丨到6則設定等於〇。另外 當位元[15:13]等於’〇 1 〇’時,如圖11 c所示,則該視訊資料 包含一彩色像素的陣列,其中每個紅色像素的位元數目由 位元11到8所定義,而每個綠色像素的位元數目由位元7到 4定義’每個藍色像素的位元數目由位元3到〇定義。在此 狀況下’在每個像素中的位元總數為紅色、綠色及藍色所 使用的位元數的總和。 但是,另外當位元[15:13]等於,〇11,時,如圖ild所示, 則該視訊資料包含一視訊資料陣列,其為4:2:2格式,並具 有照度及色度的資訊,其中每個照度(Y)像素的位元數目 係由位元11到8所定義,該Cr成分的位元數目由位元7到4 所定義,而該Cb成分的位元數目由位元3到〇所定義。在每 個像素中的位元總數為紅色、綠色及藍色所使用的位元數 目之總和。該Cr及Cb成分係以γ的速率之一半來傳送。此 外,在此封包的像素資料部份中的視訊樣本係組織成下 述:Yn、Crn、Cbn、Yn + 1、Yn + 2、Crn + 2、Cbn + 2、Υη + 3 其中 (^及Cbj相關於Υη及Υη + 1而Crn + 2及Cbn + 2係相關於Υη + 2及 Υη+ 3等等。如果在目前串流中的一列上(X右緣-X左緣+ 1) -45 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210X297公--- 001797 1255118 A7 B7package. It is also very likely that the pixels in a single video stream packet will not correctly correspond to a perfect rectangular window on the display. For the exemplary frame rate of 30 frames per second, there are 3 frames per second, which produces 1 frame for each media frame. If there are 480 columns of pixels in each frame, the video stream packet in each frame will contain the pixels of the column. In other cases, the video stream packet may not contain an integer number of columns of pixels. The size of other video frames is also established. The number of sub-frames in each media frame is not divided into the number of columns (also called video lines) of each video frame. Each video stream packet must contain an integer number of pixels, even though it may not contain an integer number of columns of pixels. This becomes very important if each pixel exceeds one byte, or if it is in the form of a packet as shown in Figure 12. The format and content used to implement the above described video data descriptor are shown in Figure 1 la-1 Id. In Figure na-丨ld, the video data formatter contains two 16-bit unsigned integer bytes that specify the format of each pixel in the pixel data in the current stream of the current packet. It is possible that different video stream packets can use different pixel data formats, that is, use different values in the video data format descriptor, and similarly, any string '" tile (area of the remote display) can be immediately Change its data format. The View Data Format Descriptor defines the pixel format of the current packet, but it does not indicate that a fixed format will continue to be used during the lifetime of a particular video stream. Figure 1 la to 1 Id shows how the video data format descriptor is encoded. As in the users of these drawings, when the bit [15:13] is equal to, 〇〇〇, when, such as _____ -44- This paper national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 dongdong) 1255118 A7 _______ B7 five Figure 1 la shows that the video material comprises an array of monochrome pixels, wherein the number of bits per pixel is defined by bits 3 to 0 of the video data formatter character. . The bit 丨丨 to 4 is set to 〇 in this case. In addition, when the position 兀[15:13] is equal to 〇(Π', as shown in FIG. 11b, the video data includes an array of color pixels, each of which is assigned a color through a color map. In this case, 'The video data formatter's bits 5 to 〇 define the number of bits per pixel, and the bit 丨丨 to 6 is set equal to 〇. In addition, when the bit [15:13] is equal to '〇1 〇' As shown in FIG. 11c, the video material includes an array of color pixels, wherein the number of bits of each red pixel is defined by bits 11 to 8, and the number of bits of each green pixel is determined by bits. 7 to 4 define 'the number of bits per blue pixel is defined by bit 3 to 。. In this case, the total number of bits in each pixel is the number of bits used in red, green, and blue. However, when the bit [15:13] is equal to 〇11, as shown in Figure ild, the video data includes a video data array in the 4:2:2 format with illumination and color. Degree information, in which the number of bits per illuminance (Y) pixel is defined by bits 11 through 8, the Cr component The number of bits is defined by bits 7 through 4, and the number of bits of the Cb component is defined by bits 3 to 。. The total number of bits in each pixel is the bits used for red, green, and blue. The sum of the numbers. The Cr and Cb components are transmitted at one-half the rate of γ. In addition, the video samples in the pixel data portion of the packet are organized as follows: Yn, Crn, Cbn, Yn + 1, Yn + 2, Crn + 2, Cbn + 2, Υη + 3 where (^ and Cbj are related to Υη and Υη + 1 and Crn + 2 and Cbn + 2 are related to Υη + 2 and Υη+ 3, etc. If at present On a column in the stream (X right edge - X left edge + 1) -45 - This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) Α 4 specifications (210X297 public --- 001797 1255118 A7 B7

五、發明説明(43 ) 的像素數目為奇數,則對應用每列中最後像素的Cb值將 根據下一列的第一個像素之Y值。 對於圖中所示的所有四種格式,位元12,其標示^ "P”,其指定了該像素資料樣本是否為封包的,或位元組 導向的像素資料。在此欄位中的數值’0’代表在該像素資料 欄位中每個像素内的每個像素及每個彩色係與一 Mddi介 面位元組邊界為位元組對準。一數值’1’代表在該像素資料 中每個像素内的每個像素及每個彩色係對於一像素内的先 前像素或彩色來封包起來,而留下沒用的位元。 在一特定顯示窗的媒體訊框之第一個視訊流封包中第一 像素將進入到由X左緣及Y上緣所定義的該串流視窗的左 上角中,而下一個接收的像素則置於在相同列中的下—個 像素位置,依此類推。在一媒體訊框的此第一封包中,該 X開始數值通常等於X左緣,而γ開始數值通常將等於Y上 緣。在對應於相同榮幕視窗的後續封包中’該X及γ開妒 值通常將設定為該螢幕視窗中的像素位置,其通常將跟隨 在於先前次訊框中傳送的該視訊流封包内所傳最後像素之 後。 4.聲音率流封包 該聲晋牟流封包透過該顯示器的聲音系統來承載要播放 的聲音資料,或是用於一獨立的聲音呈現裝置。不同的聲 音資料_流可配置在一音響系統中獨立的聲音頻道,例 如:根據所使用的聲音系統之形式而為左前、右前、中 央、左後及右後。對耳機可提供一完整的聲音頻道,其中5. The number of pixels in the invention (43) is an odd number, and the Cb value of the last pixel applied in each column will be based on the Y value of the first pixel of the next column. For all four formats shown in the figure, bit 12, which is labeled ^ "P", specifies whether the pixel data sample is a packet, or a byte-oriented pixel data. In this field The value '0' represents that each pixel and each color system in each pixel in the pixel data field is aligned with a Mddi interface byte set. A value '1' represents the pixel data. Each pixel and each color in each pixel is encapsulated for a previous pixel or color within a pixel, leaving unused bits. The first video in the media frame of a particular display window The first pixel in the stream packet will enter the upper left corner of the stream window defined by the X left edge and the Y upper edge, and the next received pixel will be placed in the next pixel position in the same column. In this first packet of a media frame, the X start value is usually equal to the X left edge, and the γ start value will usually be equal to the Y upper edge. In the subsequent packets corresponding to the same honor window, the X And the gamma opening value will usually be set to be in the screen view. The pixel location, which will typically follow the last pixel passed in the video stream packet transmitted in the previous subframe. 4. Sound Rate Stream Packet The voice stream packet carries the sound to be played through the sound system of the display. The data is used for a separate sound presentation device. Different sound data streams can be configured in separate sound channels in an audio system, for example, left front, right front, center, left depending on the form of the sound system used. Rear and right rear. A complete sound channel is provided for the headphones, among which

1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(44 ) 包含改進的空間聲學信號處理。該聲音串流封包的格式示 於圖13。如圖13所示,此種封包的結構具有封包長度、封 包形式、聲音頻道ID、聲音樣本數目、每個樣本的位元及 包裝、聲音取樣率、參數CRC、數位聲音資料及聲音資料 CRC攔位。此種封包通常識別為一形式2封包。 每個樣本的位元及包裝攔位包含一 8位元無符號整數形 式的一個位元組,其指定了該聲音資料的包裝格式。通常 使用的該格式為位元4到0,用以定義每個PCM聲音樣本的 位元數目。然後位元5指定該數位聲音資料樣本是否為包 裝的。在包裝的與位元組導向的聲音樣本之間的差異係示 於圖14。一數值介代表在該數位聲音資料欄位中每個PCM 聲音樣本係與一 MDDI介面位元組的邊界為位元組對準, 而數值T代表每個連續的PCM聲音樣本係對於先前的聲音 樣本來包裝起來。此位元僅在當於位元4到0所定義的數值 (每個PCM聲音樣本的位元數)並非一 8的倍數時才有效。 位元7到6則保留做為未來的用途,其通常設定為數值0。 5. 保留的串流封包 封包形式3到55係保留給對於該封包協定的未來版本或 變化所要定義的•流封包使用,其在遇到不同的應用時會 需要。再次地,此為使得該MDD介面更有彈性的一部 份,而相較於其它技術,在面對經常變化的技術及系統設 計時非常有用。 6. 使用者定義的_流封包 8個資斜流形式,稱之為形式56到63,其保留用於專屬 -47- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 0017991255118 A7 B7 V. INSTRUCTIONS (44) Contains improved spatial acoustic signal processing. The format of the voice stream packet is shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 13, the structure of such a packet has a packet length, a packet format, a sound channel ID, a number of sound samples, a bit and a package of each sample, a sound sampling rate, a parameter CRC, a digital sound data, and a CRC block of sound data. Bit. Such a packet is usually identified as a form 2 packet. The bit and wrapper of each sample contains a byte of an 8-bit unsigned integer form that specifies the wrapper format of the sound material. The format commonly used is bits 4 through 0 to define the number of bits per PCM sound sample. Bit 5 then specifies whether the digital sound data sample is packaged. The difference between the packaged and byte-oriented sound samples is shown in Figure 14. A value means that the boundary of each PCM sound sample and an MDDI interface byte in the digital sound data field is aligned with a byte, and the value T represents each successive PCM sound sample for the previous sound. Samples are packaged. This bit is only valid if the value defined by bits 4 through 0 (the number of bits per PCM sound sample) is not a multiple of eight. Bits 7 through 6 are reserved for future use and are typically set to a value of zero. 5. Reserved Streaming Packets Packets 3 through 55 are reserved for use with • stream packets to be defined for future versions or changes to the packet agreement, which are required when encountering different applications. Again, this is a part of making the MDD interface more resilient, and compared to other techniques, it is very useful in the face of constantly changing technology and system design. 6. User-defined _flow packets are in the form of 8 slanting flows, referred to as Forms 56 to 63, which are reserved for exclusive-47- paper scales applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ) 001799

裝 玎

線 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(45 ) 的應用,其可由用於MDDI鏈結的設備製造商來定義。這 些已知為使用者定義的_流封包。該視訊流封包承載了視 訊資料來更新(或不更新)該顯示器的一長方形區域。這些 封包形式的牟流參數及資料的定義則留給特定的設備製造 商來找出他們的用法。該使用者定義的串流封包之格式係 示於圖15。如圖15所示,此種封包的結構具有封包長度(2 位元組)、封包形式、串流ID編號、串流參數、參數CRC 、串流資料及_流資料CRC欄位。 7. 彩色地圖封包 該彩色地圖指定了用來呈現一顯示器的彩色所使用的一 彩色地圖查詢表之内容。一些應用會需要一彩色地圖,其 大於可在單一封包中傳送的資料量。在這些例子中,可傳 送多個彩色地圖封包,其每個具有該彩色地圖的不同次組 合’其藉由使用下述的偏移及長度欄位。該彩色地圖封包 的格式係示於圖16。如圖16所示,此種封包的結構具有封 包長度、封包形式、彩色地圖資料大小、彩色地圖偏移、 參數CRC、彩色地圖資料及資料crc欄位。此種封包通常 識別為一形式64封包。 8. 反向鏈結包覆封包 資料係使用一反向鏈結包覆封包來在反向方向上傳送。 其傳送一前向鏈結封包,而該MDDI鏈結運作(傳送方向) 即改變,或置於此封包的中間轉向,所以封包可在反向方 向上傳送。該反向鏈結包覆封包的格式係示於圖17。如圖 17所示,此種封包的結構具有封包長度、封包形式、反向 -48 國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公贊) 1255118Line 1255118 A7 B7 V. Application of the invention (45), which can be defined by the device manufacturer for the MDDI link. These are known as user-defined _ stream packets. The video stream packet carries video data to update (or not update) a rectangular area of the display. The definition of turbulence parameters and data in the form of these packets is left to the specific equipment manufacturer to find out their usage. The format of the user-defined stream packet is shown in Figure 15. As shown in FIG. 15, the structure of such a packet has a packet length (2 bytes), a packet format, a stream ID number, a stream parameter, a parameter CRC, a stream data, and a CRC data field CRC field. 7. Color Map Packet This color map specifies the content of a color map lookup table used to render the color of a display. Some applications will require a color map that is larger than the amount of data that can be transferred in a single package. In these examples, a plurality of color map packets can be transmitted, each having a different combination of the color maps' by using the offset and length fields described below. The format of the color map packet is shown in Figure 16. As shown in Figure 16, the structure of such a packet has a packet length, a packet format, a color map data size, a color map offset, a parameter CRC, a color map data, and a data crc field. Such a packet is usually identified as a form of 64 packets. 8. Reverse Link Wrap Packet The data is transmitted in the reverse direction using a reverse link wrap packet. It transmits a forward link packet, and the MDDI link operation (transfer direction) changes or is placed in the middle of the packet, so the packet can be transmitted in the reverse direction. The format of the reverse link wrap packet is shown in FIG. As shown in Figure 17, the structure of such a packet has a packet length, a packet form, and a reverse -48 National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public praise) 1255118

鏈結旗標、轉向長度、參數CRC、轉向丨、反向資料封 包、及轉向2。此種封包通常識別為形式65封包。 、 茲MDDI鏈結控制器之行為在傳送一反向鏈結包覆封包 =為一特別的方法。該MDD介面具有一閃切信號,其= =由逐王機驅動。該主機的動作如同其對於該反向鏈結包 覆封包的轉向及反向資料封包部份的每個位元來傳送:二 孩主機在兩個轉向時間期間及配置給反向資料封包的時間 内,觸發在每個位元邊界處的MDD]LStr〇be信號。(此與如 同其正在傳送皆為〇之資料為相同的動作)。該主機在由^ 向1所指定的時段期間除能其MDDI資料信號線驅動器,而 該客戶端在由轉向2欄位所指定的時段之後的該驅動器重 新致能欄位期間重新致能其線驅動器。該顯示器讀取該轉 向長度參數,並驅動該資料信號朝向該主機,其係在該轉 向1搁位中最後一個位元之後立即進行。該顯示器使用該 封包長度及轉向長度參數來知道其可用來傳送封包到該主 機的時間長度。該客戶端可傳送填充封包或驅動該資料線 到零狀怨’當其沒有資料傳送到該主機時。如果該資料線 驅動到〇,該主機解譯此為一具有零長度的封包(並非一有 效長度),而該主機在目前的反向鏈結包覆封包的持續時 間内則不會接收任何來自該客戶端的封包。 該顯示器驅動該MDDI資料線到該零位準,其係對於在 該轉向2欄位開始之前的至少一個反向鏈結時脈週期。此 可保持該資料線在轉向2期間為一決定的狀態。如果該客 戶端不再有封包要傳送,其在被驅動到零位準之後,甚至 -49- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210 X 297公釐)Link flag, steering length, parameter CRC, steering 丨, reverse data packet, and steering 2. Such packets are typically identified as Form 65 packets. The behavior of the MDDI link controller is to transmit a reverse link wrap packet = a special method. The MDD mask has a flash cut signal, which == is driven by the king-by-king machine. The host acts as if it were transmitted for each bit of the reverse and reverse data packet portion of the reverse link wrapper packet: the two-child host during the two turnaround times and the time configured for the reverse data packet Inside, triggers the MDD]LStr〇be signal at each bit boundary. (This is the same action as the data that is being transmitted as it is). The host disables its MDDI data signal line driver during the time period specified by ^1, and the client re-enables its line during the drive re-enabling field after the time period specified by the Turn 2 field. driver. The display reads the steering length parameter and drives the data signal toward the host, which is performed immediately after the last bit in the 1st shift. The display uses the packet length and steering length parameters to know the length of time it can be used to transmit packets to the host. The client can transmit a padding packet or drive the data line to a zero blame when it has no data to transmit to the host. If the data line is driven to 〇, the host interprets this as a zero-length packet (not a valid length), and the host does not receive any from the duration of the current reverse link-wrapping packet. The client's packet. The display drives the MDDI data line to the zero level for at least one reverse link clock cycle prior to the start of the turn 2 field. This keeps the data line in a determined state during the turn 2 . If the client no longer has a packet to transmit, it is even after the -49- paper scale applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210 X 297 mm) after being driven to zero level.

00180J00180J

裝 πInstall π

線 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(47 ) 可除能該資料線,因為該冬眠偏壓電阻(在別處討論)對於 其餘的反向資料封包欄位來保持該資料線在零位準。 該顯示請求及狀態封包的反向鏈結請求攔位可用來告知 該主機該顯示器在反向鏈結包覆封包中所需要的位元組數 目來傳送資料回到該主機。該主機嘗試來藉由在該反向鏈 結包覆封包中配置至少該位元組數目來同意該請求。該主 機可在一次訊框中傳送超過一個的反向鏈結包覆封包。該 顯示為幾乎在任何時間皆可傳送一顯示請求及狀態封包, 而該主機將解譯該反向鏈結請求參數為在一次訊框中所請 求的位元組總數。 9_顯示能力封包 一王機需要知道其所通信的該顯示器(客戶端)之能力, 藉以设置該主機到顯示器鏈結為通常最佳化或所想要的方 式。其建4 一顯7F器在得到前向鏈結同步化之後傳送一顯 示能力封包到該主機。這種封包的傳輸在當該主機請求使 用在該反向鏈結包覆封包中使用反向鏈結旗標時即認為有 需要。該顯示能力封包的格式係示於圖18。如圖18所示, 此種封包的結構具有封包長度、#包形式、協定版本、最 小協足版本、位7C圖寬度、位元圖高度、單色能力、彩色 地圖能力、RGB能力、Y Cr Cb能力、顯示特徵能力、資 料率能力、訊框速率能力、聲音緩衝器深度、聲音字流能 力、聲音料能力、最小次訊框料、及GRG攔位。此種 封包通常識別為一形式66封包。 10.鍵盤資料封包 本紙張尺 -50- 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(48 一键盤資料封包係用來自該客戶端奘 , 崎裝置傳送鍵盤資料到 孩主機。一無線(或有線)键盤可配合 _ 〇不冋的顯示器或聲音 I置來使用’其包含但不限於一頭戴式顯示器/聲立呈現 裝置。該鍵盤資料封包連結所接收的鍵盤資料由^已知 的類似键盤的裝置到該主機。此封包亦 匕亦可在孩前向鏈結上 傳送資料到該鍵盤。一键盤資料封包的故 匕日口格式不於圖19,其 包含來自一鍵盤的不同位元組數目的杳4 J貝訊。如圖19所示, 此種封包的結構具有封包長度、封肖 τ岜形式、鍵盤資料及 CRC欄位。此種封包通常識別為—形式67封包。 11·指向裝置資料封包 -指向裝置資料封包係用來自―無線滑鼠或其它指向装 置傳送位置資訊由該顯示器到該主機。資料亦可在前向鏈 結上使用此封包傳送到該指向裝置。一指向裝置資料封包 的格式示於圖20,其包含來自一指向裝置的不同位元組數 目的資訊。如圖20所示,此種封包的結構具有封包長度、 封包形式、指向裝置資料及CRC欄位。此種封包通常識別 為形式68,其係指明在一個位元組形式攔位中。 12.鏈結關閉封包 一鏈結關閉封包係由該主機傳送到該客戶端顯示器,以 代表該MDDI資料及閃切將會關閉,並進入一低功率消耗 的「冬眠」狀態。此封包可用來關閉該鏈結,並在靜態位 元0由一彳亍動通仿裝置傳送到該顯示器之後來保留電力, 或當自現在起沒有進一步資訊要由該主機傳送到一客戶端 時。當該主機再次傳送封包時,即恢復正常的運作。在冬 -51 - ^紙⑽4^0,时辟(CNS) Α4—Α格(21G〗297公釐了 1255118 A7 B7Line 1255118 A7 B7 V. Description of Invention (47) This data line can be disabled because the hibernation bias resistor (discussed elsewhere) keeps the data line at zero level for the remaining reverse data packing fields. The reverse link request block of the display request and status packet can be used to inform the host of the number of bytes required by the display in the reverse link wrap packet to transfer data back to the host. The host attempts to agree to the request by configuring at least the number of bytes in the reverse link wrapper. The host can transmit more than one reverse link wrapper in one frame. The display indicates that a display request and status packet can be transmitted at almost any time, and the host will interpret the reverse link request parameter as the total number of bytes requested in the primary frame. 9_Display Capability Packets A king machine needs to know the capabilities of the display (client) it communicates with, thereby setting the host-to-display link to a generally optimized or desired manner. The built-in 7F 7F transmits a display capability packet to the host after synchronizing the forward link. The transmission of such packets is considered necessary when the host requests to use the reverse link flag in the reverse link wrapper. The format of the display capability packet is shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 18, the structure of such a packet has a packet length, a packet format, a protocol version, a minimum association version, a bit 7C map width, a bit map height, a monochrome capability, a color map capability, an RGB capability, and Y Cr. Cb capability, display feature capability, data rate capability, frame rate capability, sound buffer depth, sound stream capability, sound material capability, minimum sub-frame material, and GRG blocking. Such a packet is usually identified as a form 66 packet. 10. Keyboard data package This paper ruler-50- 1255118 A7 B7 V. Invention description (48 A keyboard data package is from the client, the Saki device transmits the keyboard data to the child host. A wireless (or wired) keyboard Can be used with _ 显示器 冋 冋 或 或 或 ' ' 其 其 其 其 其 其 其 其 其 其 其 其 ' ' ' ' ' ' ' 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 The device is connected to the host. The packet can also transfer data to the keyboard before the child. The format of the keyboard data packet is not as shown in Figure 19, and contains different bytes from a keyboard. The number of 杳4 JB. As shown in Figure 19, the structure of such a packet has a packet length, a closed τ岜 form, a keyboard data, and a CRC field. Such a packet is usually identified as a form 67 packet. The device data packet-pointing device data packet is transmitted from the display to the host by a wireless mouse or other pointing device. The data can also be transmitted to the pointing device using the packet on the forward link. The format of a pointing device data packet is shown in Figure 20, which contains information on the number of different bytes from a pointing device. As shown in Figure 20, the structure of the packet has packet length, packet form, pointing device data and CRC field. Such a packet is usually identified as Form 68, which is indicated in a byte form block. 12. Link Close Packet A Link Close Packet is transmitted by the host to the client display to represent The MDDI data and flash cut will be turned off and enter a "hibernation" state with low power consumption. This packet can be used to close the link and be transmitted to the display by a swaying device in static bit 0. Later, the power is retained, or when there is no further information to be transmitted from the host to a client from now on. When the host transmits the packet again, it resumes normal operation. In winter-51 - ^ paper (10) 4^0, (CNS) Α4—Α格 (21G〗 297 mm 1255118 A7 B7

五、發明説明 顯示狀 眠之後傳送的第一個封包為一次訊框標頭封包。 態封包的格式示於圖2 1。如圖2 1所示,此種封台 至河包的結構為 具有封包長度、封包形式、及CRC欄位。此種封 … 至可包通常係 辨識為一形式69封包在該一位元組形式欄位伞,、, τ 亚使用一 預先選擇的長度3位元組。 在該低功率冬眠狀態中,該MDDI Data驅動哭#人 二 — t助备被除能到 一高阻抗狀態,而該MDDI Data信號使用—离阳4 — 问I且抗偏壓網 路來拉高到一邏輯〇狀態,其可由該顯示器所覆蓄驅動 該介面所使用的閃切信號係在該冬眠狀態中設 _ p <為一邏輯 0位準,以最小化功率的消耗。該主機或顯示器皆可使得 該MDDI鏈結由該冬眠狀態被「叫醒」,如別處所述,2 為本發明一關鍵性的進展及好處。 13·顯示請求及狀態封包 該主機需要來自該顯示器之小量的資訊,所以其可用最 佳化的方式來設置該主機到顯示器的鏈結。其建議該 器在每個次訊框中傳送一顯示狀態封包到該主機。該顯示 器必須傳送此封包為該反向鏈結包覆封包中的第一個封 包,以保證其可靠地傳遞到該主機。一顯示狀態封包的格 式示於圖22。如圖22所示,此種封包的結構為具有封包長 度、封包形式、反向鏈結請求、CRC錯誤計數及(:汉(:欄 位。此種封包通常係辨識為一形式7〇封包在該一位元組形 式爛位中’並使用一預先選擇的長度8位元組。 孩反向鍵、结請求攔位可用來告知該主機該顯丨器在反向 鏈結包覆封包中所需要的位元組數目來傳送資料回到該主 -52-V. INSTRUCTIONS The first packet transmitted after the sleep is displayed is a header packet. The format of the state packet is shown in Figure 21. As shown in Fig. 21, the structure of the platform to the river bag has a packet length, a packet form, and a CRC field. Such a package can be generally identified as a form 69 packet in the one-tuple form field umbrella, and τ ia uses a pre-selected length of 3 bytes. In the low-power hibernation state, the MDDI Data driver is crying #人二-t assisted to be disabled to a high-impedance state, and the MDDI Data signal is used - diverging 4 - I and anti-biasing network to pull Up to a logical state, the flashing signal used by the display to drive the interface is set to _p < a logical zero level in the hibernation state to minimize power consumption. The host or display can cause the MDDI link to be "awakened" by the hibernation state, as described elsewhere, 2 being a key advancement and benefit of the present invention. 13. Display Request and Status Packets The host needs a small amount of information from the display, so it can be used to set up the host-to-display link in an optimal way. It is recommended that the device transmit a display status packet to the host in each subframe. The display must transmit the packet as the first packet in the reverse link wrapper packet to ensure reliable delivery to the host. The format of a display status packet is shown in Figure 22. As shown in FIG. 22, the structure of such a packet has a packet length, a packet form, a reverse link request, a CRC error count, and (: Han (: field. Such a packet is usually identified as a form 7 〇 packet in The one-tuple form is in the rogue position and uses a pre-selected length of 8 bytes. The child reverse key, the knot request block can be used to inform the host that the display is in the reverse link wrapper package. The number of bytes needed to transfer data back to the main-52-

1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(50 機。該主機必須嘗試來藉由在該反向鏈結包覆封包中配置 至少遠位元組數目來同意該請求。該主機可在一次訊框中 傳送超過一個的反向鏈結包覆封包,用以容納資料。該顯 示器可在任何時間皆可傳送一顯示請求及狀態封包,而該 主機將解譯該反向鏈結請求參數為在一次訊框中所請求的 位兀組總數。該反向鏈結資料如何傳送回到該主機的額外 細節及特定範例將顯示如下。 14.位元區塊傳送封包 該位元區塊傳送封包提供一種方式來在任何方向上捲動 ,顯示器的區4。具有此能力的顯示器將報告此能力在該 頒π能力封包的顯示特徵能力指示器攔位之位元〇中。一 位元區塊傳送封包的格式係示於圖23。如圖23所示,此種 之結構具有封包長度、左上方X值、左上方γ值、視 έ見度視‘阿度、視窗X移動、視窗γ移動及CRC欄 位此種封包通常係辨識為一形式71封包,並使用一預先 選擇的長度15位元組。 ' 該攔位係用來指定要移動之視窗的左上角之座標的X及 Y數值I移動又視w的寬度及高度,及該視ϋ水平1 垂直移動之刀別的像素數目。後兩個攔位的正數值造成要 移動的視窗到右古;^ π 士 丫 A $丄 、 及下万,而貝值使得該移動分別往左方 種方式來簡易地初始化該 具有此能力的顯示器將報 15.位元圖區域填充封包 遠位元圖區域填充封包提供一 顯示器的一區域成為單一彩色。1255118 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (50 machines. The host must attempt to agree to the request by configuring at least the number of far tuples in the reverse link wrapper. The host can transmit more than once in the message frame. A reverse link wraps the packet to accommodate the data. The display can transmit a display request and status packet at any time, and the host interprets the reverse link request parameter in a frame The total number of requested bit groups. The extra details of how the reverse link data is transmitted back to the host and the specific examples will be shown below. 14. Bit Block Transfer Packets This bit block transport packet provides a way to Scrolling in any direction, zone 4 of the display. A display with this capability will report this capability in the bit of the display feature capability indicator of the π capability packet. The format of the one-bit block transfer packet Shown in Figure 23. As shown in Figure 23, such a structure has a packet length, an upper left X value, a top left gamma value, a visual visibility of 'A degree, a window X movement, a window gamma movement, and a CRC field. Kind of seal The package is usually identified as a form of 71 packets and uses a pre-selected length of 15 bytes. ' This block is used to specify the X and Y values of the coordinates of the upper left corner of the window to be moved. Width and height, and the number of pixels in the vertical movement of the image. The positive values of the last two blocks cause the window to be moved to the right; ^ π 士丫 A $丄, and 10,000, and The value causes the movement to be easily initialized to the left to display the display having the capability. The bit map area fills the packet and the far bitmap area fills the packet to provide an area of a display into a single color.

12551181255118

告此能力在該顯示能力封包的顯示特徵能力指示器欄位之 位7C 1中。一位兀圖區域填充封包的格式係示於圖。如 圖24所示,此種封包之結構具有封包長度、封包形式、左 士方X值、左上方γ值、視窗寬度、視窗高度、資料格式 描述备、像素區域填充值及CRC攔位。此種封包通常係辨 識為一形式72封包在該一位元組形式攔位中,並使用一預 先選擇的長度17位元組。 16.位元圖圖案填充封包 該位元圖圖案填充封包提供一種方式來簡易地初始化該 顯示器的一區域成為一預先選擇的圖案。具有此能力的顯 不為將報告此能力在該顯示能力封包的顯示特徵能力指示 器欄位之位元2中。該填充圖案的左上角係對準於要填充 的孩視W之左上角。如果要填充的視窗比該填充圖案較寬 或較高,則該圖案可水平或垂直地重覆數次來填充該視 W。該最後重覆的圖案之右方或下方可視需要來裁切。如 果該視窗小於該填充圖案,則該填充圖案的右侧或底侧可 裁切來符合該視窗。 一位元圖圖案填充封包的格式係示於圖25。如圖25所 示,此種封包之結構具有封包長度、封包形式、左上方X 值、左上方Υ值、視窗寬度、視窗高度、圖案寬度、圖案 高度、資料格式描述器、參數CRC、圖案像素資料,及2 素資料CRC欄位。此種封包通常識別為形式73,其係指明 在一個位元組形式欄位中。 17.通信鏈結資料通道封包 本紙 爾卿國 -54- 家標準(CNS) Α4規格(21〇χ297公釐)This capability is reported in bit 7C 1 of the Display Feature Capability Indicator field of the Display Capability Packet. The format of a bitmap fill pad is shown in the figure. As shown in Fig. 24, the structure of such a packet has a packet length, a packet form, a left-side X value, a top left γ value, a window width, a window height, a data format description, a pixel area fill value, and a CRC block. Such a packet is typically identified as a form 72 packet in the one-tuple form of the block, and a pre-selected length of 17 bytes is used. 16. Bitmap Pattern Filler Packet The Bitmap Pattern Filler Packet provides a way to easily initialize an area of the display to a pre-selected pattern. It is apparent that this capability will report this capability in bit 2 of the Display Feature Capability Indicator field of the Display Capability Packet. The upper left corner of the fill pattern is aligned with the upper left corner of the child to be filled. If the window to be filled is wider or taller than the fill pattern, the pattern can be filled horizontally or vertically several times to fill the view. The right or below the last repeated pattern can be cut as needed. If the window is smaller than the fill pattern, the right or bottom side of the fill pattern can be cropped to conform to the window. The format of a one-bit pattern fill packet is shown in Figure 25. As shown in FIG. 25, the structure of the packet has a packet length, a packet form, an upper left X value, a top left threshold, a window width, a window height, a pattern width, a pattern height, a data format descriptor, a parameter CRC, and a pattern pixel. Information, and 2 data CRC fields. Such packets are typically identified as Form 73, which is indicated in a byte form field. 17.Communication Link Data Channel Packets This paper Erqingguo -54- Home Standard (CNS) Α4 Specifications (21〇χ297 mm)

1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(52 該通信鏈結資料通遒封包提供一種方法給顯示器具有高 水準的運算能力,例如PDA,以通信於一無線收發器,例 如一行動電話或無線資料埠裝置。在此狀況中,該MDDI 鏈結可做為該通信裝置與具有行動顯示之運算裝置之間的 一方便的高速介面,其中此封包在該裝置的作業系統之資 料鏈結層上輸送資料。舉例而言,此封包可在當網頁瀏覽 器、電子郵件客戶端或整個PDA構建到一行動顯示器中時 來使用。具有此能力的顯示器將報告此能力在該顯示能力 封包的顯示特徵能力指示器攔位之位元3中。 一通信鏈結資料通遒封包的格式示於圖26。如圖26所 示,此種封包的結構為具有封包長度、封包形式、參數 CRC、通信鏈結資料及通信資料CRC攔位。此種封包通常 在該形式欄位中識別為形式74。 1心介面形式交遞請求封包 該介面形#交遞請求封包使得該主機來請求該客戶端; 顯示器由一既有或目前的模式偏移到形式丨(序列)、形式 (2位元争列)ΉΙΙΙ(4位元率列),或形式ιν(8位元^ 模式。在該主機請求-特殊模式之前,其必須確認該顯7 器能夠在所要的模式中運作,其係藉由檢視在該顯示能; 封包的顯示特徵能力指示器欄位中的位元6及7而定。一< 面形式交遞請求封包的格式示於圖27。如圖W所示,此牙1255118 A7 B7 V. INSTRUCTIONS (52) The communication link information packet provides a means for the display to have a high level of computing power, such as a PDA, for communicating with a wireless transceiver, such as a mobile telephone or wireless data device. In this case, the MDDI link can serve as a convenient high speed interface between the communication device and the computing device having the mobile display, wherein the packet conveys data on the data link layer of the operating system of the device. In this case, the packet can be used when the web browser, email client or the entire PDA is built into a mobile display. A display with this capability will report this capability in the display capability indicator of the display capability packet. Bit 3 is in. The format of a communication link data overnight packet is shown in Figure 26. As shown in Figure 26, the structure of the packet is packet length, packet format, parameter CRC, communication link data and communication. Data CRC block. This type of packet is usually identified as form 74 in the form field. 1 Heart interface form delivery request packet The interface type #交交The packet is requested to cause the host to request the client; the display is offset from an existing or current mode to the form 序列 (sequence), form (2-bit contention) ΉΙΙΙ (4-bit rate column), or the form ιν ( 8-bit^ mode. Before the host requests-special mode, it must confirm that the display device can operate in the desired mode by viewing the display feature capability indicator field in the packet; The bit format is 6 and 7. The format of a <face form handover request packet is shown in Figure 27. As shown in Figure W, this tooth

封包的結構為具有封包長度、封包形式、介面形式及CR 欄位。此種封包通常係辨識為一形式75封包,旅使用一 ? 先選擇的長度4位元組。 ’The structure of the packet has a packet length, a packet form, an interface form, and a CR field. Such a packet is usually identified as a form of 75 packets, and the brigade uses a length of 4 bytes selected first. ’

1255118 A7 B7 發明說明( 19.介面形式知會封包 、二面形式知會封包係由顯示器傳送來確認接收到介面形 式人遞封包..。該請求的模式,形式I (序列)、形式II (2位 兀串列)、形式III (4位元串列),或形式IV (8位元串列)模 式即回應到該主機做為在此封包中的參數。一介面形式 、s封包的格式示於圖28。如圖28所示,此種封包的結構 為具有封包長度、封包形式、介面形式及CRC欄位。此種1255118 A7 B7 Description of the invention (19. Interface form notification packet, two-sided form notification packet is transmitted by the display to confirm receipt of the interface form human packet.. The pattern of the request, Form I (sequence), Form II (2 bits)兀 string), Form III (4-bit string), or Form IV (8-bit string) mode responds to the host as a parameter in this packet. The format of an interface form, s-packet is shown in Figure 28. As shown in Figure 28, the structure of such a packet has a packet length, a packet form, an interface form, and a CRC field.

封匕通¥係辨識為一形式76封包,並使用一預先選擇 度4位元組。 I 20·執行形式交遞封包 ⑽及$仃形式父遞封包為一種方式來使該主機命令該顯 ,來1遞到此封包中所指定的模式。此即為由該介面形 父遞請求封包及介面形式知會封包所先前請求及知會的 ^ :弋*居主機及顯7^姦在傳送此封包之後必須切換到 同思的模式。孩顯示ϋ會在改變模式期間損失及重新得 鍵結同步化。—執行形式交遞封包的格式示於圖29。如 29所不、,此種封包的結構為具有封包長度、封包形式、 C R C棚位。此播勒4s β、、 一 此種封包通常係辨識為一形式77封包在該一 元組形式搁位中,% m 二〒*並使用一預先選擇的長度4位元組。 2 1.前向聲音頻道致能封包 此封包允許該主機來致能或除能該顯示器中的聲立 ί二來使得該顯示器(客戶端)可關閉聲音: :二。兀件,以在當該主機沒有輪出聲音時來 肩电力。此明顯地較為困難來暗中地實施,如果僅使用 -56 - 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(54 骨率流的存在或不存在來做為一指示器。當該顯示系統打 開時的預設狀態即為所有的聲音頻道皆被致能。一前向聲 晋頻道致此封包的格式示於圖3 〇。如圖3 〇所示,此種封包 的結構為具有封包長度、封包形式、聲音頻道致能遮罩及 CRC欄位。此種封包通常係辨識為一形式78封包在該一位 兀組形式欄位中,並使用一預先選擇的長度4位元組。 22. 反向聲音取樣率封包 此封包允許該主機來致能或除能該反向鏈結聲音頻道, 並來設定此_流的聲音資料取樣率。該主機選擇一取樣 率,其係定義為在該顯示能力封包中為有效。如果該主機 選擇一無效的取樣率,則該顯示器將不會傳送一聲音串流 到該主機。該主機可藉由將該取樣率設為255來除能該反 向鏈結聲音_流。該預設的狀態係假設當該顯示系統初始 時即開啟電源或連接,而該反向鏈結聲音串流為除能。一 反向聲晋取樣率封包的格式示於圖31。如圖31所示,此種 封包的結構為具有封包長度、封包形式、聲音取樣率及 CRC攔位。此種封包通常係辨識為一形式79封包,並使用 —預先選擇的長度4位元組。 23. 數位内容保護負擔封包 此封包允許該主機及一顯示器來交換關於該數位内容保 護方法的訊息,其目前考慮使用兩種内容保護,及數位傳 輸内容保護(DTCP)或高頻寬數位内容保護系統(HDCP), 其保留有空間來做為未來其它的保護方式設定。所使用的 方法係在此封包中以内容保護形式參數來指定。一數位内容 -57- X 297公釐) 國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(55 保護負擔封包的格式示於圖32。如圖32所示,此 結構為具有封包長度、肖包形式、内容保護形式、内:: 4負擔訊息及cue欄位。此種封包通常識 合 包。 I吊硪刎為一形式80封 24. 透明彩色致能封包 該透明彩色致能封包係用來指定在一顯 為透明,i用以致能或除能使用一透明彩色來顯二:色 具有此能力的顯示器將在該顯示能力封包的顯示特:=力 指不:的位元4中來報告該能力。當具有透明彩色的:值 I像素寫入到該位元圖時,該彩色並不會自 變。一透明彩色致能封包的格式示於圖33。如^、值改 此種封包之結構具有封包長度、封包形式、透明=致 能、資料格式描述器、透明像素值及CRC搁位。/種= 通常辨識為形式81封包在該⑷元組形式欄位,並使用I 預先選擇的固定長度為10位元組。 25. 往返延遲量測封包 延遲量測封包㈣來量測由主機到—以端㈤ 不备)(傳遞延遲,加上由該客戶端(顯示器)回到該主機的 延遲。此量測本質上包含存在於該線驅動器及接收器中, 以及互連線子系統中的延遲。此量測係用來設定該反向鍵 結包覆封包中該往返延遲及反向鏈結速率除數參數,如以 上的一般性說明。此封包在當該MDDI鏈結對於一特定應 用在最高速率下運行時最為有用。該信號之^ 為如同在以下的攔位期間正在傳送所有為零的資料··所有 58- 本紙張尺度咖中國國家標準(^τι^(210 χ 297¥17 001810 1255118The seal is identified as a form of 76 packets and uses a pre-selected 4-byte. I 20 · Execution Form Handoff Packet (10) and $仃 Form Parent Packet are a way for the host to command the display, and 1 is passed to the mode specified in the packet. This is the previous request and notification by the interface-type parent request packet and the interface form. ^:弋*Host and the host must switch to the mode after sending the packet. The child shows that he will lose and re-key the synchronization during the change of mode. - The format of the execution form delivery packet is shown in Figure 29. As for 29, the structure of such a package has a packet length, a packet form, and a C R C booth. This broadcast 4s β, a such packet is usually identified as a form 77 packet in the tuple form of the shelf, % m 〒* and uses a preselected length of 4 bytes. 2 1. Forward Sound Channel Enable Packet This packet allows the host to enable or disable the sound in the display to make the display (client) turn off the sound: : 2. A piece of equipment to shoulder power when the host does not have a sound. This is obviously more difficult to implement implicitly if only -56 - 1255118 A7 B7 is used. 5. Inventive Note (54 The presence or absence of bone flow is used as an indicator. Preset state when the display system is turned on That is, all the sound channels are enabled. The format of the forward packet to the sound channel is shown in Figure 3. As shown in Figure 3, the structure of the packet is packet length, packet format, and sound channel. The mask and the CRC field are enabled. Such a packet is typically identified as a form 78 packet in the one-bit group format field and uses a pre-selected length of 4 bytes. 22. Reverse sound sampling rate Encapsulating the packet allows the host to enable or disable the reverse link sound channel and set the sound data sampling rate of the stream. The host selects a sampling rate, which is defined as being in the display capability packet. Valid. If the host selects an invalid sampling rate, the display will not transmit a stream to the host. The host can disable the reverse link sound by setting the sampling rate to 255. The preset state system It is assumed that the power supply or connection is turned on when the display system is initially turned on, and the reverse link sound stream is disabled. The format of a reverse sound sampling rate packet is shown in Fig. 31. As shown in Fig. 31, such a packet The structure has a packet length, a packet form, a sound sampling rate, and a CRC block. Such a packet is usually identified as a form of 79 packets, and uses a pre-selected length of 4 bytes. 23. Digital Content Protection Burden Packet The packet allows the host and a display to exchange messages regarding the digital content protection method, which currently considers the use of two content protections, as well as Digital Transmission Content Protection (DTCP) or High-Frequency Digital Content Protection System (HDCP), which retains space. As a way to protect other future protection methods, the method used is specified in this package with content protection form parameters. One digit content -57- X 297 mm) National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210 1255118 A7 B7 Five Description of the invention (55) The format of the protection burden packet is shown in Fig. 32. As shown in Fig. 32, the structure has a packet length, a schematic package form, a content protection form, and an inner: 4 burden message and cue field. This package usually recognizes the package. I condolences are a form 80. 24. Transparent color enable package This transparent color enable package is used to specify a transparent, i use In order to enable or disable the use of a transparent color to display two: a display having this capability will report the capability in the display of the display capability packet: = force in the bit 4: when having a transparent color: When the value I pixel is written to the bit map, the color does not change. The format of a transparent color enable packet is shown in Figure 33. If the value of the packet is changed, the structure of the packet has a packet length, a packet form, Transparency = Enable, Data Format Descriptor, Transparent Pixel Value, and CRC Placement. / Type = Normally recognized as Form 81 in the (4) tuple form field, and pre-selected with I is a fixed length of 10 bytes. 25. Round-trip delay measurement packet delay measurement packet (4) to measure the delay from the host to the end (5) (transfer delay, plus the delay returned by the client (display) to the host. This measurement is essentially Included in the line driver and receiver, and the delay in the interconnect subsystem. This measurement is used to set the round trip delay and reverse link rate divisor parameters in the reverse bond wrap packet. As described generally above, this packet is most useful when the MDDI link is running at the highest rate for a particular application. The signal is as if all zero data is being transmitted during the following block. 58- This paper scales Chinese national standard (^τι^(210 χ 297¥17 001810 1255118

兩個護衛時間’以及該量測週期。此造成灿以⑽ 來觸發為该資料率的-半,所以其在該量剛週期期間可做 為該顯7F器中的週期性時脈。 往返延遲量測封包的格式係示於圖34。如圖34所示,此 種封包的結構具有封包長度、封包形式、參數CRC、所有 零、護衛時間1、量測週期、護衛時間2、及驅動器重新致 能欄位。此種封包通常辨識為—形式82的封包,並使用預 先選擇的固定長度為533位元。 、 在該往返延遲量測封包期間發生的事件時序係示於圖 35。在圖35中,該主機傳送該往返延遲量測封包,其顯示 為在該所有零及護衛時間丨攔位之後存在有參數crc=閃 ㈣準欄位。—延遲35〇2發生在該封包到達該客戶端顯示 裝置或處理電路之前。當該顯示器接收到該封包時,其傳 送▲ Oxff、Oxff、〇χ〇樣式儘可能實際上準確地位在該量測 週期的開始處,其由該顯示器所決定。該顯示器開始傳送 此序列的實際時間從該主機的觀點來看,係由該量測週期 的開始處來延遲。此延遲量準確地為對於該封包傳遞通過 孩線驅動器、接收器及該互連線子系統所花費的時間。一 類似的延遲量3504造成該樣式由該顯示器回到該主機。 為了準崔地决足遠彳3號由该客戶端行進的往返延遲時 間,該王機計算在該量測週期開始之後發生時段的位元數 目’直到在到達時偵測到該Oxff、Oxff、0x0序列的開始。 此資訊係用來決定由該主機傳送到該客戶端並再次傳回的 一往返信號的時間。然後,約此時間量的一半即標示為一 ____ -59 - 本紙俯fSi Ϊ國^5^714規i^iox 297公釐) 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(57 ) 信號到該客戶端之單一路徑通道所產生的延遲。 該顯示器除能其線驅動器,實質上係在傳送該Oxff、 Oxff、0x0樣式的最後位元之後立即發生。護衛時間2允許 該顯示器的線驅動器之時間可在該主機傳送下一個封包的 封包長度之前完全進入該南阻抗狀態。該冬眠的拉南及拉 低電阻(見圖42)可保證該MDDI_Data信號可在該線驅動器 同時在該主機及顯示器中除能的時段中維持在一有效的低 位準。 26.前向鏈結偏斜校正封包 該前向鏈結偏斜校正封包允許一客戶端或顯示器來校正 其本身來相對於該MDDI_Stb信號之MDDI_Data信號之傳遞 延遲中的差異。在沒有延遲偏斜補償之下,該最大的資料 率通常受限於在這些延遲中負責可能之最差狀況的變化。 一般而言,此封包僅在當該前向鏈結資料率設定為約50 Mbps或更低的速率時來傳送。在傳送此封包來校正該顯 示器之後,該資料率可階段性增加到高於50 Mbps。如果 該資料率在該偏斜校正處理中設定得太高,該顯示器可同 步於該位元週期的別名,其會造成該延遲偏斜補償設定關 閉超過一個位元時間,造成錯誤的資料時脈。該最高資料 率形式的介面或最大可能的介面形式係在傳送該前向鏈結 偏斜校正封包之前來選擇,所以所有既有的資料位元皆被 校正。 一前向鏈結校正封包的格式示於圖56。如圖56所示,此 種封包的結構具有封包長度(2位元、组)、封包形式、參數 _-60-_ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 001312 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(58 ) CRC、校正資料序列及CRC攔位。此種封包通常辨識為一 形式83封包在該形式欄位中,並具有一預先選擇的長度為 5 15 °Two guard time' and the measurement period. This causes the trigger to be (-) half of the data rate, so it can be used as the periodic clock in the display. The format of the round trip delay measurement packet is shown in Figure 34. As shown in Figure 34, the structure of such a packet has packet length, packet form, parameter CRC, all zeros, guard time 1, measurement period, guard time 2, and drive re-enabling field. Such a packet is typically identified as a packet of Form 82 and uses a pre-selected fixed length of 533 bits. The sequence of events occurring during the round-trip delay measurement packet is shown in FIG. In Figure 35, the host transmits the round trip delay measurement packet, which is shown to have a parameter crc = flash (four) quasi-field after all zero and guard time blocks. - A delay of 35 〇 2 occurs before the packet arrives at the client display device or processing circuitry. When the display receives the packet, it transmits ▲ Oxff, Oxff, and 〇χ〇 patterns as practically as accurate as possible at the beginning of the measurement period, as determined by the display. The actual time at which the display begins to transmit the sequence is delayed from the point of view of the measurement cycle by the beginning of the measurement cycle. This amount of delay is exactly the time it takes for the packet to pass through the child line driver, receiver, and the interconnect subsystem. A similar amount of delay 3504 causes the pattern to be returned to the host by the display. In order to determine the round-trip delay time that the client is traveling from the client, the king calculates the number of bits in the period after the start of the measurement period until the Oxff, Oxff, and the Oxff are detected. The beginning of the 0x0 sequence. This information is used to determine the time of a round-trip signal transmitted by the host to the client and returned again. Then, about half of this amount of time is marked as a ____ -59 - this paper is folded fSi Ϊ国^5^714 gauge i^iox 297 mm) 1255118 A7 B7 V. Invention description (57) Signal to the client The delay caused by a single path channel. In addition to its line driver, the display essentially occurs immediately after the last bit of the Oxff, Oxff, 0x0 pattern is transmitted. Guard Time 2 allows the line driver time of the display to fully enter the south impedance state before the host transmits the packet length of the next packet. The hibernating pull-down and pull-down resistance (see Figure 42) ensures that the MDDI_Data signal can be maintained at an active low level during the period in which the line driver is simultaneously disabled in the host and display. 26. Forward Link Skew Correction Packet The forward link skew correction packet allows a client or display to correct for differences in the transfer delay of the MDDI_Data signal relative to the MDDI_Stb signal. Without delay skew compensation, this maximum data rate is usually limited by the change in the worst possible condition among these delays. In general, this packet is only transmitted when the forward link data rate is set to a rate of about 50 Mbps or lower. After transmitting this packet to calibrate the display, the data rate can be increased stepwise above 50 Mbps. If the data rate is set too high in the skew correction process, the display can be synchronized to the alias of the bit period, which causes the delay skew compensation setting to be turned off for more than one bit time, resulting in an incorrect data clock. . The interface of the highest data rate form or the largest possible interface form is selected prior to transmitting the forward link skew correction packet, so all existing data bits are corrected. The format of a forward link correction packet is shown in FIG. As shown in Figure 56, the structure of this packet has the packet length (2-bit, group), packet form, and parameters _-60-_ This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm). 001312 1255118 A7 B7 V. INSTRUCTIONS (58) CRC, calibration data sequence and CRC block. Such a packet is generally identified as a form 83 packet in the form field and has a preselected length of 5 15 °

D. 封包CRC 該CRC攔位出現在該封包的結束處,有時候在一封包中 某些更為關键的參數之後,其可與有明顯較大的資料攔 位,因此會在傳送期間增加錯誤的可能性。在具有兩個 CRC欄位的封包中,該CRC產生器,當僅使用一個時,其 在該第一個CRC之後重新初始化,所以CRC在一長資料欄 位之後的運算不會受到該封包開始處的參數之影響。 在本發明的一範例性具體實施例中,該CRC計算所使用 的多項式已知為CRC-16,或X16 + X15 + X2 + X。。一 CRC產 生器及檢查器3600的樣本實施可用來實施本發明者係示於 圖36。在圖36中,一 CRC暫存器3602係在剛好傳送一封包 的第一位元之前被初始化為一數值0x000 1,其係輸入在 Tx—MDDI_Data_Before_CRC線上,然後該封包的位元組即 先偏移到以該LSB開始的暫存器中。請注意在此圖中的暫 存器位元編號係對應於所使用的該多項式的階數,並非該 MDDI所使用的位元位置。其更有效率地是偏移該CRC暫 存器在單一方向上,而此造成具有CRC位元15出現在該 MDDI CRC襴位之位元位置0,及在MDDI CRC欄位位元位 置1中的CRC暫存器位元14等等,直到達到該MDDI位元位 置14。 舉例而言,如果該顯示請求及狀態封包的封包内容為: 001813 _61_ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐)D. Packet CRC The CRC block appears at the end of the packet. Sometimes, after some of the more critical parameters in a packet, it can be associated with a significantly larger data block, so it will increase during transmission. The possibility of error. In a packet with two CRC fields, the CRC generator, when only one is used, re-initializes after the first CRC, so the operation of the CRC after a long data field is not subject to the start of the packet. The influence of the parameters at the place. In an exemplary embodiment of the invention, the polynomial used in the CRC calculation is known as CRC-16, or X16 + X15 + X2 + X. . A sample implementation of a CRC generator and inspector 3600 can be used to implement the inventors and is shown in FIG. In FIG. 36, a CRC register 3602 is initialized to a value of 0x000 1 just before the first bit of a packet is transmitted, and the input is on the Tx_MDDI_Data_Before_CRC line, and then the byte of the packet is first biased. Move to the scratchpad starting with the LSB. Note that the register bit number in this figure corresponds to the order of the polynomial used, not the bit position used by the MDDI. It is more efficient to offset the CRC register in a single direction, which results in a bit position 0 with the CRC bit 15 appearing in the MDDI CRC clamp, and in the MDDI CRC field bit position 1 The CRC register bit 14 and so on until the MDDI bit position 14 is reached. For example, if the content of the display request and status packet is: 001813 _61_ This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm)

裝 玎

1255118 A7 B7 _ 五、發明説明(59 ) 0x07、0x46、0x000400、0x00 (或表示成一序列的位元 組:0x07、0x00、0x46、0x00、0x04、0x00、0x00),並使 用該多工器3604及3606,及NAND閘3608,所得到的CRC 輸出在該Tx—MDDI—Data—With_CRC線上為OxOeal (或表示 成一序列為Oxal、OxOe)。 當CRC產生器及檢查器3600係設置為一 CRC檢查器,在 該Rx_MDDI_Data線上所接收的CRC即輸入到多工器3604及 NAND閘3608,並使用NOR閘3610,互斥或(XOR)閘3612, 及AND閘3614來與在CRC暫存器中發現的數值一個一個位 元地比較。如果有任何錯誤時,即由AND閘36 14輸出,該 CRC即對每個包含一 CRC錯誤之封包來遞增一次,藉由連 接該閘3614的輸出到該暫存器3602的輸入。請注意在圖36 的圖面中所示的範例電路可在一給定的CHECK_CRC_NOW 視窗中輸出超過一個的CRC錯誤信號(參見圖37b)。因此, 該CRC錯誤計數器將計數啟動CHECK_CRC_NOW之每個時 段内的第一個CRC錯誤實例。如果設置成一 CRC產生器, 該CRC即在該CRC暫存器之外計時,其時間係重疊該封包 的末端。 該輸入及輸出信號之時間,及該致能信號係圖示於37a 及37b。一 CRC的產生及一封包資料的傳輸係示於圖37a, 其具有狀態(0 或 1)之 Gen—Reset、Check—CRC_Now、 Generate—CRC—Now,以及 Sending_MDDI—Data信號,以及 該 Tx_MDDI—Data_Before_CRC 與 Tx_MDDI一Data—With—CRC 信號。一封包資料的接收及該CRC數值的檢查係示於圖 001814 _^_ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 1255118 A.7 B7 五、發明説明(60 )1255118 A7 B7 _ V. Description of the invention (59) 0x07, 0x46, 0x000400, 0x00 (or represent a sequence of bytes: 0x07, 0x00, 0x46, 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00), and use the multiplexer 3604 And 3606, and NAND gate 3608, the resulting CRC output is OxOeal on the Tx-MDDI_Data_With_CRC line (or expressed as a sequence of Oxal, OxOe). When the CRC generator and checker 3600 is set to a CRC checker, the CRC received on the Rx_MDDI_Data line is input to the multiplexer 3604 and the NAND gate 3608, and uses the NOR gate 3610, exclusive or (XOR) gate 3612. , and AND gate 3614 to compare with the value found in the CRC register one bit at a time. If there are any errors, i.e., output by the AND gate 36 14 , the CRC is incremented once for each packet containing a CRC error by connecting the output of the gate 3614 to the input of the register 3602. Note that the example circuit shown in the diagram of Figure 36 can output more than one CRC error signal in a given CHECK_CRC_NOW window (see Figure 37b). Therefore, the CRC error counter will count the first CRC error instance in each time period in which CHECK_CRC_NOW is initiated. If set to a CRC generator, the CRC is clocked outside of the CRC register, the time of which overlaps the end of the packet. The timing of the input and output signals, and the enable signal are shown at 37a and 37b. The generation of a CRC and the transmission of a packet data are shown in Figure 37a, which has a Gen_Reset, Check_CRC_Now, Generate_CRC-Now, and Sending_MDDI_Data signals of state (0 or 1), and the Tx_MDDI_Data_Before_CRC A Data-With-CRC signal with Tx_MDDI. The receipt of a package and the inspection of the CRC value are shown in Figure 001814 _^_ This paper scale applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 1255118 A.7 B7 V. Description of invention (60)

37b 中,其具有狀態 Gen_Reset、Check—CRC—Now、 Generate_CRC_Now,及 Sending_MDDI_Data ^signals^,以及 該 Rx_MDDI_Data與 CRC錯誤信號。 '^ 5 t L V.由冬眠的鏈結重新開始 當該主機由一冬眠狀態重新開始該前向鏈結時,其驅動 MDDI_Data到一邏輯1的狀態約150 psec,然後啟動 MDDI_Stb,並同時驅動MDDI_Data對邏輯0狀態約50 psec ,然後藉由傳送一次訊框標頭封包來開始前向鏈結交通。 此通常允許匯流排連接在該次訊框標頭封包由提供信號之 間足夠的設定時間來傳送之前來決定。 當該客戶端,此處為一顯示器,其需要來自該主機的資 料或通信,其驅動該MDDI_DataO線到一邏輯1狀態約 70 psec,雖然可視需要使用其它的週期,然後藉由將其置 於一高阻抗狀態來除能該驅動器。此動作造成該主機在該 前向鏈結(208)上開始或重新開始資料交通,並輪詢該客 戶端其狀態。該主機必須偵測在50 psec内該請求脈衝的存 在,然後開始該啟動序列來驅動MDDI_DataO到邏輯1約 150 psec,並到邏輯〇約50 psec。該顯示器必須不能傳送一 月良務請求脈衝,如果其偵測到MDDI_DataO在該邏輯1狀態 超過50 psec。關於該冬眠處理及啟動序列的時段之時間及 公差的選擇之性質在以下進一步討論。 一典型的服務請求事件3800而不具有競爭的處理步騾之 範例示於圖3 8,其中該事件為了方便說明而使用字母A、 B、C、D、E、F及G。該處理在點A處進行,當該主機傳 -63- 4 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(61 ) 送一鏈結關閉封包到該客戶端裝置來告知它該鏈結將轉換 到一低功率冬眠狀態。在下一步驟中,該主機藉由除能該 MDDI_DataO驅動器,及設定該MDDI_Stb驅動器到邏輯0而 進入該低功率冬眠狀態,如點B所示。MDDI_DataO藉由一 高阻抗偏壓網路驅動到一零位準。在一段時間之後,該客 戶端藉由驅動MDDI_DataO到一邏輯1位準來傳送一服務請 求脈衝到該主機,如在點C處所示。該主機仍使用該高阻 抗偏壓網路來確立該零位準,但在該客戶端中的驅動器強 迫該線到邏輯1位準。在50 psec之内,該主機辨識該服務 請求脈衝,並藉由致能其驅動器來在MDDI_DataO上確立 一邏輯1位準,如在點D所示。然後該客戶端停止嘗試來 確立該服務請求脈衝,而該客戶端放置其驅動器到一高阻 抗狀態,如在點E所示。該主機驅動MDDI_DataO到一邏輯 0位準50 psec,如在點F所示,且亦開始產生MDDI_Stb, 其方式可符合於MDDI_DataO上的邏輯0位準。在確立 MDDI_DataO到一零位準,並驅動MDDI_Stb 50 psec,該主 機藉由傳送一次訊框標頭封包在該前向鏈結上傳送資料, 如在點G所示。 一類似的範例示於圖3 9,其中在已經開始鏈結重新開始 序列之後即確立一服務請求,而該事件再次使用字母A、 B、C、D、E、F及G來標示。此代表一最差狀泥的策略, 其中來自該客戶端的請求脈衝會最靠近破壞該次訊框標頭 封包。該處理在點A處開始,當該主機再次傳送一鏈結關 閉封包到該客戶端裝置來告知它該鏈結將轉換到一低功率 -64- 本紙張尺標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 1255118 A7 __ B7 五、發明説明(62^^ 冬眠狀態。在下一步騾中,該主機藉由除能該MDDI_DataO 驅動器及設定該MDDI_Stb驅動器到一邏輯〇來進入該低功 率冬眠狀態,如點B所示。如前所述,MDDI_DataO藉由一 高阻抗偏壓網路驅動到一零位準。在一段時間之後,該主 機藉由驅動MDDI_DataO到一邏輯1位準150 psec來開始該 鏈結重新開始序列,如在點C所示。在經過50 psec之前, 在該鏈結重新開始序列之後,開始該顯示器,亦確立 MDDI_DataO—段70 psec的時間,如在點D所示。此發生係 因為該顯示器需要自該主機請求服務,且無法辨識該主機 已經開始該鏈結重新開始序列。然後該客戶端停止嘗試來 確立該服務請求脈衝,而該客戶端使其驅動器置於一高阻 抗狀態,如在點E所示。該主機繼續驅動MDDI_DataO到一 邏輯1位準。該主機驅動MDDI_DataO到一邏輯1位準有50 psec,如在點F所示,且避開始來產生MDDI_Stb,其方式 符合於MDDI—DataO上的邏輯0位準。在確立MDDI_DataO到 一零位準’並驅動MDDI_Stb 50 psec,該主機藉由傳送一 次訊框標頭封包在該前向鏈結上傳送資料,如在點G所 示。 VI.介面電氣規格 在本發明的範例性具體實施例中,在一非返回到零 (NRZ)格式中的資料使用一資料閃切信號或DATA-STB格式 來編碼,其允許時脈資訊來埋入在該資料及閃切信號中。 該時脈可不需要複雜的鎖相迴路電路來恢復。資料係承載 於一雙向差動鏈結上,通常使用一導線纜線來實施,雖然 -65- tsM?WT?^(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(63 ) 其它導體、印刷的導線或傳送元件皆可使用,如前所述。 該閃切信號(STB)係承載於一單向鏈結上,其僅由該主機 驅動。該閃切信號每當有一背對背狀態時觸發數值(〇或1) ,0或1,其在該資料線或信號上維持相同。 一資料序列,例如位元” 1 1 1000101 1”,其如何使用 DATA-STB編碼來傳送白勺範例,其圖形顯示於圖40。在圖 40中,一 DATA信號4002顯示於一信號時序圖的上方線 上,而一 STB信號4004示於一第二線,每次皆適當地對準 (共用開始點)。經過一段時間,當在該DATA線4002 (信號) 上發生狀態改變,則該STB線4004 (信號)維持先前的狀 態,因此該DATA信號的第一個’Γ狀態關聯於該STB信號 之第一 f0’狀態,其開始數值。但是,如果或當該DATA信 號的狀態、位準並未改變,然後該STB信號在本範例中觸 發為相反的狀態或f Γ,如在圖40中的例子,其中該DAT A 提供另一個’Γ數值。也就是說,在DATA及STB之間每個 位元循環永遠為1,並每個位元循環一次轉換。因此,該 STB信號再次轉換,此時到,因為該DATA信號維持在 ’Γ,並保持此位準或數值,當該DATA信號改變位準到 ’0’。當該DATA信號保持在’Γ,該STB信號在本範例中觸發 到該相反狀態或1 Γ,依此類推,因為該DATA信號改變或 保持位準或數值。 在接收這些信號時,一互斥或(XOR)運算對於該DATA 及STB信號進行,以產生一時脈信號4006,其顯示在該時 序圖的下方,用於相對的比較於該所要的資料及閃切信 -66 - 本紙張U事國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1255118 A7 ________B7 五、發明説明(64 ) 號。一電路範例可用來產生該DATA及STB輸出或信號, 其來自在該主機處的輸入資料,然後自該客戶端的data 及STB信號恢復或重新補捉該資料,如圖4 1所示。 在圖4 1中,一傳輸部份4 1 〇〇係用來在一中間信號路徑 4102上產生及傳送該原始的DATA及STB信號,而一接收 部份4120即用來接收該信號及恢復該資料。如圖41所示, 為了自一主機傳送資料到一客戶端,該DATA信號輸入到 -兩個D-型正反器電路元件4104及4106,以及一時脈信號來 觸發該電路。然後該兩個正反器電路輸出(Q)分別分成一 差動配對的信號]VIDDI_DataO+、MDDI DataO-及 MDDI_Stb + 、MDDI一Stb-,其使用兩個差動線驅動器4108及4110 (電壓 模式)。一三輸入互斥NOR(XNOR)閘、電路或邏輯元件 4112即連接來接收該DATA,及兩個正反器的輸出,並產 生一輸出,其提供該第二個正反器之資料輸入,其依此產 生該MDDI—Stb+、MDDI一Stb-信號。為了方便,該xn〇R閘 放置有相反圓圈來指出其可有效地倒反該正反器的Q輸出 來產生該閃切。 在圖41的接收部份4120中,該MDDI_DataO+、 MDDI—DataO-及]VIDDI_Stb+、MDDI—Stb-信號由兩個差動線 接收器4122及4124之每一個所接收,其產生來自該差動信 號之單一輸出。然後該放大器的輸出即輸入到一兩輸入互 斥OR(XOR)閘、電路或邏輯元件4126的每一個輸入,其可 產生該時脈信號。該時脈信號係用來觸發兩個D型正反器 電路4128及4130之每一個,其接收該DATA信號之延遲的 -67- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 001819 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(65 ) 版本,經由延遲元件4132,其中之一(4 128)產生資料V數 值,及另一個(4130)資料’Γ數值。該時脈亦具有來自該 XOR邏輯之獨立輸出。因為該時脈資訊係分佈在該DATA 及STB線之間,無信號轉換在狀態之間,其快於該時脈速 率的一半。因為該時脈使用該DATA及STB信號之互斥OR 處理來再生,該系統有效地容許在該輸入資料及時脈之間 扭轉量的兩倍,相較於當一時脈信號直接在一單一專屬資 料線上直接傳送時的狀況。 該MDDI資料配對,MDDI_Stb+及MDDI_Stb-信號在一差 動模式中運作,以最大化排除雜訊的負面效應。該差動信 號路徑的每個部份為利用該纜線或導體的特性阻抗的一半 而終結來源,其用來傳送信號。MDDI Data配對為在該主 機及客戶端末端處終結來源。因為這兩個驅動器中僅有一 個在一給定時間為啟動,在該傳送鏈結的來源處永遠有一 終結。該MDDI_Stb+及MDDI_Stb-信號僅由該主機所驅 動。 用來達到該驅動器、接收器之元件的範例性組態,而傳 送信號的終結做為本發明之MDD介面的一部份,其示於 圖42,而對應的MDDI Data及MDDI Stb的DC電氣規格即 示於表VII。此範例性介面使用低電壓感測,此處為200 m V,其小於1伏特的功率擺盪,及低功率汲出。 -68- 本紙國家標準(CNS;) A4規格(210 X 297公釐〉 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(66 )In 37b, it has states Gen_Reset, Check_CRC_Now, Generate_CRC_Now, and Sending_MDDI_Data ^signals^, and the Rx_MDDI_Data and CRC error signals. '^ 5 t L V. restarted by the hibernation chain When the host resumes the forward link by a hibernation state, it drives MDDI_Data to a logic 1 state for about 150 psec, then starts MDDI_Stb and simultaneously drives MDDI_Data is about 50 psec for a logic 0 state and then begins the forward link traffic by transmitting a frame header packet. This typically allows the bus bar connection to be determined before the sub-frame header packet is transmitted for a sufficient set time between the signals provided. When the client, here a display, requires data or communication from the host, it drives the MDDI_DataO line to a logic 1 state for about 70 psec, although other cycles may be used as needed, and then by placing it A high impedance state to disable the driver. This action causes the host to start or resume data traffic on the forward link (208) and poll the client for its status. The host must detect the presence of the request pulse within 50 psec and then start the boot sequence to drive MDDI_DataO to logic 1 for approximately 150 psec and to logic 〇 approximately 50 psec. The display must not transmit the January service request pulse if it detects that MDDI_DataO is in the logic 1 state for more than 50 psec. The nature of the time and tolerance selection for the time period of the hibernation treatment and initiation sequence is discussed further below. An example of a typical service request event 3800 without competing processing steps is shown in Figure 3 8, where the events use the letters A, B, C, D, E, F, and G for convenience of explanation. The process is performed at point A, when the host transmits -63- 4 1255118 A7 B7 V. Invention Description (61) sends a link to close the packet to the client device to inform it that the link will switch to a low-power hibernation status. In the next step, the host enters the low power hibernation state by disabling the MDDI_DataO driver and setting the MDDI_Stb driver to logic 0, as indicated by point B. MDDI_DataO is driven to a zero level by a high impedance bias network. After a period of time, the client transmits a service request pulse to the host by driving MDDI_DataO to a logical one level, as shown at point C. The host still uses the high impedance bias network to establish the zero level, but the driver in the client forces the line to a logic 1 level. Within 50 psec, the host recognizes the service request pulse and establishes a logic 1 level on MDDI_DataO by enabling its driver, as indicated at point D. The client then stops trying to establish the service request pulse, and the client places its drive into a high impedance state, as indicated at point E. The host drives MDDI_DataO to a logic 0 level of 50 psec, as indicated by point F, and also begins to generate MDDI_Stb in a manner that conforms to the logic 0 level on MDDI_DataO. After asserting MDDI_DataO to a zero level and driving MDDI_Stb 50 psec, the host transmits data on the forward link by transmitting a frame header packet, as indicated at point G. A similar example is shown in Figure 3 9, where a service request is established after the chain restart sequence has been initiated, and the event is again marked with the letters A, B, C, D, E, F, and G. This represents a worst-case strategy in which the request pulse from the client is closest to destroying the header header packet. The process begins at point A, when the host again transmits a link closure packet to the client device to inform it that the link will transition to a low power -64- paper size standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 public) PCT) 1255118 A7 __ B7 V. Description of the invention (62^^ hibernation state. In the next step, the host enters the low-power hibernation state by disabling the MDDI_DataO driver and setting the MDDI_Stb driver to a logic port, such as As shown in B. As mentioned above, MDDI_DataO is driven to a zero level by a high impedance bias network. After a period of time, the host starts the link by driving MDDI_DataO to a logic 1 level of 150 psec. Restart the sequence as shown at point C. Before 50 psec, after the link restarts the sequence, the display is started and the MDDI_DataO-segment 70 psec time is also established, as shown at point D. Because the display needs to request service from the host, and cannot recognize that the host has started the link restart sequence. Then the client stops trying to establish the service request pulse, and the client Put the driver in a high impedance state, as shown at point E. The host continues to drive MDDI_DataO to a logic 1 level. The host drives MDDI_DataO to a logic 1 level with 50 psec, as shown at point F. And avoid starting to generate MDDI_Stb, the way is in line with the logic 0 level on MDDI_DataO. After establishing MDDI_DataO to zero position and driving MDDI_Stb 50 psec, the host transmits the header frame packet by Transferring data to the link, as indicated at point G. VI. Interface Electrical Specifications In an exemplary embodiment of the invention, a data in a non-return to zero (NRZ) format uses a data flash signal or The DATA-STB format is encoded, which allows clock information to be buried in the data and flashing signal. The clock can be recovered without a complicated phase-locked loop circuit. The data is carried on a bidirectional differential link. Usually used with a lead cable, although -65- tsM?WT?^(CNS) A4 size (210X297 mm) 1255118 A7 B7 V. Description of invention (63) Other conductors, printed conductors or transmission components are available Use, as mentioned before. The signal (STB) is carried on a unidirectional link that is driven only by the host. The flashing signal triggers a value (〇 or 1), 0 or 1, whenever it has a back-to-back condition, in which the data line or signal The same is maintained. A data sequence, such as the bit "1 1 1000101 1", how it is transmitted using DATA-STB encoding, the graph is shown in Figure 40. In Figure 40, a DATA signal 4002 is displayed in a The signal timing diagram is on the upper line, and an STB signal 4004 is shown on a second line, each time properly aligned (common starting point). After a period of time, when a state change occurs on the DATA line 4002 (signal), the STB line 4004 (signal) maintains the previous state, so the first 'Γ state of the DATA signal is associated with the first of the STB signals. The f0' state, its starting value. However, if or when the state, level of the DATA signal has not changed, then the STB signal is triggered to the opposite state or f 在 in this example, as in the example of Figure 40, where the DAT A provides another ' Γ value. That is to say, each bit cycle is always 1 between DATA and STB, and each bit is rotated once. Therefore, the STB signal is switched again, at this time, because the DATA signal is maintained at 'Γ, and the level or value is maintained, when the DATA signal changes level to '0'. When the DATA signal remains at 'Γ, the STB signal triggers to the opposite state or 1 在 in this example, and so on, because the DATA signal changes or maintains a level or value. Upon receiving these signals, a mutually exclusive or (XOR) operation is performed on the DATA and STB signals to generate a clock signal 4006, which is displayed below the timing diagram for relatively comparing the desired data with the flash. Letter-66 - National Standard for Paper U (CNS) A4 Specification (210 X 297 mm) 1255118 A7 ________B7 V. Invention Description (64). A circuit example can be used to generate the DATA and STB output or signal from the input data at the host and then recover or recapture the data from the client's data and STB signals, as shown in Figure 41. In FIG. 41, a transmission portion 4 1 is used to generate and transmit the original DATA and STB signals on an intermediate signal path 4102, and a receiving portion 4120 is used to receive the signal and recover the signal. data. As shown in Figure 41, in order to transfer data from a host to a client, the DATA signal is input to - two D-type flip-flop circuit elements 4104 and 4106, and a clock signal to trigger the circuit. The two flip-flop circuit outputs (Q) are then divided into a differentially paired signal]VIDDI_DataO+, MDDI DataO- and MDDI_Stb+, MDDI-Stb-, which use two differential line drivers 4108 and 4110 (voltage mode). . A three-input, mutually exclusive NOR (XNOR) gate, circuit or logic component 4112 is coupled to receive the DATA, and the outputs of the two flip-flops, and to generate an output that provides data input to the second flip-flop. It accordingly generates the MDDI-Stb+, MDDI-Stb-signal. For convenience, the xn〇R gate is placed with an opposite circle to indicate that it can effectively reverse the Q output of the flip-flop to produce the flash cut. In the receiving portion 4120 of FIG. 41, the MDDI_DataO+, MDDI_DataO-, and]VIDDI_Stb+, MDDI_Stb- signals are received by each of the two differential line receivers 4122 and 4124, which are generated from the differential signal. Single output. The output of the amplifier is then input to each input of a two-input exclusive OR (XOR) gate, circuit or logic element 4126, which can generate the clock signal. The clock signal is used to trigger each of the two D-type flip-flop circuits 4128 and 4130, and the delay of receiving the DATA signal is -67-. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297). 001819 1255118 A7 B7 V. Inventive Note (65) Version, via the delay element 4132, one of the (4 128) data V values, and the other (4130) data 'Γ value. The clock also has an independent output from the XOR logic. Because the clock information is distributed between the DATA and STB lines, no signal transitions between states, which is faster than half of the clock rate. Because the clock is regenerated using the exclusive OR processing of the DATA and STB signals, the system effectively allows twice the amount of twist between the input data and the pulse, compared to when a clock signal is directly in a single proprietary data. The situation when the line is directly transmitted. The MDDI data pairing, MDDI_Stb+ and MDDI_Stb- signals operate in a differential mode to maximize the negative effects of noise removal. Each portion of the differential signal path terminates the source by utilizing half of the characteristic impedance of the cable or conductor, which is used to transmit the signal. The MDDI Data pairing terminates the source at the end of the host and client. Since only one of the two drives is active at a given time, there is always an end at the source of the transfer link. The MDDI_Stb+ and MDDI_Stb- signals are only driven by the host. The exemplary configuration used to reach the components of the driver and receiver, and the termination of the transmitted signal is part of the MDD interface of the present invention, shown in Figure 42, and the corresponding MDDI Data and MDDI Stb DC electrical The specifications are shown in Table VII. This example interface uses low voltage sensing, here 200 mV, which is less than 1 volt power swing and low power output. -68- National Standard for Paper (CNS;) A4 Specification (210 X 297 mm) 1255118 A7 B7 V. Description of Invention (66)

表VII 參數 說明 最小值 典型 最大值 單位 Rterm 串聯終結 41.3 42.2 43.0 歐姆 ^hibernate 冬眠狀態偏壓終結 8 10 12 仟歐姆 V hibernate 冬眠狀態開路電壓 0.5 2.8 V V Output-Range 正當驅動器輸出電壓範圍 相對於GND 0 2.8 V V〇〇+ 驅動器差動輸出南電壓 0.5 V V〇D. 驅動器差動輸出低電壓 -0.5 V VIT+ 接收器差動輸入高臨界值 10 mV Vit- 接收器差動輸入低臨界電壓 -10 mV ^ Input-Range 相對於GND之正當接收器 輸入電壓 0 3.0 V Im 輸入洩漏電流(除了冬眠 偏壓) -25 25 μΑ 該差動線驅動器及線接收器的電氣參數及特性示於表 VIII。在功能上,該驅動器傳送該輸入上的邏輯位準直接 到一正輸出,而該輸入的倒轉到一負輸出。由輸入到輸出 的延遲可良好地匹配於該差動線,其可差動地驅動。在大 多數實施中,在該輸出上的電壓擺盪小於該輸入上的擺 盪,以最小化功率消耗及電磁輻射。表VIII呈現一最小的 電壓擺盪到約0.5V。但是,其可使用其它的數值,如本技 藝專業人士所熟知,而本發明人考慮根據設計限制來一些 具體實施例中的一較小數值。 該差動線接收器具有與一高速電壓比較器相同的特性。 -69- 中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(68 ) 兩個額外的電阻42 18a及42 18b係分別置於該終端電阻及 接地及一電壓源4220之間,其為在別處討論的該冬眠控制 之一部份。該電壓源係用來驅動該傳送線到先前所述的該 高或低位準來管理該資料的流動。 以上的驅動器及阻抗可形成為分散組件或做為一特定應 用積體電路(ASIC)之一部份,其係做為一更為低成本的編 碼器或解碼器方案。 其可簡單地看出電力由該主機裝置使用標示為 MDDI_Pwr及MDDI_Gnd的信號在一對導體上傳送到該客戶 端裝置或顯示器。該信號的MDDI_Gnd部份做為該參考接 地,及該顯示裝置的電力供應返回路徑或信號。該 MDDI_Pwr信號做為該顯示裝置電源供應,其係由該主機 裝置驅動。在一範例性組態中,對於該低功率應用,該顯 示裝置可允許取出最高500 mA。該MDDI_Pwr信號可由可 攜式電源提供,例如但不限於存在於該主機裝置中一鋰離 子式的電池或電池組,相對於MDDI_Gnd之範圍由3.2到4.3 伏特。 VII.時序特性 A. 概述 由一客戶端使用的步驟及信號位準來保護來自該主機之 服務,藉由該主機提供這種服務,其示於圖43中。在圖43 中,所示的該信號之第一部份顯示由該主機傳送一鏈結關 閉封包,而該資料線即使甩該高阻抗偏壓電路來驅動到一 邏輯零狀態。其並無資料由該客戶端顯示器或主機傳送, -71 - 本紙^if 32¾國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公董) 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(69 ) 其使其驅動器為除能。該MDDI_Stb信號線的一系列閃切 脈衝可在底部看出,因為MDDI_Stb在該鏈結關閉封包期 間為啟動。一旦結束此封包,且當該主機驅動該偏壓電路 及邏輯到零,該邏輯位準改變為〇,該MDDI_Stb信號線亦 改變為一零位準。此代表來自該主機的最後信號傳送或服 矛乃的、、、.、σ ’並在過去已經在任何時間發生,其被包含來顯 ν先前的服務中斷,而及在服務開始之前的信號狀態。如 果需要的話’例如信號可傳送來重置該通信鏈結到適當的 狀態’而不需要由此主機服務已經進行一「已知」的先前 通信。 如圖4〇所不’來自該客戶端的信號輸出初始時設定在邏 輯位準為零。換言之,該客戶端輸出係在一高阻抗,而該 驅動器被除能。當正在請求服務時,該客戶端致能其驅動 為,亚傳送一服務請求到該主機,其為一段時間,在該線 被驅動到一邏輯丨位準期間標示為。然後經過某些時 間,或可在該主機偵測該請求(稱之為thQstdetect)之前所需 要’在茲主機回應一鏈結啟動序列之後驅動該信號到一邏 輯1位準。此時,孩客戶端解除確立該請求,並除能該服 務請求驅動器,所以來自該客戶端的輸出線再次成為零邏 輯位準。在此期間,該MDDI—Stb信號係在一邏輯0位準。 琢王機驅動該主機資料輸出在該,Γ位準一段時間,其 %為trestart_high,其在該主機驅動該邏輯位準到零之後,並 啟動MDDI stb —段時間,絲士‘ , - 稱之為trestart-lc>w,然後該第^一前 向交通開始-訊框標頭封包,而該前向交通封包即傳送。Table VII Parameter Description Minimum Typical Maximum Unit Rterm Series Termination 41.3 42.2 43.0 ohms ^hibernate Hibernation State Bias Termination 8 10 12 仟 Ohms V hibernate Hibernation Open Circuit Voltage 0.5 2.8 VV Output-Range Just Drive Driver Output Voltage Range vs. GND 0 2.8 VV〇〇+ driver differential output South voltage 0.5 VV〇D. Driver differential output low voltage -0.5 V VIT+ Receiver differential input high threshold 10 mV Vit- Receiver differential input low threshold voltage -10 mV ^ Input-Range Positive Receiver Input Voltage vs. GND 0 3.0 V Im Input Leakage Current (Except Hibernation Bias) -25 25 μΑ The electrical parameters and characteristics of the differential line driver and line receiver are shown in Table VIII. Functionally, the driver transmits the logic level on the input directly to a positive output, and the input is inverted to a negative output. The delay from input to output is well matched to the differential line, which can be differentially driven. In most implementations, the voltage swing on the output is less than the swing on the input to minimize power consumption and electromagnetic radiation. Table VIII presents a minimum voltage swing to approximately 0.5V. However, other values may be used, as is well known to those skilled in the art, and the inventors contemplate a smaller value in some specific embodiments depending on design constraints. The differential line receiver has the same characteristics as a high speed voltage comparator. -69- China National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210 X 297 mm) 1255118 A7 B7 V. INSTRUCTIONS (68) Two additional resistors 42 18a and 42 18b are placed at the termination resistor and ground and a voltage Between the sources 4220, which is part of the hibernation control discussed elsewhere. The voltage source is used to drive the transmission line to the high or low level previously described to manage the flow of the data. The above drivers and impedances can be formed as discrete components or as part of a specific application integrated circuit (ASIC) as a lower cost encoder or decoder solution. It can be seen simply that power is transmitted by the host device to the client device or display using a signal labeled MDDI_Pwr and MDDI_Gnd on a pair of conductors. The MDDI_Gnd portion of the signal is used as the reference ground, and the power supply return path or signal of the display device. The MDDI_Pwr signal is used as the power supply for the display device, which is driven by the host device. In an exemplary configuration, the display device allows up to 500 mA to be taken for this low power application. The MDDI_Pwr signal may be provided by a portable power source such as, but not limited to, a lithium ion battery or battery pack present in the host device, ranging from 3.2 to 4.3 volts with respect to MDDI_Gnd. VII. Timing Characteristics A. Overview The services from the host are protected by the steps and signal levels used by a client, which is provided by the host, which is shown in FIG. In Figure 43, the first portion of the signal is shown to be transmitted by the host with a link closure packet that is driven to a logic zero state even if the high impedance bias circuit is driven. There is no information transmitted by the client display or host, -71 - paper ^if 323⁄4 national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 dongdong) 1255118 A7 B7 V. Invention description (69) which makes its drive In addition to energy. A series of flash pulses of the MDDI_Stb signal line can be seen at the bottom because MDDI_Stb is active during the closure of the link. Once the packet is terminated, and when the host drives the bias circuit and logic to zero, the logic level changes to 〇, and the MDDI_Stb signal line also changes to a zero level. This represents the last signal from the host, or the squirrel, and ., σ ' and has occurred at any time in the past, which is included to show the previous service interruption, and the signal state before the service starts. . If desired, for example, a signal can be transmitted to reset the communication link to an appropriate state without the need for a "known" prior communication by the host service. As shown in Figure 4, the signal output from the client is initially set to a logic level of zero. In other words, the client output is at a high impedance and the driver is disabled. When the service is being requested, the client enables its drive to sub-deliver a service request to the host, which is indicated for a period of time during which the line is driven to a logical level. Then, after some time, or before the host detects the request (called thQstdetect), it is required to drive the signal to a logic 1 level after the host responds with a link start sequence. At this point, the child client unasserts the request and, in addition to the service request driver, the output line from the client again becomes a zero logic level. During this time, the MDDI-Stb signal is at a logic 0 level.琢王机Drives the host data output at this time, the Γ position is a certain period of time, its % is trestart_high, after the host drives the logic level to zero, and starts MDDI stb - the time, Silke', - called For trestart-lc>w, then the first forward traffic begins - the frame header packet, and the forward traffic packet is transmitted.

1255118 ___ A?1255118 ___ A?

五、發明説明(70 ) 該 MDDI Stb信號在該 trestaFti — ,丨。w及後續沾、 為啟動。 、,、貝的矾框標頭封包期間 表VIII顯示上述不同時段土 夂 < 長度^ 例性最小與最大的資料率,其中· 代表時間,及其與範 tblt Link—Data一 RateV. INSTRUCTIONS (70) The MDDI Stb signal is in the trestaFti — , 丨. w and subsequent dip, for startup. Table VIII shows the above-mentioned different time periods of the soil 夂 < length ^ example minimum and maximum data rate, where · represents time, and its relationship with the norm tblt Link-Data

表 VIII 參數 說明Table VIII Parameter Description

Lservice ^restart-high trestart-low 顯不服T务请求脈衝的日寺g 主機鏈結重新開^^^一 丰機鏈間Lservice ^restart-high trestart-low is not satisfied with the T request pulse of the day temple g host link re-open ^ ^ ^ a Feng machine chain

50 60 μsQc tdisplay-detect 顯示器偵測鏈結重新開始序 列的時間 50 psec thost-detect 主機偵測鏈結重新開始序列 的時間 5050 60 μsQc tdisplay-detect Display detection chain restart sequence time 50 psec thost-detect Host detect chain restart sequence time 50

μsQC 1/tbit-min-perf 1/tbit-max-perf tbit 最小效能裝置的 -裝置的最大鏈結率 反向鏈結資料率 I前向鍵結資料位元丨 0.001μsQC 1/tbit-min-perf 1/tbit-max-perf tbit Minimum performance device - Maximum chain link rate of the device Reverse link data rate I Forward link data bit 丨 0.001

Mbps 0.001 0.0005 2.2 450 50 106Mbps 0.001 0.0005 2.2 450 50 106

MbpsMbps

Mbps nsec 本技藝專業人士將可立即瞭解到在圖41及42中所示的個 別元件之功能為人所热知,而圖42中的元件之功能係由圖 43中的時序圖所確認。關於圖42中所示的串聯終結及冬眠 電阻之細節在圖41中省略,因為該資訊對於如何執行該資 料閃切編碼並自其恢復該時脈的說明並非必要。 B.資料閃切時序前向鏈結 -73- 本紙張家標準(CNS} A4規格(21〇><297公幻 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(71 ) 在該前向鏈結上自該主機驅動器輸出傳送資料的切換特 性係示於表IX。表IX呈現所想要的最小及最大值之表格型 式,其相對於要發生的某些信號轉換之典型時間。舉例而 言,從一資料數值(一’〇’或fr之輸出)的開始到結束所發生 的轉換之典型時間長度,一 DataO到DataO轉換,其稱為 ttdd-(host-output),其為 11bit ’ 而该取小時間約為 ttbit-〇.5 IlSeC。’ 而該最大值約為ttbit+0.5 nsec。在該DataO、其它資料線 (DataX)及該閃切線(Stb)上的轉換之間的相對間隔係示於 圖44,其中該DataO到閃切、閃切到閃切、閃切到DataO、 DataO到非DataO、非DataO到非DataO、非DataO到閃切、及 閃切到非DataO轉換,其分別稱之為ttds -(host-output) Λ ttss-(host-output)、ttsd-( host-output) N ttddx-(host-output)、ttdxdx-(host-output) ttd xs-(host-output) ttsdx-(host-output) °Mbps nsec It will be immediately apparent to those skilled in the art that the functions of the individual components shown in Figures 41 and 42 are well known, and the functionality of the components in Figure 42 is confirmed by the timing diagram in Figure 43. Details regarding the series termination and hibernation resistance shown in Figure 42 are omitted in Figure 41 because this information is not necessary for how the data flash code is performed and the clock is recovered from it. B. Data flashing timing forward link-73- This paper home standard (CNS} A4 specification (21〇><297 public fantasy 1255118 A7 B7 V. Invention description (71) on the forward link The switching characteristics of the host driver output transfer data are shown in Table IX. Table IX presents the desired minimum and maximum table format relative to the typical time of certain signal transitions to occur. For example, from The typical length of the conversion of the data value (the output of a '〇' or fr) from the beginning to the end, a DataO to DataO conversion, which is called ttdd-(host-output), which is 11bit' and which is small The time is approximately ttbit-〇.5 IlSeC.' and the maximum value is approximately ttbit + 0.5 nsec. The relative spacing between the conversions on the DataO, other data lines (DataX) and the flash line (Stb) is shown in Figure 44, wherein the DataO to flash, flash to flash, flash to DataO, DataO to non-DataO, non-DataO to non-DataO, non-DataO to flash, and flash to non-DataO conversion, respectively For ttds -(host-output) Λ ttss-(host-output), ttsd-( host-output) N ttddx-(host-output ), ttdxdx-(host-output) ttd xs-(host-output) ttsdx-(host-output) °

表IX 參數 說明 最小值 典型 最大值 單位 ttdd-(host-output) DataO 到 DataO 轉換 ttbit - 〇.5 ttbit Ottbit + 0.5 nsec ttds-(host-output) DataO到閃切轉換 ttbit - 〇·8 ttbit titbit + 0.8 nsec ttss-(host-output) 閃切到閃切轉換 ttbit " 〇·5 ttbit tttbit + 0.5 nsec ^tsd-(host-output) 閃切到DataO轉換 粉bit - 0.8 ttbit tt論 + 0.8 nsec ttddx-(host-output) DataO到非DataO轉換 ttbit nsec ttdxdx-(host-output) 非DataO到非DataO轉換 ttbit - 〇·5 ttbit it· + 0.5 nsec ttdxs-(host-output) 非DataO到閃切轉換 ttbit nsec 丁 tsdx-(host-output) 閃切到非DataO轉換 ttbit nsec 對於相同信號傳送資料在該前向鏈結的客戶端接收器輸 入之典型的MDDI時序需求顯示在表X。因為相同的信號 -74- 本紙張^家標準(CNS} A4規格(210 X 297公爱;>Table IX Parameter Description Minimum Typical Maximum Unit ttdd-(host-output) DataO to DataO Conversion ttbit - 〇.5 ttbit Ottbit + 0.5 nsec ttds-(host-output) DataO to Flash Cut ttbit - 〇·8 ttbit titbit + 0.8 nsec ttss-(host-output) flash cut to flash cut conversion ttbit " 〇·5 ttbit tttbit + 0.5 nsec ^tsd-(host-output) flash cut to DataO conversion powder bit - 0.8 ttbit tt theory + 0.8 nsec Ttddx-(host-output) DataO to non-DataO conversion ttbit nsec ttdxdx-(host-output) Non-DataO to non-DataO conversion ttbit - 〇·5 ttbit it· + 0.5 nsec ttdxs-(host-output) Non-DataO to flash cut Convert ttbit nsec tsdx-(host-output) flash to non-DataO conversion ttbit nsec The typical MDDI timing requirements for the same signal transfer data at the client receiver input of the forward link are shown in Table X. Because the same signal -74- this paper ^ home standard (CNS} A4 specifications (210 X 297 public love; >

裝 玎

線 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(72 ) 正在討論,但會延後,其不需要新的圖面來說明個別標記 的信號特性或意義,其將可由熟習此項技藝者所暸解。Line 1255118 A7 B7 V. Inventive Note (72) is being discussed, but will be postponed, and it does not require new drawings to illustrate the signal characteristics or meaning of individual marks, as will be appreciated by those skilled in the art.

表X 參數 說明 最小值 典型 最大值 單位 ttdd-(display-input) 資料〇到資料〇轉換 ttbit-1-O ttbit ttbit + 1.0 nsec ttds-(display-input) 資料0到閃切轉換 ttbit '1.5 ttbit ttbit +1-5 nsec ttss-(display-input) 閃切到閃切轉換 ttbit -1·〇 ttbit ttbit + 1.0 nsec ttsd-(display-input) 閃切到資料0轉換 ttbit -1 · 5 ttbit ttbit +1-5 nsec ttddx-(host-output) 資料〇到非資料〇轉換 ttbit nsec ttdxdx-(host-output) 非資料0到非資料0轉換 ttbit nsec ttdxs-(host-output) 非資料〇到閃切轉換 ttbit nsec ttsdx-(host-output) 閃切到資料0轉換 ttbit nsec 圖45及46所示為存在一延遲,其回應於當該主機分別除 能或致能該主機驅動器。在一主機傳送某些封包的例子 中,例如該反向鏈結包覆封包或該往返延遲量測封包,該 主機在傳送所想要的封包之後即除能該線驅動器,例如參 數CRC、閃切對準,及所有零封包,其示於圖45,如同已 經傳送。但是,如圖45所示,該線的狀態不需要立即由’0’ 切換到一所要之較高的數值,雖然此可能利用某些控制或 電路元件存在來達到,但佔用一段時間,稱之為該主機驅 動器除能延遲週期來回應。當其可實際上立即發生,使得 此時段在長度上為0奈秒(nsec),其更可立即延伸到一些較 長的週期為10 nsec,其為一所想要的最大週期長度,其在 護衛時間1或轉向1封包週期期間中發生。 請參見圖46,其可看出當該主機驅動器被致能來傳送一 -75- 本紙國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) I255ll8Table X Parameter Description Minimum Typical Maximum Unit ttdd-(display-input) Data 〇 to data 〇 conversion ttbit-1-O ttbit ttbit + 1.0 nsec ttds-(display-input) Data 0 to flash-cut conversion ttbit '1.5 ttbit Ttbit +1-5 nsec ttss-(display-input) flash to flash conversion ttbit -1·〇ttbit ttbit + 1.0 nsec ttsd-(display-input) flash to data 0 conversion ttbit -1 · 5 ttbit ttbit + 1-5 nsec ttddx-(host-output) data to non-data conversion ttbit nsec ttdxdx-(host-output) non-data 0 to non-data 0 conversion ttbit nsec ttdxs-(host-output) non-data to flash Convert ttbit nsec ttsdx-(host-output) Flash to data 0 conversion ttbit nsec Figures 45 and 46 show a delay in response to when the host is disabled or enabled. In an example where a host transmits certain packets, such as the reverse link wrap packet or the round trip delay measurement packet, the host dismisses the line driver after transmitting the desired packet, such as parameter CRC, flash The tangential alignment, and all zero packets, are shown in Figure 45 as if they had been transmitted. However, as shown in Figure 45, the state of the line does not need to be immediately switched from '0' to a higher value, although this may be achieved by the presence of certain controls or circuit components, but it takes a while, called The host driver responds with a delay period. When it can actually occur immediately, such that the period is 0 nanoseconds (nsec) in length, it can more immediately extend to some longer period of 10 nsec, which is a desired maximum period length, which is Guard time 1 or turn to 1 packet period occurs. Referring to Figure 46, it can be seen that when the host driver is enabled to transmit a -75- National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) I255ll8

五、發明説明( A7 B7 73V. Description of the invention (A7 B7 73)

封包時,例如反向鏈結包覆封包或該往返延遲量測封包, =進行該信號位準改變。此處,在該護衛時間2或轉向2封 包週期之後,該主機驅動器被致能,並開始來驅動一位 準,此處為’0,,其數值在一段時間内趨近或到達稱之為該 王機驅動器致能延遲週期,其在傳送該第一封包之前於= 驅動器重新致能週期内發生。 ~ 、,一類似的過程會對於該驅動器及該客戶端裝置的信號傳 运來發生,此處為一顯示器。這些週期長度的一般性原則 及其個別的關係示於下表XI。 表XI 說明 最小值 最大值 單位 主機驅動器除能延遲 0 _10 Π ς ρ ρ 主機驅動器致能延遲 0 2.0 i-i. O w V/ η ο Ρ ρ 顯示驅動器除能延遲 —----- 0 _].〇 Α1 ο C w η ο ρ 顯示驅動器致能延遲 0 _2.0 Α1. ο w w nsec ------- C.資料閃切時序反向鏈結 用來在該反向鏈結上由該客戶端驅動器輸出傳送資料的 該資料及閃切信號之切換特性及時序關係、示於圖4 7及4 8。 某信號轉換的典型時間說明如下。圖47所示為在正在傳送 的資料之時序與該閃切脈衝的前緣與尾緣之間在主機接收 器輸入處的關係。也就是說’其稱之為該閃切信號的上昇 或前緣的設定時間tsu-sr,及該閃切信號的尾緣或下降邊緣 之設定時間tsu-sf。it些設定週期的典型肖間長度之大小最小為8奈秒。 -76- 爾淡中國國 家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210X297公楚·)When the packet is encapsulated, for example, a reverse link wrap packet or the round trip delay measurement packet, the signal level change is performed. Here, after the guard time 2 or the turn 2 packet period, the host driver is enabled and starts to drive a bit, here '0, whose value approaches or arrives over a period of time. The king driver enables a delay period that occurs during the = driver reactivation period prior to transmitting the first packet. ~,, a similar process will occur for the signal transmission of the driver and the client device, here a display. The general principles of these cycle lengths and their individual relationships are shown in Table XI below. Table XI shows the minimum value of the maximum unit unit drive de-energization delay 0 _10 Π ρ ρ ρ host driver enable delay 0 2.0 ii. O w V/ η ο Ρ ρ display driver disable delay ----- 0 _] .〇Α1 ο C w η ο ρ Display driver enable delay 0 _2.0 Α1. ο ww nsec ------- C. Data flash timing Reverse link is used on the reverse link The switching characteristics and timing relationship of the data and the flash-cut signal of the data transmitted by the client driver are shown in Figures 47 and 48. A typical time for a signal conversion is explained below. Figure 47 shows the relationship between the timing of the data being transmitted and the leading and trailing edges of the flash pulse at the host receiver input. That is, it is referred to as the set time tsu-sr of the rising or leading edge of the flash cut signal, and the set time tsu-sf of the trailing edge or falling edge of the flash cut signal. The typical inter-distance length of some of the set periods is a minimum of 8 nanoseconds. -76- 淡淡 China National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210X297 public Chu·)

裝 ηη

線 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(74 圖48所示為由該反向資料時序所發展的切換特性及相對 應的客戶端輸出延遲。在圖48中,其可看出正在傳送的資 料之時序’與負責造成延遲之閃切脈衝之前緣及尾緣之間 的關係。也就是說,其稱之為該閃切信號的上昇或前緣與 該資料(有效)之間的傳遞延遲tpd sr,以及該資料與該閃切 信號的尾緣或下降邊緣之間的傳遞延遲。這些傳遞延 遲週期的典型最大時間長度之大小在8奈秒。 VIII.鏈結控制實施(鏈結控制器運作) A· 狀態機器封包處理器 在 MDDI鏈結上傳送的封包係快速地分 速率大小在300 Mbps或更高,雖然視需要亦可接受較低^ 速率。此種匯流排或傳送鏈結速率對於目前商用(經濟』 通用的微處理器或類似者太大而無法控制。因此,一實丨 的實施來完成此種信號傳送者’為使用—可程式的狀能; 器來分析該輸入封包流,以產生要傳送或重新導向到適, 的聲音-視覺子系統所想要的封包。 其可使用通用控制器、處理器或處理元件來更為適當 運作或操縱-些資訊,例如控制或狀態封包,其具有較/ 速率的要求。當接收到那些封包(控制、狀態或其它預 足義的封包)時’該狀態機器必須將其傳送通過—资料, 衝器或類似的處理元件到該通用處理器,所以該封包可: 用來提供一所要的結果(效果),而 送到其適當的目的地來作用。 見訂匕即^Line 1255118 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (74 Figure 48 shows the switching characteristics developed by the reverse data timing and the corresponding client output delay. In Figure 48, it can be seen the timing of the data being transmitted. 'The relationship between the leading edge and the trailing edge of the flashing pulse responsible for causing the delay. That is, it is called the propagation delay tpd sr between the rising or leading edge of the flashing signal and the data (valid), And the propagation delay between the data and the trailing or falling edge of the flashing signal. The typical maximum length of these transfer delay periods is 8 nanoseconds. VIII. Chain Control Implementation (Chain Controller Operation) A • The state machine packet processor transmits packets on the MDDI link with a fast rate of 300 Mbps or higher, although lower rates are acceptable as needed. This bus or transport link rate is currently commercially available. (Economy) A general-purpose microprocessor or the like is too large to control. Therefore, an implementation of such a signal is used to perform such a signal transmission. The device is used to analyze the input seal. Packet flow to produce the desired packet to be transmitted or redirected to the appropriate sound-visual subsystem. It can be used to operate or manipulate more information, such as control, using a general purpose controller, processor or processing element. Or stateful packets, which have a higher/rate requirement. When those packets (control, status, or other pre-sufficient packets) are received, the state machine must pass it through—data, punch, or similar processing component. The general purpose processor, so the packet can be: used to provide a desired result (effect) and sent to its appropriate destination to function. See the order ie ^

該通用處理器之功能可實施在1具ft實施例H -77-The function of the general purpose processor can be implemented in a ft embodiment H-77-

1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明( 75 ) 用了 在電 腦應 用中微處理器(CPU)可使用的處理 功率 或 過 度超 出循 環, 或處理器、數位信號處理器(DSP) 、或在 無 線裝 置中 發現 的ASIC,其與一些使用在電腦上之 CPU 處 理 能力 的一 些數 據機或繪圖處理器,以執行一些功 能, 並 降 低硬 體複 雜度 及成本。但是,此對於這種元件 的處 理 速 率、 時序 或整 體運作會有負面影響,所以在許多 應用 中 y 對於 此種 一般 性處理使用專屬的電路或元件較佳 〇 — 為 了在 一顯 示器(微型顯示器)上要觀視影像資料, 或 可 靠地接收 由該 主機所傳送的所有封包,該顯示信 號處 理 必 須同 步於該前 向鏈結頻道時序。也就是說,到達該顯 示 器 及該 顯示 電路 的信號必須與適當的信號處理時間 同步 地發 生。 由這 種同 步化可實施的信號處理步驟或方法 可達到 的 一高 階狀 態圖 呈現在圖49中。在圖49中,一狀態 機器 4900 的可 能前 向鏈 結同步化「狀態」顯示出分類為非 同步 訊框 狀態 4904 、兩 個取得同步狀態4902及4906、及三 個同 步 中 狀態 4908 、4910及4912 。 如 開始 步驟 或狀態4902所示,該顯示器開始於 預先 選 擇 的「 無同 步」 狀態,並在所偵測的第一次訊框標 頭封 包 中 搜尋 —唯 一的 字元。其要注意到此無同步狀態代 表該 最 小 通信 設定 或「 落回」設定,其中選擇形式I介面 。當 在 搜 尋期 間發 現到 該唯一的字元,該顯示器儲存該次 訊框 長度 欄位 。在處理 此第一訊框時並不檢查CRC位元, 或直 到 得 到同 步化 。如 果此次訊框長度為零,則根據此方 法之 同 步 狀態 處理 進行 到狀態4904,此處標示為「非同步 訊框 j 狀 -78- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 x 297公釐) 001830 12551181255118 A7 B7 V. INSTRUCTIONS (75) The processing power available to the microprocessor (CPU) in a computer application is excessively exceeded, or processed by a processor, digital signal processor (DSP), or wireless device. The ASIC, with some data processors or graphics processors that use the CPU processing power on the computer, performs some functions and reduces hardware complexity and cost. However, this has a negative impact on the processing rate, timing or overall operation of such components, so in many applications y is preferred for this general processing using proprietary circuitry or components - for a display (microdisplay) To view the image data, or to reliably receive all packets transmitted by the host, the display signal processing must be synchronized to the forward link channel timing. That is, the signal arriving at the display and the display circuit must occur in synchronization with the appropriate signal processing time. A high-order state diagram achievable by such a synchronization-implementable signal processing step or method is presented in FIG. In FIG. 49, a possible forward link synchronization "state" of a state machine 4900 displays a classification as an unsynchronized frame state 4904, two acquired synchronization states 4902 and 4906, and three synchronized intermediate states 4908, 4910 and 4912. As shown in the start step or state 4902, the display begins with a pre-selected "no sync" state and searches for the unique character in the detected first frame header packet. It should be noted that this unsynchronized state represents the minimum communication setting or "fallback" setting, which selects the Form I interface. The display stores the sub-frame length field when the unique character is found during the search. The CRC bit is not checked when processing this first frame, or until synchronization is achieved. If the length of the frame is zero, the synchronization state processing according to this method proceeds to state 4904, where it is labeled as "unsynchronized frame j-78- This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 x 297 mm) 001830 1255118

,¾,其代差A 土, 3⁄4, its generation A soil

為已經遇到Η 49 φ到同步化。在該處理中的此步騾係標示 工呀判圖49中的狀、、F 度大於零,目π C〇n )。否則,如果該訊框長 面狀態係設=::,:進:亍到狀態•其憤 機器看到-訊框標頭封ΐ及(:二二此外,如果該狀態 Π;決二處理即進行到該「發現-同步訊框」狀 心=糕不為達到圖49中的狀況6(c〇nd6)。 ::個狀況中’該系統是處於並非「無同步」狀態中, Γ隹一的字元被偵測到,且對於該次訊框標頭封包決定 艮:的CRC結果’且該次訊框長度大於零’則該介面 狀悲即改_「同步中」狀態侧。在該處理中的此步 驟係標不為已經遇到圖辦的狀況…以心另—方面, 如果在該次訊框標頭封包中該唯—的字元或該crc並不正 確’則孩同步狀態處理進行或回到該「無同步訊框」狀態 的介面狀4902。該處理的此部份係標示為遇到圖之狀 態圖中的狀況2 (cond 2)。 B. 達到同步時間 該介面可設置為容納某個數目的「同步錯誤」,其係在 決定出失去同步及回到該「無同步訊框」狀態之前。在圖 49中,一旦邊狀怨機器已經達到該「同步中狀態」且未發 現錯誤,其即連續地遇到狀況1的結果,並維持在該「同 步中」狀態。但是一旦偵測到一狀況2的結果,處理即改 變遠狀®到「一個同步錯誤」狀態4 9 10。此時,如果處理 ______:79- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公酱) 001831 1255118For the Η 49 φ has been encountered to synchronize. This step in the process is to determine the shape in Figure 49, and the F degree is greater than zero, π C〇n ). Otherwise, if the long-range status of the frame is set to =::,: enter: 亍 to the state • its anger machine sees - the frame header is sealed and (: 22, in addition, if the state is Π; Going to the "Discovery - Synchronization Frame" shape = the cake does not reach the situation 6 (c〇nd6) in Figure 49. :: In a situation, the system is in a state of not "no synchronization", The character is detected, and for the header packet of the subframe to determine the CRC result 'and the length of the subframe is greater than zero', the interface is changed to the _ "synchronization" state side. This step in the process is not the situation that has already encountered the picture... In other words, if the only character or the crc is not correct in the header packet of the subframe, then the child is in sync. Processes the interface 4902 that proceeds or returns to the "no sync frame" state. This portion of the process is labeled as encountering condition 2 (cond 2) in the state diagram of the graph. B. Synchronizing time is reached. Set to accommodate a certain number of "synchronization errors" before deciding to lose synchronization and return to the "no sync frame" state In Fig. 49, once the blame machine has reached the "synchronized state" and no error is found, it continuously encounters the result of the condition 1 and maintains the "synchronized" state. As a result of the situation 2, the process changes the far state to the "one sync error" state 4 9 10. At this time, if the processing ______: 79- the paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public sauce) ) 001831 1255118

AT __ B7 _ 五、發明説明(77 ) 造成偵測到另一個狀況1的結果,則該狀態機器回到該 「同步中」狀態,否則其遇到另一個狀況2結果,並移動 到一「兩個同步錯誤」狀態49 12。再次地,如果發生狀況 1,處理回到該狀態機器到該「同步中」狀態。否則,即 遇到另一個狀況2,而該狀態機器回到該「無同步」狀 態。其亦明顯可知,遇到一「鏈結關閉封包」將造成該鏈 結來終止資料傳送,並回到該「無同步訊框」狀態,因為 在圖49的狀態圖中沒有什麼可以同步,其稱之為達到狀況 4 (cond 4)。 其可瞭解到有可能會有該唯一字元的重覆「錯誤複 本」’其會出現在該次訊框内一些固定的位置。在該狀況 下,該狀態機器非常難以同步於該次訊框,因為在該次訊 框標頭封包上的CRC在處理時亦必須有效,藉以該MDD介 面處理可進行到該「同步中」狀態。 在該次訊框標頭封包中的次訊框長度可設定為零,以代 表該主機將在該鏈結關閉之前僅傳送一個次訊框,而該 MDD介面即置於或設置為一待機的冬眠狀態。在此例 中,該顯示器必須在偵測到該次訊框標頭封包之後立即在 該前向鏈結上接收封包,因為在該鏈結轉換到該待機狀態 之前僅傳送一單一次訊框。在正常或典型的運作中,該次 訊框長度為非零,而該顯示器僅處理前向鏈結封包,而該 介面在那些狀態中共同顯示為圖49中的"IN—SYNC,,狀態。 對於一顯示器要同步於該前向鏈結信號所需要的時間係 根據该次訊框大小及該前向鍵結資料率來變化。在该前向 _ 80 _ 本紙悵家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) '' 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(78 ) 鏈結中偵測到該唯一字元的「錯誤複本」成為該隨機或更 為隨機資料的可能性在當該次訊框愈大時,則會愈大。同 時’由一錯誤偵測恢復的能力亦較低,而要如此做所需要 的時間較長,當一前向鏈結資料率較低時。 C. 初始化 如前所述,在「開機」時,該主機設置該前向鏈結來在 或低於最少所需要或想要的資料率1 Mbps之下,並對於一 給定的應用設置適當的次訊框長度及媒體訊框。也就是 說’該前向及反向鏈結皆使用形式I介面來開始運作。這 些參數通常僅是暫時地使用,而該主機決定該客戶端顯示 器(或其它裝置)的能力或所想要的組態。該主機送出或傳 送一次訊框標頭封包在該前向鏈結上,其接著為一反向鏈 結包覆封包,其中該請求旗標的位元1〇,係設定為數值1, 藉以請求該顯示器來回應一顯示能力封包。一旦該顯示器 取得該前向鏈結的同步化,其在該反向鏈結或通道上傳送 一顯π能力封包及一顯示請求及狀態封包。 該主機檢查該顯示能力封包的内容,藉以決定如何重新 設置該鏈結來達到最佳或想要的效能水準。該主機檢查該 協定版本及最小協定版本攔位,以確認該主機及顯示器使 用的協定版本可彼此相容。該協定版本維持在該顯示能力 封包的前兩個參數,所以該相容性可被決定,即使當該協 足的其ΈΤ元素不相容或完全理解為相容。 D· CRC處理 對於所有的封包形式,該封包處理器狀態機器保證該 -81 - 激國家蘇^⑽)Α4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(79 ) CRC檢查器可適當或恰當地控制。當CRC比較造成偵測到 一或多個錯誤時,其亦會增加CRC錯誤計數器,且其在每 個正在處理的次訊框開始時來重置該CRC計數器。 IX.封包處理 對於上述的狀態機器所接收的每種封包,其採取一特殊 的處理步驟或一系列的步騾來實施該介面的運作。前向鏈 結封包通常根據下表XII中所列的範例性處理來處理。AT __ B7 _ V. Invention Description (77) If the result of detecting another condition 1 is detected, the state machine returns to the "synchronized" state, otherwise it encounters another status 2 result and moves to a " Two sync errors" status 49 12. Again, if a situation 1 occurs, processing returns to the state machine to the "in sync" state. Otherwise, another condition 2 is encountered and the state machine returns to the "no sync" state. It is also apparent that encountering a "link closure packet" will cause the link to terminate the data transfer and return to the "no sync frame" state, since nothing in the state diagram of Figure 49 can be synchronized. Call it status 4 (cond 4). It can be seen that there may be a repeated "error copy" of the unique character, which will appear in some fixed positions in the subframe. In this situation, the state machine is very difficult to synchronize to the subframe, because the CRC on the header packet of the subframe must also be valid during processing, whereby the MDD interface processing can proceed to the "synchronized" state. . The length of the subframe in the header header packet can be set to zero to indicate that the host will only transmit one subframe before the link is closed, and the MDD interface is placed or set to a standby state. Hibernation. In this example, the display must receive the packet on the forward link immediately after detecting the subframe header packet because only a single frame is transmitted before the link transitions to the standby state. In normal or typical operation, the frame length is non-zero, and the display only processes forward link packets, and the interface is collectively displayed in those states as "IN-SYNC, state in Figure 49, state . The time required for a display to be synchronized to the forward link signal varies depending on the size of the subframe and the forward link data rate. In the forward _ 80 _ paper 怅 home standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) '' 1255118 A7 B7 5, invention description (78) The "error copy" of the unique character detected in the link becomes The probability of random or more random data will increase as the frame becomes larger. At the same time, the ability to recover from an error detection is also low, and the time required to do so is longer, when the rate of a forward link is lower. C. Initialization As mentioned earlier, at "on", the host sets the forward link to be at or below the minimum required or desired data rate of 1 Mbps and is appropriate for a given application. The length of the sub-frame and the media frame. That is to say, both the forward and reverse links use the Form I interface to begin operation. These parameters are usually only used temporarily, and the host determines the capabilities of the client display (or other device) or the desired configuration. The host sends or transmits a frame header packet on the forward link, which is followed by a reverse link wrap packet, wherein the request flag bit 1 is set to a value of 1, thereby requesting the request The display responds to a display capability packet. Once the display synchronizes the forward link, it transmits a display π capability packet and a display request and status packet on the reverse link or channel. The host checks the contents of the display capability packet to determine how to reconfigure the link to achieve the best or desired performance level. The host checks the protocol version and the minimum protocol version barrier to confirm that the protocol versions used by the host and display are compatible with each other. The version of the agreement is maintained at the first two parameters of the display capability packet, so the compatibility can be determined even when the elements of the agreement are incompatible or fully understood to be compatible. D· CRC processing For all packet forms, the packet processor state machine guarantees the -81 - 激国苏^(10)) Α4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1255118 A7 B7 V. Invention description (79) CRC checker can Control appropriately or properly. When the CRC comparison causes one or more errors to be detected, it also increments the CRC error counter and resets the CRC counter at the beginning of each processing subframe. IX. Packet Processing For each of the packets received by the state machine described above, a special processing step or series of steps is taken to implement the operation of the interface. Forward chain packets are typically processed according to the exemplary processing listed in Table XII below.

表XIITable XII

封包形式 封包處理器狀態機器反應 次訊框標頭(SH) 確認良好封包、補捉次訊框 長度欄位及傳送封包參數 到一通用處理器 填充(F) 忽略資料 視訊流(VS) 解譯該視訊資料格式描述器及 其它參數、及當必要時分解包 裝的像素資料,如果需要時經 由該彩色地圖解譯像素,及窝 入像素資料到該位元圖中適當 的位置。 聲音流(AS) 傳送聲音樣本速率設定到聲音 樣本時脈產生器,隔離聲音 封包形式 封包處理器狀態機器反應 指定大小的樣本’當需要時分 解聲音樣本資料,並導引聲音 樣本到適當的聲音樣本FIFO -82- 本紙張家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X297公釐) 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(80 ) 彩色地圖(CM) 讀取彩色地圖大小及偏移參 數,並寫入該彩色地圖資料到 一彩色地圖記憶體或儲存位置 反向鏈結包覆(REL) 在適當時間於反向方向上進行 傳送封包。檢查反向鏈結旗 標,並視需要傳送顯示能力封 包。顯示請求及狀態封包亦在 適當時傳送。 顯示能力(DC) 當一主機請求時傳送此種封 包,其使用該反向鏈結包覆封 包的反向鏈結旗標攔位 键盤(K) 傳送這些封包到一通用處理 器,或自其傳送,其通信於一 鍵盤形式的裝置,如果有的 話,且有需要使用時。 指向裝置(PD) 傳送這些封包到一通用處理 器,或自其傳送,其通信於一 指向形式的裝置,如果有的 話,且有需要使用時。 鏈結關閉(LS) 記錄事實鍵結即關閉^並告知 一通用處理器。 顯示服務請求及狀態(D S R S) 傳送此封包做為該反向鏈結包 覆封包中的第一封包 位元區塊傳送(BPT) 解譯封包參數,例如視訊資料 格式描述器,決定那些像素要 先移動,並視需要在位元圖中 移動像素。 -83- 本紙 國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) A7 B7 1255118 五、發明説明(81 ) 封包形式 封包處理器狀態機器反應 位元圖區域填充(BAF) 解譯封包參數,如果需要時透 過彩色地圖解譯像素,並寫入 像素資料到位元圖中適當的位 置 位元圖圖案填充(BPF) 解譯封包參數,視需要分解包 裝的像素資料,視需要透過彩 色地圖解譯像素,並寫入像素 資料到位元圖中適當的位置 通信鏈結通道(CLC) 直接傳送此資料到一通用處理 器 冬眠期間的顯示服務請求 (DSR) 通用處理器控制傳送請求的低 階功能,並偵測其本身鏈結重 新開始時的衝突。 介面形式交遞請求(ITHR) 及介面形式知會(ΙΤΑ) 其可傳送這些封包到該通用處 理器或自其傳送。接收此種封 包及形成回應於一知會的邏輯 實質上最小。因此,此運作亦 可在該封包處理器狀態機器内 實施。所得到的交遞發生為低 階實體層動作,其不可能影響 該通用處理器的功能性或操 作。 執行形式交遞(ΡΤΗ) 其可直接作用在這種封包上, 或藉由將其傳送到該通用處理 器,其亦命令硬體來進行模式 改變。 -84- 本θβ今國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210Χ 297公釐) 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(82 X。降低該反向鏈結資料率 本發明人已觀察到,該主機鏈結控制器所使用的某些參 數可用某種方式來調整或設置,藉以達到一最大或更為最 佳化(比例)反向鏈結資料率,其非常有需要。舉例而言, 在用來傳送該反向鏈結包覆封包的反向資料封包欄位期 間,遠MDDI一Stb信號配對觸發在該前向鏈結資料率的一 半產生一週期性資料時脈。這種發生係因為該主機鏈結控 制器產生該MDDI_Stb信號,其對應於該MDDI_DataO信 號,如同其傳送所有的零。該MDDI—Stb信號自該主機傳 送到一顯示器,其中其係用來產生一時脈信號,用以自該 顯示器傳送反向鏈結資料,其中該反向資料傳回到該主 機。圖50所示為說明在使用MDDb々系統中,於該前向及 反向路徑上該信號傳送及處理所遇到的典型延遲量。在圖 50中’顯示一系列的延遲數值15 nSec.、8.0 nsec.、2.5 nsec.、2.0 nsec·、l.o nsec.、i 5 nsec、8 〇 nsec,及 2 5 nsec. ’其分別靠近該Stb+Λ產生的處理部份、纜線傳送到 顯示器、顯示接收器、時脈產生、信號計時、DataO+Λ產 生,纜線傳送到主機,及主機接收器階段。 根據該前向鏈結資料率及遇到的處理延遲,對於要完成 事件的此「往返」效應或組合,在該MDDI_Stb信號上需 要比一個循環更多的時間,其造成消耗不想要的時間或循 環。為了防止此問題,該反向速率除數使其對於該反向鏈 結上的一個位元時間有可能展開該MDDI_Stb信號之多個 循環。此代表該反向鏈結資料率小於該前向鏈結速率。 85- 本紙Packet form packet processor state machine response sub-frame header (SH) confirm good packet, capture sub-frame length field and transmit packet parameters to a general-purpose processor fill (F) ignore data video stream (VS) interpretation The video data format descriptor and other parameters, and when necessary, decompose the packaged pixel data, interpret the pixels via the color map if necessary, and nest the pixel data to the appropriate location in the bitmap. Sound Stream (AS) transmits the sound sample rate set to the sound sample clock generator, isolates the sound packet form, and the packet processor state machine reacts to the sample of the specified size 'decomposes the sound sample data when needed and directs the sound sample to the appropriate sound Sample FIFO -82- This paper home standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X297 mm) 1255118 A7 B7 V. Invention description (80) Color map (CM) Read color map size and offset parameters, and write the color The map data is transferred to a color map memory or storage location reverse link wrap (REL) at the appropriate time in the reverse direction. Check the reverse link flag and transmit the display capability envelope as needed. Display requests and status packets are also transmitted as appropriate. Display Capability (DC) Transmits such a packet when requested by a host, which uses the reverse link flag of the reverse link wrapper packet to intercept the keyboard (K) to transmit the packet to a general purpose processor, or It is transmitted, which communicates with a device in the form of a keyboard, if any, and when it is needed. Pointing devices (PDs) transmit these packets to or from a general purpose processor, communicating with a pointing device, if any, and when needed. Link closure (LS) records the fact that the key is closed ^ and informs a general purpose processor. Display Service Request and Status (DSRS) to transmit the packet as the first packet bit transfer (BPT) interpretation packet parameter in the reverse link wrap packet, such as a video data format descriptor, to determine which pixels are to be Move first and move the pixels in the bitmap as needed. -83- Paper National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210 X 297 mm) A7 B7 1255118 V. Invention Description (81) Packet Form Packet Processor State Machine Reaction Bitmap Area Fill (BAF) Interpret packet parameters, if If necessary, interpret the pixels through the color map, and write the pixel data to the appropriate position bitmap pattern fill (BPF) to interpret the packet parameters in the bitmap, and decompose the packed pixel data as needed, and interpret the pixels through the color map as needed. And writing the pixel data to the appropriate location in the bit map. The communication link channel (CLC) directly transfers this data to a general-purpose processor during the hibernation display service request (DSR). The general-purpose processor controls the low-order function of the transfer request, and Detect conflicts when their own links start over. Interface form handover request (ITHR) and interface form notification (ΙΤΑ) which can transmit these packets to or from the general purpose processor. The logic to receive such a packet and form a response to a notification is essentially minimal. Therefore, this operation can also be implemented in the packet processor state machine. The resulting handover occurs as a low-level physical layer action that is unlikely to affect the functionality or operation of the general purpose processor. Execution form handover (ΡΤΗ) can be applied directly to such a packet, or by passing it to the general purpose processor, which also instructs the hardware to make a mode change. -84- The current θβ national standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210Χ 297 mm) 1255118 A7 B7 V. Description of invention (82 X. Reducing the rate of the reverse link data. The inventors have observed that the host link Some of the parameters used by the controller can be adjusted or set in such a way as to achieve a maximum or more optimized (proportional) reverse link data rate, which is highly desirable. For example, During the reverse link encapsulation of the reverse data packet field of the packet, the far MDDI-Stb signal pairing trigger generates a periodic data clock at half of the forward link data rate. This occurs because the host chain The junction controller generates the MDDI_Stb signal corresponding to the MDDI_DataO signal as if it transmitted all zeros. The MDDI-Stb signal is transmitted from the host to a display, wherein it is used to generate a clock signal for use from the display Transmitting the reverse link data, wherein the reverse data is transmitted back to the host. Figure 50 is a diagram showing typical transmission and processing of the signal on the forward and reverse paths in the MDDb々 system. Delay In Figure 50, 'shows a series of delay values of 15 nSec., 8.0 nsec., 2.5 nsec., 2.0 nsec·, lo nsec., i 5 nsec, 8 〇nsec, and 2 5 nsec. The processing portion generated by the Stb+Λ, the cable is transmitted to the display, the display receiver, the clock generation, the signal timing, the DataO+Λ generation, the cable transmission to the host, and the host receiver stage. According to the forward link The data rate and the processing delay encountered, for this "round trip" effect or combination of events to be completed, requires more time on the MDDI_Stb signal than a loop, which causes an undesired time or loop to be consumed. To prevent this problem The reverse rate divisor makes it possible to expand a plurality of cycles of the MDDI_Stb signal for one bit time on the reverse link. This represents that the reverse link data rate is less than the forward link rate. - the paper

Wf837 巧中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) l2s5ll8Wf837 Qiao China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) l2s5ll8

其必須注意到,經由該介面之實際的信號延遲長度可根 據所使用的每個特定主機-客戶端系統或硬體而不同。每 個系統通常可做成使用該往返延遲量測封包來量測一系統 中的實際延遲而執行地更好,所以該反向速率除數可設定 為一最佳值。 一在返延遲藉由使該主機傳送一往返延遲量測封包到該 顯示器來量測。該顯示器藉由傳送一序列的1回到該主機 來回應於此封包,其係在稱為量測週期攔位之封包中一預 先選擇的量測窗之内或期間。此量測的詳細時序如先前所 述。該往返延遲係用來決定該反向鏈結資料可安全地取樣 之速率。 此往返延遲量冊包含決定、偵測或計算該前向鏈結時脈 間隔的數目,其係發生在該量測週期襴位的開始與當該 Oxff、Oxff、0x00回應序列在該主機處自該顯示器接收回 來的時段開始之間。請注意,其有可能來自該顯示器的反 應可在該量測計數將要增加之前接收一前向鏈結時脈週期 的一小部份。如果此未修正的數值係用來計算該反向速率 除數’其由於不可靠的資料取樣而在該反向鏈結上造成位 元錯决。此狀況的一個範例係不於圖51,其中以圖形顯示 出代表在主機處的MDDI_Data ’在主機處的mdDI Stb,在 該主機内的前向鏈結資料時脈,及一延遲數量的信號。在 圖5 1中,該反應序列係在該延遲數量將要由6增加到7之 前,自該顯示器接收一前向鏈結時脈週期的一部份。如果 該延遲假設為6,則該主機將在一位元轉換之後馬上取樣 -86- 張尺度適财關家標準(CNS) A视格(21〇 X 297公釐) ---- V01839 A7 B7 1255118 五、發明説明(84 ) 該反向資料,或有可能在一位元轉換中間。此會造成在該 主機處的錯誤取樣。為此原因,該量測的延遲基本上必須 在其用來計算該反向速率除數之前增加1。 該反向速率除數為該主機在取樣該反向鏈結資料之前必 須等待的MDDI_Stb循環的數目。因為MDDI_Stb之循還的 速率為該前向鏈結速率的一半,該修正的往返延遲量測需 要除以2,然後向上進位到下一個整數。若以公式表不’ 此關係為: round _ trip _ delay + Γ 2 reverse_rate_divisor = RoundUpToNextlnteger 對於給定的範例,此成為: reverse—rate_divisor = RoundUpToNextlnteger - = 4 一一 v 2 y 如果在此範例中使用的往返延遲量測為7,而非6,則該 反向速率除數亦可等於4。 該反向鏈結資料係由該主機在該反向鏈結時脈的上昇邊 緣上取樣。在該主機及客戶端(顯示器)中皆存在有一計數 器或類似的已知電路或裝置,以產生該反向鏈結時脈。該 計數器係初始化,所以該反向鏈結時脈的第一個上昇邊緣 發生在該反向鏈結包覆封包的該反向鏈結封包欄位中第一 位元的開始處。對於以下的範例,此顯示在圖52中。該計 -87- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 001839 A7 B7 1255118 五、發明説明(85 ) 數器在該MDDI_Stb信號的每個上昇邊緣處增加,而直到 其重叠時發生的計數數目係由該反向鏈結包覆封包中該反 向速率除數參數。因為該MDDI_Stb信號觸發在該前向鏈 結速率的一半,然後該反向鏈結速率為該前向鏈結速率的 一半除以該反向速率除數。舉例而言,如果該前向鏈結速 率為200 Mbps,而該反向速率除數為4,然後該反向鏈結 資料率係表示成: ^ 200MM ^ 25Mbps 顯示出在一反向鏈結包覆封包中該MDDI_DataO及 MDDI_Stb信號線的時序之範例係示於圖52,其中用來說 明的封包參數具有以下的數值: 封包長度= 1024 (0x0400) 轉向1長度=1 封包形式=65 (0x41) 轉向2長度=1 反向鏈結旗標=0 反向速率除數=2 參數CRC二0xdb43 所有零為0x00 在該封包長度與參數CRC攔位之間的封包資料為: 0x00, 0x04, 0x41,0x00, 0x02, 0x01,0x01,0x43, Oxdb,0x00,… 自該顯示器傳回的該第一反向鏈結封包為具有封包長度 7及封包形式70之顯示請求及狀態封包。此封包自該位元 組數值〇x〇7、0x00、0x46…等等開始。但是,在圖52中僅 -88 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 001840 1255118 A7 B? 五、發明説明(86 ) 可看到第-位元組(0x07)。,匕第一反向鏈結封包為在該圖 中時間偏移大約一個反向鏈結時脈週期,以說明一實際的 反向鏈結延遲。-具有零的理想波形由主機到顯示器的往 返延遲係顯示為一點線的軌跡。 該參數CRC欄位的MS位元組係在封包形式之前傳送, 然後是該所有零欄位。來自該主機的閃切由丨切換到〇,並 回到1,因為來自該主機之資料改變形成較寬的脈衝之位 準。當該資料成為0,該閃切切換在較高的速率,在該資 料線上資料的變化造成接近該對準攔位之末端的改變。該 閃切由於對於延長的時間週期之資料信號的固定〇或1位 準,而對於該圖面的其餘部份切換在較高的速率,而該轉 換落下在該脈衝樣式(邊緣)。 琢主機的反向鏈結時脈係在零,直到該轉向丨週期的結 束,當該時脈開始來容納該反向鏈結封包。在該圖的下方 部份中的箭頭代表當取樣該資料時,其可由以下的揭示内 容來瞭解。正在傳送的該封包欄位之第一個位元組(此處 為Π000000)顯示為在轉向丨之後開始,而該線位準自從除 能該主機驅動器而穩定化。在該第一位元的傳送中的延 遲’視為位元3,其可在該資料信號的點線中看出。 在圖53中,其可基於該前向鏈結資料速率來觀察該反向 速率除數的典型數值。該實際的反向速率除數係由於一往 返鏈結量測來決定,以保證適當的反向鏈結運作。一第一 區域5302對應於一安全運作的區域,一第二區域53〇4對應 於一臨界效能的區域,而一第三區域5306代表不可能適當 _________-89- 本紙浪ϋ適用巾g國*標準(CNS) A4規格(别〉< 297公爱) 001S41 A7 B7 1255118 五、發明説明(87 ) 運作的設定。 當在該前向或反向鏈結上的任何介面形式設定來運作 時,該往返延遲量測及反向速率除數設定為相同,因為其 可由實際時脈週期的單位來表示及運作,而非所傳送或接 收的位元數目。 XI.轉向及護衛時間 如前所述,在該反向鏈結包覆封包中該轉向1欄位,及 在該往返延遲量測封包中的護衛時間1欄位代表時間長度 的數值,其允許在致能該顯示介面驅動器之前來除能該主 機介面驅動器。轉向2及護衛時間2欄位提供時間數值,其 允許在致能該主機驅動器之前來除能該顯示驅動器。該護 衛時間1及護衛時間2攔位通常填充預先設定或預先選擇的 長度數值,其並不表示要調整。根據所使用的該介面硬 體,這些數值可使用實驗資料來發展,並在一些實例中調 整來改進運作。 數個因素會貢獻於決定轉向1的長度,而這些為前向鏈 結資料速率,及在該主機中該MDDI_Data驅動器之最大除 能時間。該最大主機驅動器除能時間係指定在表XI中,其 中顯示出該驅動器最多需要10 nsec.來除能,並約2 nsec. 來致能。對於要除能的該主機驅動器所需要的該前向鏈結 時脈之最小數目係根據以下關係式來表示: • HostDriverDisableDelaymaxIt must be noted that the actual signal delay length via the interface may vary depending on each particular host-client system or hardware used. Each system can typically be made to use the round trip delay measurement packet to measure the actual delay in a system to perform better, so the reverse rate divisor can be set to an optimum value. A back delay is measured by causing the host to transmit a round trip delay measurement packet to the display. The display responds to the packet by transmitting a sequence of 1 back to the host, either within or during a pre-selected measurement window in the packet called the measurement period block. The detailed timing of this measurement is as previously described. This round trip delay is used to determine the rate at which the reverse link data can be safely sampled. The round-trip delay volume includes determining, detecting, or calculating the number of clock intervals of the forward link, which occurs at the beginning of the measurement period and when the Oxff, Oxff, 0x00 response sequence is at the host The display is received between the beginning of the time period. Note that it is possible that the response from the display can receive a fraction of the forward link clock cycle before the measurement count is about to increase. If this uncorrected value is used to calculate the reverse rate divisor' it causes a bit error on the reverse link due to unreliable data sampling. An example of this situation is shown in Figure 51, which graphically shows the mdDI Stb representing the MDDI_Data' at the host at the host, the forward link data clock within the host, and a delay number of signals. In Figure 51, the reaction sequence receives a portion of a forward link clock cycle from the display before the number of delays is increased from 6 to 7. If the delay is assumed to be 6, the host will sample immediately after the one-bit conversion -86-scale scale (GBS) A-view (21〇X 297 mm) ---- V01839 A7 B7 1255118 V. INSTRUCTIONS (84) The reverse data may be in the middle of a one-bit conversion. This can result in erroneous sampling at the host. For this reason, the delay of the measurement must basically be increased by 1 before it is used to calculate the inverse rate divisor. The reverse rate divisor is the number of MDDI_Stb cycles that the host must wait before sampling the reverse link data. Since MDDI_Stb is circulated at half the rate of the forward link, the modified round trip delay measurement needs to be divided by 2 and then up to the next integer. If the formula does not 'this relationship is: round _ trip _ delay + Γ 2 reverse_rate_divisor = RoundUpToNextlnteger For the given example, this becomes: reverse_rate_divisor = RoundUpToNextlnteger - = 4 one by one v 2 y if used in this example The round trip delay is measured as 7 instead of 6, and the reverse rate divisor can also be equal to 4. The reverse link data is sampled by the host on the rising edge of the reverse link clock. A counter or similar known circuit or device is present in both the host and the client (display) to generate the reverse link clock. The counter is initialized so that the first rising edge of the reverse link clock occurs at the beginning of the first bit in the reverse link packet field of the reverse link wrapper. This is shown in Figure 52 for the following example. The meter-87- paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 001839 A7 B7 1255118 V. Invention description (85) The number of digits increases at each rising edge of the MDDI_Stb signal, and The number of counts that occur until they overlap is the reverse rate divisor parameter in the packet that is wrapped by the reverse link. Because the MDDI_Stb signal triggers at half the rate of the forward link, then the reverse link rate is half of the forward link rate divided by the reverse rate divisor. For example, if the forward link rate is 200 Mbps and the reverse rate divisor is 4, then the reverse link data rate is expressed as: ^ 200MM ^ 25Mbps displayed in a reverse link package An example of the timing of the MDDI_DataO and MDDI_Stb signal lines in the overlay is shown in Figure 52, where the packet parameters used for the description have the following values: Packet length = 1024 (0x0400) Steer 1 length = 1 packet format = 65 (0x41) Steering 2 length=1 Reverse chain flag=0 Reverse rate divisor=2 Parameter CRC 2 0xdb43 All zeros are 0x00 The packet data between the packet length and the parameter CRC block is: 0x00, 0x04, 0x41, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x01, 0x43, Oxdb, 0x00,... The first reverse link packet returned from the display is a display request and status packet having a packet length of 7 and a packet form 70. This packet begins with the byte values 〇x〇7, 0x00, 0x46... and so on. However, in Figure 52 only -88 - the paper scale applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 001840 1255118 A7 B? V. Invention Description (86) The first byte can be seen ( 0x07). The first reverse link packet is time shifted by approximately one reverse link clock cycle in the figure to illustrate an actual reverse link delay. - The ideal waveform with zero is displayed as a trace of the line from the host to the display. The MS byte of the CRC field of this parameter is transmitted before the packet form, and then all the zero fields. The flash from the host switches from 丨 to 〇 and returns to 1, because the data from the host changes to form a wider pulse level. When the data becomes zero, the flash switching is at a higher rate, and the change in data on the data line causes a change near the end of the alignment block. The flash cuts at a higher rate for the remainder of the map due to a fixed chirp or 1 level for the data signal for an extended period of time, and the transition falls at the pulse pattern (edge). The reverse link clock of the host is at zero until the end of the turn cycle, when the clock begins to accommodate the reverse link packet. The arrows in the lower part of the figure represent when the data is sampled, which can be understood from the following disclosure. The first byte of the packet field being transmitted (here, Π000000) is shown to start after the turn, and the line level is stabilized since the master drive is removed. The delay in the transmission of the first bit is considered to be bit 3, which can be seen in the dotted line of the data signal. In Fig. 53, it is possible to observe a typical value of the reverse rate divisor based on the forward link data rate. The actual reverse rate divisor is determined by a return link measurement to ensure proper reverse link operation. A first area 5302 corresponds to a safely operating area, a second area 53〇4 corresponds to a critical performance area, and a third area 5306 represents an impossible _________-89- *Standard (CNS) A4 specification (other) < 297 public love) 001S41 A7 B7 1255118 V. Description of invention (87) Operation setting. The round trip delay measurement and the reverse rate divisor are set to be the same when operating in any interface form on the forward or reverse link, since it can be represented and operated by the actual clock cycle unit, and The number of bits that are not transmitted or received. XI. Steering and Guard Time As mentioned above, in the reverse link wrap packet, the turn 1 field, and the guard time 1 field in the round trip delay measurement packet represents the value of the length of time, which allows The host interface driver is disabled prior to enabling the display interface driver. The Turn 2 and Guard Time 2 fields provide a time value that allows the display driver to be disabled before the host drive is enabled. The guard time 1 and guard time 2 blocks are typically filled with pre-set or pre-selected length values, which do not indicate an adjustment. Depending on the interface hardware used, these values can be developed using experimental data and adjusted in some instances to improve operation. Several factors contribute to determining the length of the turn to 1 and these are the forward link data rate and the maximum disabling time of the MDDI_Data drive in the host. The maximum host drive disable time is specified in Table XI, which shows that the drive requires up to 10 nsec. to disable and approximately 2 nsec. The minimum number of forward link clocks required for the host drive to be disabled is expressed in terms of the following relationship: • HostDriverDisableDelaymax

Clocks—to_disableTA1 二Clocks_to_disableTA1 II

ForwardLinkDataRate InterfaceTypeFactorp^ -90- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(21〇x 297公釐) 001842 A7 B7 1255118 五、發明説明(88 該轉向1所允許的數值範圍係根據以下關係式來表示:ForwardLinkDataRate InterfaceTypeFactorp^ -90- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇x 297 mm) 001842 A7 B7 1255118 V. Description of invention (88) The range of values allowed for this steering 1 is based on the following relationship. Indicates:

Turn_ Around _l > RoundUpToNexilntegerTurn_ Around _l > RoundUpToNexilnteger

Clocks _disableTMClocks _disableTM

InterfaceTypeFactoiy 其中該介面形式因子對於形式I為1,對於形式II為2,對 於形式III為4,而對於形式IV為8。 結合以上兩個等式,其可看出可消去該介面形式因子項 次,而轉向1係定義為:InterfaceTypeFactoiy where the interface form factor is 1 for Form I, 2 for Form II, 4 for Form III, and 8 for Form IV. Combining the above two equations, it can be seen that the interface form factor can be eliminated, and the turn 1 system is defined as:

Turn _ Around _ 1 = RoundUpToNexilntegerTurn _ Around _ 1 = RoundUpToNexilnteger

ForwardLinkDataRate · HostDriverDisableDelaym^ ) - 舉例而言 向1延遲為: 1500 Mbps的形式III前向鏈結將使用一轉ForwardLinkDataRate · HostDriverDisableDelaym^ ) - For example, the delay to 1 is: 1500 Mbps Form III forward link will use one revolution

Turn _ Around __ 1 = RoundUpToNextlnteger / 1500Mbps ΛΟη sec g IByies 當該往返延遲增加時,該時序餘裕可從當該主機被除能到 致能該顯示器的時間時來自該時間改進。 決足通常用於轉向2之時間長度的因素為該前向鍵結資 料率、在該顯示器中MDDI_Data驅動器之最大除能時間, 及該通信鏈結之往返延遲。除能該顯示驅動器所需要時間 的計算基本上相同於前述的該主機驅動器,其係根據以下 關係式所定義:Turn _ Around __ 1 = RoundUpToNextlnteger / 1500Mbps ΛΟη sec g IByies When the round trip delay is increased, the timing margin can be improved from that time when the host is disabled to the time the display is enabled. The factors that are typically used for the length of time of turn 2 are the forward bond rate, the maximum disabling time of the MDDI_Data driver in the display, and the round trip delay of the communication link. The calculation of the time required to disable the display driver is substantially the same as the aforementioned host driver, which is defined according to the following relationship:

InterfaceTypeFactor^InterfaceTypeFactor^

Clock」〇 — disableTA2 = DisplayI)riverDisableDelayii 而轉向2之許可的數值範圍表示為: -91 - 本國國家標準(CNS〉A4規格(2l〇x 297公菱} A7 B7 !255118 五、發明説明(89 )Clock"〇 — disableTA2 = DisplayI)riverDisableDelayii The range of values allowed for Steering 2 is expressed as: -91 - National Standard (CNS>A4 Specification (2l〇x 297 公菱} A7 B7 !255118 V. Invention Description (89)

Turyt Λ ; Ar T Clocks _ϊο_ disable^ + round _ trip _ delay -l· 1 1 urr^ ^ Around _ 2 > RoundUpToNextlnteger -=—=-—-r---- 8 、 ylnterfaceTypeFactorρ^ϋ ^ 舉例而言,一 1500 Mbps形式III前向鏈結具有一往返延 遲前向鏈結時脈,其基本上使用一轉向2延遲,其大小 ,Turyt Λ ; Ar T Clocks _ϊο_ disable^ + round _ trip _ delay -l· 1 1 urr^ ^ Around _ 2 > RoundUpToNextlnteger -=-=---r---- 8 , ylnterfaceTypeFactorρ^ϋ ^ For example A 1500 Mbps Form III forward link has a round-trip delay forward link clock that basically uses a turn 2 delay, its size,

Clocks Jo _disableTA1 = 1500|^‘l〇n sec :3.75 3.75 + 10 + 1Clocks Jo _disableTA1 = 1500|^‘l〇n sec :3.75 3.75 + 10 + 1

Turn_ Around__2 > RoundUpToNextlnteger XII.鏈結延遲及偏斜之效應 於該MDDI_Data配對及MDDI_Stb之間的前向鏈結上的延 遲偏斜可限制最大可能的資料率,除非使用延遲偏斜補 償。造成時序偏斜之廷遲的差異係由於該控制器邏輯、該 線驅動器及接收器,及該纜線及連接器,如下所述。 A.由偏斜所限制的鏈結時序分析(MDDI形式I)Turn_ Around__2 > RoundUpToNextlnteger XII. Effect of link delay and skew The delay skew on the forward link between the MDDI_Data pair and MDDI_Stb limits the maximum possible data rate unless delay skew compensation is used. The difference in timing caused by timing skew is due to the controller logic, the line driver and receiver, and the cable and connector, as described below. A. Chain timing analysis limited by skew (MDDI Form I)

1. 形式I鏈結的延遲及偏斜範例 類似於圖4 1所示的一典型介面電路係示於圖5 7,用以容 納一形式I介面鏈結。在圖57中,傳遞延遲及偏斜之範例 性或典型的數值係對於一 MDDI形式I前向鏈結的數個處理 或介面階段的每一個來顯示。在MDDI Stb及MDDI DataO -92- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) QQ1844 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(91 在許多系統中,因為該保持時間為零,此將為零,而當 然在此例中,Delay2的最大延遲亦可為零。 最差狀況貢獻於該接收器XOR階段中的偏斜係在該資 料-晚/閃切-早的例子中,其中Delay 1係在最大值,而來自 X〇R閘的時脈輸出根據以下關係式會儘可能地早出現: tsKEW-max(RXXOR) = tpD-max(Delayl) " tpD-min(XOR) 在此狀況下,該資料可在兩個位元週期之間變化,即η 及η+1,其非常靠近於位元η+1在該接收器正反器中計時的 時間。 一 MDDI形式I鏈結的最大資料率(最小位元週期)為透過 該MDDI鏈結中所有驅動器、纜線及接收器所遇到的最大 偏斜加上該整體資料設定到該RXFF階段之函數。在該鏈 結中整體延遲偏斜最高的該RXRCVR階段之輸出,其可表 示為: fi7:£:V/-rmx(LW/〇 —广+^λ:£ν^-Γτ^(7ΧΟ/?ν7?)十 G/^W-nf^x(CV\SL£) 而該最小位元週期表示為: tBIT-min = tsKEW-max(LINK) + tsKEW-max(RXXOR) + tpD-max(Delay2) + tsu(RXFF) 在圖57中所示的範例’ tsKEW-max(LiNK) = L4 nsec,而該最 小位元週期可表示成: tBiT-mm=14 + 0.3 + 0.2 + 0.5 = 2.4nsec,或描述成大約416 Mbps。 -94- 本紙 國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) I255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(93 ) 該最大鏈結速率係由該最小可允許的位元週期所決定。 此在當MDDI_DataX儘可能地晚到達時受到最大的影響。 在該例中,該最小可允許的循環時間表示為: tBlT-min tSKEW-max(UNK) + tpD-maX(Dalay3) + tsU(RXFFB) - tpD-min(XOR) 該鏈結速率之上限則為: tpD-max(Delay3) — tpD-min(Delay3) 而其假設為: tBIT-min(lowe卜bound) = 2 · tsKEW-max(LINK) +tpD-max(XOR) +tsu(RXFFB) +tH(RXFFB) 在上述的範例中,該最小位元週期的下限係表示成以下 關係式: tBiT-min(iower-ievei) — 2 · 1.4 + 1.5 + 0.5 + 0· 1= 4.8nsec,其;^約為208 Mbps 〇 此係遠小於可用於形式I鏈結的最大資料率。該MDDI的 自動延遲偏斜補償能力可明顯地降低該延遲偏斜對於該最 大鏈結速率的影響。 XIII.實體層互連說明 根據本發明用來實施一介面的實體連接可使用商用的零 件來實現,例如在主機侧的Hirose Electric公司所製造的零 件編號3260-8S2(01),及在該顯示裝置侧的Hirose Electric 公司所製造的零件編號3240-8P-C。對於用於一形式1/形 式II介面的這種連接器的範例性介面腳位指定或「腳位設 -96 本理含·國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(94 ) 定」係列於表XIII,其示於圖6 1。1. Example of Delay and Skew of Form I Link A typical interface circuit similar to that shown in Figure 41 is shown in Figure 5-7 to accommodate a Form I interface link. In Fig. 57, exemplary or typical values of transfer delay and skew are shown for each of several processing or interface stages of an MDDI Form I forward link. In MDDI Stb and MDDI DataO -92- This paper scale applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) QQ1844 1255118 A7 B7 V. Invention Description (91 In many systems, because the retention time is zero, This will be zero, and of course the maximum delay of Delay2 can also be zero in this example. The worst case contributes to the skew in the XOR phase of the receiver in the data-late/flash-early example. Among them, Delay 1 is at the maximum value, and the clock output from the X〇R gate will appear as early as possible according to the following relationship: tsKEW-max(RXXOR) = tpD-max(Delayl) " tpD-min(XOR) In this case, the data can vary between two bit periods, η and η+1, which are very close to the time that bit n+1 is clocked in the receiver flip-flop. The maximum data rate (minimum bit period) of the link is a function of the maximum skew encountered by all drivers, cables, and receivers in the MDDI chain plus the overall data set to the RXFF stage. The output of the RXRCVR stage with the highest overall delay skew in the junction, which can be expressed as: fi 7: £:V/-rmx(LW/〇-广+^λ: £ν^-Γτ^(7ΧΟ/?ν7?) ten G/^W-nf^x(CV\SL£) and the minimum bit The meta period is expressed as: tBIT-min = tsKEW-max(LINK) + tsKEW-max(RXXOR) + tpD-max(Delay2) + tsu(RXFF) The example shown in Figure 57 tsKEW-max(LiNK) = L4 nsec, and the minimum bit period can be expressed as: tBiT-mm=14 + 0.3 + 0.2 + 0.5 = 2.4nsec, or described as approximately 416 Mbps. -94- National Standard for Paper (CNS) A4 Specification (210 X 297) I255118 A7 B7 V. INSTRUCTIONS (93) The maximum link rate is determined by the minimum allowable bit period. This is most affected when MDDI_DataX arrives as late as possible. In this example The minimum allowable cycle time is expressed as: tBlT-min tSKEW-max(UNK) + tpD-maX(Dalay3) + tsU(RXFFB) - tpD-min(XOR) The upper limit of the link rate is: tpD- Max(Delay3) — tpD-min(Delay3) and its assumptions are: tBIT-min(lowebbound) = 2 · tsKEW-max(LINK) +tpD-max(XOR) +tsu(RXFFB) +tH(RXFFB) In the above example, the lower limit of the minimum bit period is expressed as the following relationship: tBiT- Min(iower-ievei) — 2 · 1.4 + 1.5 + 0.5 + 0· 1 = 4.8nsec, which; approximately 208 Mbps 〇 This system is much smaller than the maximum data rate available for Form I links. The MDDI's automatic delay skew compensation capability significantly reduces the effect of this delay skew on the maximum link rate. XIII. Physical Layer Interconnection Description A physical connection for implementing an interface in accordance with the present invention can be implemented using commercially available components, such as part number 3260-8S2 (01) manufactured by Hirose Electric, Inc. on the host side, and in the display Part number 3240-8P-C manufactured by Hirose Electric, Inc. on the unit side. Example interface designation for such a connector for a Form 1/Form II interface or "Pit Position - 96 National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210X 297 mm) 1255118 A7 B7 V. INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTIONS (94) The series is given in Table XIII, which is shown in Figure 61.

表 XIII 信號名稱 腳位 編號 彩色 信號名稱 腳位 編號 彩色 MDDI Pwr 1 紅色 MDDIGnd 2 黑色配對於紅色 MDDI—Stb+ 3 綠色 MDDI_Stb- 4 黑色配對於綠色 MDDI—Data0+ 5 藍色 MDDIDataO- 6 黑色配對於藍色 MDDI_Datal+ 7 白色 MDDIDatal- 8 黑色配對於白色 遮蔽 該遮蔽係連接到該主機介面中的MDDI_Gnd,而在該纜 線中的一遮蔽排出線係連接到該顯示連接器的遮蔽。但 是,該遮蔽及排出線並未連接到一顯示器内的電路接地。 互連元件或裝置係選擇或設計成足夠地小來用於行動通 信及運算裝置,例如PDA及無線電話,或可攜式遊戲裝 置,其相較於相對的裝置大小不會太顯眼或不美觀。任何 的連接器及配線必須足夠耐久來足夠用於典型的消費者環 境,並允許小尺寸,特別是該配線,其相當地低成本。該 傳送元件必須接受資料及閃切信號,其為差動NRZ資料, 形式I及形式II的傳送速率最高到約450 Mbps,而對於8位 元串列形式IV版本最高到3.6 Gbps。 XIV.運作 在使用本發明之具體實施例的介面之運作期間,於處理 資料及封包中所採取的一般性步騾之總結係顯示在圖54a 及54b,以及處理圖55中的封包之介面裝置的概述。在這 -97- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 〇〇184ύ 1255118 A.7Table XIII Signal Name Pin No. Color Signal Name Pin No. Color MDDI Pwr 1 Red MDDIGnd 2 Black with Red MDDI—Stb+ 3 Green MDDI_Stb- 4 Black with Green MDDI—Data0+ 5 Blue MDDIDataO- 6 Black with Blue MDDI_Datal+ 7 White MDDIDatal-8 Black is shielded from white to the MDDI_Gnd in the host interface, and a shielded discharge line in the cable is connected to the shield of the display connector. However, the shield and discharge lines are not connected to the circuit ground in a display. The interconnecting components or devices are selected or designed to be small enough for use in mobile communication and computing devices, such as PDAs and wireless telephones, or portable gaming devices that are not too conspicuous or aesthetically pleasing compared to the relative device size. . Any connector and wiring must be durable enough to be used in a typical consumer environment and allow for small sizes, especially the wiring, which is relatively low cost. The transmitting component must accept data and flash-cut signals, which are differential NRZ data, with Form I and Form II transfer rates up to approximately 450 Mbps, and 8-bit serial form IV versions up to 3.6 Gbps. XIV. Operational Summary of the general steps taken in processing data and packets during operation of the interface using the embodiments of the present invention are shown in Figures 54a and 54b, and the interface device of Figure 55 is processed. the summary of. At this -97- this paper scale applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 〇〇184ύ 1255118 A.7

些圖面中,該處理由步驟5術開始,其決定該客戶端及主 機是否要使用-通信路徑來連接,此處為—纜線。此可透 過由孩王機使用it期性輪詢來發生,#軟體或硬體可偵剛 在該輸入侧是否存在連接器或纜線或信號到該主機⑼如 USB介面所示),&其它已知的技術。如果沒有客戶端連 接m機’其根據孩應用,而僅可進人某個預定長度的 等待狀態,成為一冬眠模式,或關閉來等待未來的使用, 其需要一使用者採取行動來重新啟動該主機。舉例而言, 當-主機存在於-電腦形式的裝置i,—使用纟可點選在 螢幕圖像或請求一程式來啟動該主機處理以尋找該客戶 端。、再次地,簡單地插入一USB形式的連接,例如用於該 形式u的介面’可以啟動主機處理。 一旦一客戶端連接到孩主機,或反之亦然,或偵測到為 存在,該客戶端或該主機於步騾5404及54〇6中傳送適當的 封包請求服務。該客戶端在步騾5404中傳送顯示服務請求 或狀®封包。其要注意到,如上所述,該鏈結可以已經事 先關閉或在一冬眠狀態,所以此並非接著為該通信鏈結的 完全初始化。一旦該通信鏈結同步化,而該主機嘗試來通 信於該客戶端,該客戶端亦需要來提供顯示能力封包到該 主機,如在步騾5408中。該主機現在可開始決定該客戶端 可接受之支援的形式,其包含傳送速率。 一般而言,該主機及客戶端亦協調要使用的服務模式之 形式(速率/速度)’例如形式I、形式u、形式π等等,如步 騾54 10。一旦建立孩服務形式,該主機可開始來傳送資 -98 - 财 S S 家標準(CNS) A4規格(21GX 297公爱) G01S50 !255118In these drawings, the process begins with a step 5, which determines whether the client and the host are to be connected using a communication path, here a cable. This can happen through the use of ital polling by the babies, #software or hardware can detect whether there is a connector or cable or signal to the host on the input side (9) as shown in the USB interface), & Other known techniques. If there is no client connection to the machine, it can only enter a predetermined length of waiting state, become a hibernation mode, or shut down to wait for future use, which requires a user to take action to restart the Host. For example, when the -host exists in a computer-like device i, the user can click on the screen image or request a program to start the host processing to find the client. Again, simply inserting a USB-type connection, such as the interface for the form u, can initiate host processing. Once a client is connected to the child host, or vice versa, or detected to be present, the client or the host transmits the appropriate packet request service in steps 5404 and 54-6. The client transmits a display service request or a packet in the step 5404. It is to be noted that, as described above, the link may have been previously turned off or in a hibernation state, so this is not followed by full initialization of the communication link. Once the communication link is synchronized and the host attempts to communicate with the client, the client also needs to provide a display capability packet to the host, as in step 5408. The host can now begin to determine the form of support that the client can accept, including the transfer rate. In general, the host and client also coordinate the form of the service mode (rate/speed) to be used, e.g., Form I, Form u, Form π, etc., as in step 54 10. Once the child service form is established, the host can start to transfer the capital -98 - S S Home Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21GX 297 public) G01S50 !255118

矾。此外,茲主機可使用往返延遲量測封包來最佳化該通 信鏈結平行於其它信號處理之時序,如步驟54U所示。 一如前所述,所有的傳送開始於一次訊框標頭封包,其顯 不在步騾5412中傳送,接著為該資料的形式,此處為視訊 及聲曰串泥封包,及填充封包,其顯示出係在步騾54 14中 專送。S聲曰及視訊資料將已經事先準備或對映到 ,而該填充封包即視需要插入來填滿該媒體訊框所需要 的位元數目。該主機可傳送像是該前向聲音通道致能封包 的封包來啟動音響裝置,或此外,該主機可使用上述的其 ^封包形式來傳送命令及資訊,此處顯示為在步驟5416中 傳送彩色地圖、位元區塊傳送或其它封包。此外,該主機 及客戶端可使用適當的封包來相對於一鍵盤或指向裝置交 換資料。 在運作期間,數個不同事件之一將會發生,其造成該主 機或客戶端需要一不同的資料率或介面模式的形式。舉例 而5 ’ 一電腦或其它裝置傳送資料在處理資料中會遭遇負 載狀况,其造成傳遞或呈現封包中速率降低。一接收該資 料的顯示器可由一專屬的Ac電源改變到一更為受限的電 池電源’且其不能夠儘快地傳送資料,立即處理命令,或 不能夠使用相同程度的解析度或彩色深度,其係在該更為 受限的功率設定之下。另外,一受限的狀況可減弱或消 失’而允許每個裝置來以較高的速率傳送資料。此為更加 需要來造成一請求以改變到一較高的傳送速率模式。 如果發生或改變這些或其它形式的已知狀況,該主機或 -99- 猫國國家榡準 (CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 1255118alum. In addition, the host can use round trip delay measurement packets to optimize the timing of the communication link parallel to other signal processing, as shown in step 54U. As previously mentioned, all transmissions begin with a frame header packet, which is not transmitted in step 5412, followed by the form of the data, here a video and sonar string mud packet, and a padding packet, The display is sent in step 54 14 . The S-sound and video data will have been prepared or mapped in advance, and the padding packet is inserted as needed to fill the number of bits required for the media frame. The host can transmit a packet such as the forward sound channel enabled packet to activate the audio device, or in addition, the host can transmit commands and information using the above-described packet form, which is shown here to transmit color in step 5416. Map, bit block transfer or other packet. In addition, the host and client can use appropriate packets to exchange data with respect to a keyboard or pointing device. During operation, one of several different events will occur, causing the host or client to require a different data rate or interface mode. For example, a computer or other device transmitting data encounters a load condition in the processing data, which causes a decrease in the rate of delivery or presentation of the packet. A display that receives the data can be changed to a more limited battery power supply by a dedicated Ac power source and it is not capable of transmitting data as quickly as possible, processing commands immediately, or not being able to use the same degree of resolution or color depth, This is under this more limited power setting. In addition, a limited condition can be attenuated or eliminated, allowing each device to transmit data at a higher rate. This is more desirable to cause a request to change to a higher transfer rate mode. If these or other forms of known conditions occur or change, the host or -99- Cat Country 榡 (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 1255118

A7 B7A7 B7

五、發明説明 客戶端皆可偵測它們,並嘗試來重新協調該介面模式。此 係示於步騾5420中,其中該主機傳送介面形式交遞請求封 包到該客戶端來請求一交遞到另一個模式,該客戶端傳送 介面形式知會封包來確認尋找到一改變,而該主機傳送執 行形式交遞封包來進行改變到該指定的模式。 雖然其不需要有特定的處理順序,該客戶端及主機亦可 相對於所要的資料來交換封包,或自指向裝置、鍵盤或其 它使用者形式輸入裝置來接收,其主要係結合於該客戶 % ’雖然這些元件亦可存在於該主機侧。這些封包基本上 使用一通用處理或形式元件來處理,而非該狀態機器 (5502)。此外,上述的一些命令將亦可由該一般處理器 (5504,5508)來處理。 在資料及命令已經在該主機及客戶端之間交換之後,在 某個時刻做出決策是否要傳送額外的資料,或該主機或客 戶响將要中止服務該傳送。此係示於步驟5422中。如果該 鏈結係要進入一冬眠狀態,或完全地關閉,該主機傳送二 鏈結關閉封包到該客戶端,而兩端皆終止該資料的傳送。 在以上運作處理中傳送的封包將可使用前述相關於該主 機及客戶端控制器的驅動器及接收器來傳送。這些線驅動 器及其它邏輯元件係連接到上述的狀態機器及通用處理 器’如在圖55之概述中所示。在圖55中,一狀態機器55〇2 及通用處理器5504、55〇8可進一步連接到位顯示的並它元 件,例如專屬的USB介面、記憶體元件、或其它存在於該 鏈結控制H之外而肖其互動的料,丨包含但不限於觀視 -100- 本紙張 家鮮V. Invention Description The client can detect them and try to re-coordinate the interface mode. The system is shown in step 5420, wherein the host transport interface forms a handover request packet to the client to request a handover to another mode, and the client transmits an interface notification packet to confirm that a change is found, and the The host transmits an execution form delivery packet to make the change to the specified mode. Although it does not need to have a specific processing sequence, the client and the host can also exchange packets with respect to the desired data, or receive from a pointing device, a keyboard or other user-form input device, which is mainly incorporated into the customer%. 'Although these components may also be present on the host side. These packets are basically processed using a general purpose processing or form element rather than the state machine (5502). In addition, some of the above commands will also be handled by the general processor (5504, 5508). After the data and commands have been exchanged between the host and the client, a decision is made at some point whether additional information is to be transmitted, or the host or client is about to suspend the service. This is shown in step 5422. If the link is to enter a hibernation state, or is completely turned off, the host transmits a two-link closure packet to the client, and both ends terminate the transfer of the data. The packets transmitted in the above operational process will be transmitted using the aforementioned drivers and receivers associated with the host and client controllers. These line drivers and other logic components are coupled to the state machine and general purpose processor described above' as shown in the Summary of Figure 55. In FIG. 55, a state machine 55〇2 and general purpose processors 5504, 55〇8 can be further connected to the bit display and its components, such as a dedicated USB interface, a memory component, or the like, which is present in the link control H. Outside and Xiao Qi's interactive materials, including but not limited to viewing -100-

裝 耵

1255118 A7 —--- B7 五、發明説明(98 ) 顯示裝置的資料源及視訊控制晶片。 該處理器及狀態機器提供如上述般相關於護衛時間來控 制孩驅動器的致能及除能,依此類推,以保證有效率地建 立或終結通k鍵結,及封包的傳送。 XV.附錄 除了上述用來實施本發明之具體實施例的架構及協定之 不同封包的格式、結構及内容之外,此處對於一些封包形 式提出更為詳細的欄位内容或運作。這些呈現於此處來進 一步爱清其個別的用途或運作,以使得本技藝專業人士更 為快速地暸解,並使用本發明在多種應用中。僅有一些尚 未討論的欄位在此處進一步討論。 A.對於視訊流封包 孩顯示屬性攔位位元組)具有一系列的位元值,其解 譯如下。位元1及〇選擇如何導引該顯示像素資料。對於要 顯不給雙眼的,〇〇’或,丨丨,資料的位元值,位元值,丨〇,中資料 僅由左眼導引,而該位元值,〇1,,資料即僅導引到右眼。 位元2代表該像素資料是否存在於一交替格式,其中數值 ’〇’代表該像素資料係在標準漸近格式,且其中該列編號 (像素Y座標)在當由一列前進到下一列時則增加1。當此位 元之數值為T時,該像素資料係在交替格式中,而該列數 目在當由一列前進到下一列時即增加2。位元3代表該像素 資料係在交替的像素格式中。此係類似於由位元2所致能 的標準叉替模式,但該交替為垂直而非水平。當位元3為〇 時’ S像素資料係在該標準漸近格式中,而該行編號(像 -101- ¥紙張尺家標準(CNS)人4規格(21C)X297公爱) ' 1255118 A7 發明説明(" 素X座標)在當接收到每個連續像素時即增加1。當位元3為 1時’該像素資料係在交替的像素格式中,而該行編號在 當接收到每個像素時即增加2。位元7到4係保留給未來的 用途,其通常設定為零。 該2位元組X開始及γ開始欄位指定了在該像素資料欄位 中該第一像素的該點(X Start,Y Start)之絕對X及Y座標。 該2位元組X左緣及Y上緣欄位指定由該像素資料欄位所填 充的該螢幕視窗之左緣的X座標及上緣的Y座標,而該X右 緣及Y下緣欄位指定了要更新的該視窗之右緣的X座標及 下緣的Y座標。 該像素數目欄位(2位元組)指定了下述的像素資料攔位 中的像素數目。 該參數CRC欄位(2位元組)包含由該封包長度到該像素數 目之所有位元組的CRC。如果此CRC無法來檢查,整個封 包即被丟棄。 該像素資料欄位包含要顯示的該原始視訊資訊,而其係 由視訊資料格式描述器欄位所描述的方式來格式化。該資 料係每次傳送一「列」,如別處所述。 該像素資料CRC欄位(2位元組)包含僅有該像素資料的16 位元CRC。如果此數值的CRC驗證失敗’則該像素資料仍 可使用,但增加了該CRC錯誤數目。 B. 對於聲音流封包 該聲音通道欄位(1位元組)辨識出由泫客戶端裝置傳送 聲音資料的一特定的聲音通道。該實體聲音通道係指定在 -102- 家標準(CNS) A4規格_x297公釐〉 1255118 A7 B71255118 A7 —--- B7 V. INSTRUCTIONS (98) Display device data source and video control chip. The processor and state machine provide enabling and disabling of guard time related to guard time as described above, and so on, to ensure efficient establishment or termination of the k-key and packet transmission. XV. Appendices In addition to the format, structure, and content of the different packages described above for implementing the architecture and protocols of the specific embodiments of the present invention, more detailed field content or operations are presented herein for some packet forms. These are presented here to further clarify their individual uses or operations so that the skilled artisan can more quickly understand and use the invention in a variety of applications. Only a few fields that have not yet been discussed are discussed further here. A. For the video stream packet, the child display attribute block has a series of bit values, which are interpreted as follows. Bits 1 and 〇 select how to direct the display pixel data. For the eyes that are not to be given to the eyes, 〇〇 'or, 丨丨, the bit value of the data, the bit value, 丨〇, the data is only guided by the left eye, and the bit value, 〇 1, data That is only to the right eye. Bit 2 represents whether the pixel data exists in an alternate format, where the value '〇' represents that the pixel data is in a standard asymptotic format, and wherein the column number (pixel Y coordinate) is increased when advancing from one column to the next. 1. When the value of this bit is T, the pixel data is in an alternate format, and the number of columns is increased by 2 when advancing from one column to the next. Bit 3 represents the pixel data in an alternate pixel format. This is similar to the standard alternate mode enabled by bit 2, but the alternation is vertical rather than horizontal. When bit 3 is 〇, the 'S pixel data is in the standard asymptotic format, and the line number (like -101- ¥ paper ruler standard (CNS) person 4 specification (21C) X297 public) '1255118 A7 invention The description (" prime X coordinate) is incremented by 1 when each successive pixel is received. When bit 3 is 1, the pixel data is in an alternate pixel format, and the row number is incremented by 2 when each pixel is received. Bits 7 through 4 are reserved for future use and are typically set to zero. The 2-byte X start and γ start fields specify the absolute X and Y coordinates of the point (X Start, Y Start) of the first pixel in the pixel data field. The 2-byte X left edge and the Y upper edge field specify the X coordinate of the left edge of the screen window and the Y coordinate of the upper edge filled by the pixel data field, and the X right edge and the Y lower edge column The bit specifies the X coordinate of the right edge of the window to be updated and the Y coordinate of the lower edge. The number of pixels field (2 bytes) specifies the number of pixels in the pixel data block below. The CRC field (2 bytes) of this parameter contains the CRC from the length of the packet to all the bytes of the number of pixels. If this CRC cannot be checked, the entire packet is discarded. The Pixel Data field contains the original video information to be displayed, which is formatted in the manner described by the Video Data Format Descriptor field. This information is transmitted one column at a time, as described elsewhere. The Pixel Data CRC field (2 bytes) contains a 16-bit CRC with only that pixel data. If the CRC verification of this value fails, the pixel data is still available, but the number of CRC errors is increased. B. For sound stream packets The sound channel field (1 byte) identifies a particular sound channel that is transmitted by the client device. The physical sound channel is specified at -102- Home Standard (CNS) A4 Specification _x297 mm > 1255118 A7 B7

五、發明説明(1〇〇 此攔位或由此欄位對映,因 。 丄、2、j、4、5、6或 7 的數值分別代表左前、六侖、士你 ^ ^ 一 、 右則、左後、右後、前中央、次重 低音、緣場左方通道及環揚士女、s… 、 久承%右万通逼。一聲晋通道ID值為 254代表該單一串流的數位簦立择 J双ix耷q樣本被同時傳送到該左前 及右前通道處。此可簡仆廄甘a 間化應用,其中使用一立體耳機來用 於語音通信,PDA中的產量增進應用, 單使用者介面產生警告音,或任何應用 或任何應用中一簡 中一簡單的使用者 介面。由8到253範圍内的1〇欄位數值,而目前255係保留 其用途,其中新設計需要额外的指定。 該聲音樣本數量欄位(2位元組)指定在此封包中聲音樣 本的數目。 每個樣本及包裝欄位的位元包含一個位元組,其指定該 聲晋資料的步進格式。通常使用的格式為位元4到〇來定義 每個PCM聲音樣本的位元數目。然後位元5指定該數位聲 音資料是否為包裝。如前所述,圖12所示為包裝的及位元 組對準的聲晋樣本之間的差異。位元5的數值,〇,代表在該 數位聲音資料攔位中每個PCM聲音樣本為位元組對準於該 介面位元組邊界,而數值,丨,代表每個連續的pCM聲音樣本 係對於該先前的聲音樣本而包裝起來。此位元僅在當在位 元4到0中所定義的數值(每個pCM聲音樣本的位元數目)並 不是8的倍數。位元7到6係保留使用,其中系統設計需要 額外的指定,其通常設定為數值〇。 該聲音樣本速率欄位(1位元組)指定該聲音pCM取樣速 率。所使用的格式分別為數值〇代表每秒8,〇〇〇個樣本的速 -103- 本紙張家標準(CNSy A4規格(210X297公釐) 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(1〇1 ) 率(sps),數值1代表16,000 sps.,數值2代表24,000 sps,數 值3代表32,000 sps,數值4代表40,000 sps.,數值5代表 48,000 5卩3,數值6代表11,025 5卩5,數值7代表22,050 $卩5, 而數值8代表44,100 sps,而數值9到15係保留給未來使 用,所以其目前設定為0。 該參數CRC欄位(2位元組)包含從該封包長度到該聲音樣 本速率的所有位元組之16位元CRC。如果此CRC無法適當 地檢查,整個封包即被丟棄。該數位聲音資料欄位包含要 播放的原始聲音樣本,其通常為一線性格式成為無符號整 數的形式。該聲音資料CRC欄位(2位元組)包含僅有該聲音 資料的16位元CRC。如果此CRC檢查失敗,則該聲音資料 仍可使用,但增加了該CRC錯誤數目。 C. 對於使用者定義的串流封包 該2位元組串流ID編號欄位係用來辨識一特定使用者定 義的_流。該串流參數及争流資料欄位的内容係由該 MDDI設備製造商所定義。該2位元組串流參數CRC欄位包 含自該封包長度開始到該聲音編碼位元組之_流參數的所 有位元組之16位元CRC。如果此CRC無法來檢查,整個封 包即被丟棄。該2位元組串流資料CRC攔位包含僅有該串 流資料的CRC。如果此CRC無法正確地檢查,則該_流資 料的使用為選擇性,其根據該應用的需求。以CRC良好為 條件的_流資料的使用通常需要該_流資料被缓衝化,直 到該CRC可確認為良好。該CRC錯誤數目在如果未檢查 CHC日寺艮p i曾力口。 -104- 本紙張家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(1〇2 對於彩色地圖封包 該彩色地圖資料大小欄位(2位元組)指定該彩色地圖表 格登錄的總數係存在於此封包中的彩色地圖資料當中。在 該彩色地圖資料中的位元組數目為該彩色地圖大小的3 倍。孩彩色地圖大小係設定為〇,用以不傳送彩色地圖資 料。如果該彩色地圖大小為〇,則一彩色地圖偏移數值仍 然傳送,但其被該顯示器所忽略。該彩色地圖偏移攔位(2 位兀組)指定在此封包中該彩色地圖資料的偏移,其來自 在該顯示裝置中該彩色地圖表格的開始。 一 2位元組參數CRC欄位包含自該封包長度到該聲音編 碼位元組的所有位元組之CRC。如果此crC無法來檢查, 整個封包即被丟棄。 對於該彩色地圖資料欄位,每個彩色地圖位置為一 3位 元組數值’其中該第一位元組指定藍色的強度,該第二位 元組指定綠色的強度,而第三位元組指定紅色的強度。該 彩色地圖大小欄位指定該3位元組彩色地圖表格項目之數 目,其存在於該彩色地圖資料欄位。如果一單一彩色地圖 不能夠符合到一視訊資料格式及彩色地圖封包,則整個彩 色地圖可由在每個封包中傳送具有不同的彩色地圖資料及 彩色地圖偏移的多個封包。 一 2位元組彩色地圖資料CRC欄位包含僅有該彩色地圖 資料的CRC。如果此CRC檢查失敗,則該彩色地圖資料仍 可使用,但增加了該CRC錯誤數目。 E.對於反向鏈結包覆封包 -105- 本_家榡準(cns) A4規格(210X297公釐) A7 B7V. Description of the invention (1) This block or the field is mapped, because the values of 丄, 2, j, 4, 5, 6 or 7 represent the left front, the six lun, the singer ^ ^ one, the right Then, left rear, right rear, front center, sub-subwoofer, left channel of the rim field, and the ring-shoulder woman, s..., Jiucheng% right Wantong forced. A channel ID value of 254 represents the single stream The digital 择 择 J double ix 耷 q samples are simultaneously transmitted to the left front and right front channels. This can be used in a simple application, in which a stereo headset is used for voice communication, and the yield enhancement application in the PDA , a single user interface generates a warning tone, or a simple user interface in any application or any application. A field value from 1 to 253, while the current 255 system retains its use, of which new design Additional specification is required. The sound sample quantity field (2 bytes) specifies the number of sound samples in this packet. The bits of each sample and package field contain a byte that specifies the sound data. Step format. The format usually used is bit 4 to 定义 to define each The number of bits of the PCM sound sample. Then the bit 5 specifies whether the digital sound material is a package. As previously mentioned, Figure 12 shows the difference between the packaged and byte aligned sound samples. The value of element 5, 〇, represents that each PCM sound sample in the digital sound data block is aligned to the interface byte boundary, and the value, 丨, represents each successive pCM sound sample. The previous sound samples are wrapped. This bit is only a multiple of the number defined in bits 4 through 0 (the number of bits per pCM sound sample). Bits 7 through 6 are reserved. Use, where the system design requires additional designation, which is usually set to the value 〇. The sound sample rate field (1 byte) specifies the sound pCM sampling rate. The format used is the value 〇 representing 8 per second, 〇 The speed of one sample -103- This paper home standard (CNSy A4 size (210X297 mm) 1255118 A7 B7 V. Invention description (1〇1) Rate (sps), the value 1 represents 16,000 sps., the value 2 represents 24,000 Sps, the value 3 represents 32,000 sps, the value 4 represents 40,000 sps., the value 5 represents 48,000 5卩3, the value 6 represents 11,025 5卩5, the value 7 represents 22,050 $卩5, and the value 8 represents 44,100 sps, while the values 9 to 15 are reserved for future use. So it is currently set to 0. The CRC field (2 bytes) contains the 16-bit CRC of all bytes from the packet length to the sound sample rate. If this CRC cannot be properly checked, the entire packet is The digital sound data field contains the original sound sample to be played, which is usually in the form of a linear format that becomes an unsigned integer. The voice data CRC field (2 bytes) contains a 16-bit CRC with only that voice material. If this CRC check fails, the sound data is still available, but the number of CRC errors is increased. C. User-Defined Streaming Packets The 2-byte Streaming ID Number field is used to identify a specific user-defined stream. The contents of the streaming parameter and the contention data field are defined by the MDDI device manufacturer. The 2-bitstream stream parameter CRC field contains a 16-bit CRC of all bytes from the packet length to the stream parameter of the voice-encoded byte. If this CRC cannot be checked, the entire packet is discarded. The 2-bit stream data CRC block contains a CRC with only the stream data. If this CRC cannot be checked correctly, the use of this _stream is optional, depending on the needs of the application. The use of _stream data with good CRC conditions usually requires that the _stream data be buffered until the CRC is confirmed to be good. The number of CRC errors is if the CHC day is not checked. -104- Paper Home Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210X297 mm) 1255118 A7 B7 V. Invention Description (1〇2 For color map packets, this color map data size field (2 bytes) specifies the color map table The total number of logins is in the color map data in this package. The number of bytes in the color map data is three times the size of the color map. The size of the child color map is set to 〇 to not transmit the color map. If the size of the color map is 〇, a color map offset value is still transmitted, but it is ignored by the display. The color map offset block (2 digit group) specifies the color map material in the packet. The offset from the beginning of the color map table in the display device. A 2-byte parameter CRC field contains the CRC from the packet length to all the bytes of the voice-encoded byte. If this crC Unable to check, the entire packet is discarded. For the color map data field, each color map location is a 3-byte value 'where the first byte specifies a strong blue The second byte specifies the intensity of the green, and the third byte specifies the intensity of the red. The color map size field specifies the number of the 3-byte color map table item that exists in the color map data field. If a single color map cannot conform to a video data format and a color map packet, the entire color map can transmit multiple packets with different color map data and color map offsets in each packet. The CRC field of the tuple color map data contains only the CRC of the color map material. If the CRC check fails, the color map data can still be used, but the number of CRC errors is increased. Package-105-本_家榡准 (cns) A4 specification (210X297 mm) A7 B7

1255118 五、發明説明(1〇3 孩反向鏈結旗標欄位(1位元組)包含一組旗標來請求來 自該顯示器的資訊。如果一位元(此處為位元0)設定為i, 則該主機使用該顯示能力封包從該顯示器請求該指定的資 訊。如果該位元為0,則該主機不需要來自該顯示器的資 訊。其餘的位元(此處為位元1到7)即保留給未來使用,並 設定為0。 泫反向速率除數欄位(1位元組)指定該MDDI_Stb循環的 數目’其相關於該反向鏈結資料時脈而發生。該反向鏈結 資料時脈係等於該前向鏈結資料時脈除以該反向速率除數 的兩倍。該反向鏈結資料率係關於該反向鏈結資料時脈及 I亥反向鏈結上的該介面形式。對於一形式〗介面,該反向 資料率係等於該反向鏈結資料時脈,對於形式π、形式ΠΙ 及形式IV介面,該反向資料速率分別等於該反向鏈結資料 時脈的兩倍、四倍及八倍。 該轉向1長度襴位(1位元組)指定配置給轉向1之位元組 的總數。該轉向1之建議的長度為在一主機中該 MDDI一Data驅動器所需要的位元組數目將使該輸出除能。 此係基於上述的輸出除能時間,該前向鏈結資料率,及所 使用的該前向鏈結介面形式選擇。—更為完整的描述該轉 向1之設定給定如上。 該轉向2長度欄位(1位元組)指定了配置給轉向之位元組 的總數。該轉向2之建議的長度為在該顯示器中 MDDI一Data驅動器所需要的該位元組數目,以除能其輸出 加上該往返延遲。對於轉向2的設定之描述給定如上。 -106- 國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公爱)1255118 V. Description of the invention (1〇3 The child reverse link flag field (1 byte) contains a set of flags to request information from the display. If a bit (here is bit 0) is set For i, the host requests the specified information from the display using the display capability packet. If the bit is 0, the host does not need information from the display. The remaining bits (here, bit 1 to 7) Reserved for future use and set to 0. 泫 Reverse rate divisor field (1 byte) specifies the number of MDDI_Stb cycles 'which occurs in relation to the reverse link data clock. The link data clock system is equal to the forward link data clock divided by twice the reverse rate divisor. The reverse link data rate is related to the reverse link data clock and I Hai reverse The interface form on the link. For a formal interface, the reverse data rate is equal to the reverse link data clock. For the form π, the form ΠΙ and the formal IV interface, the reverse data rate is equal to the inverse Two times, four times and eight times the clock of the link data. The nibble (1 byte) specifies the total number of bytes configured for the turn 1. The recommended length of the turn 1 is the number of bytes required for the MDDI-Data drive in a host that will disable the output. This is based on the above-mentioned output de-energizing time, the forward link data rate, and the forward link interface form used. - A more complete description of the setting of the steering 1 is given above. The length field (1 byte) specifies the total number of bytes configured for steering. The recommended length of the steering 2 is the number of bytes required by the MDDI-Data drive in the display to disable it. The output is added to the round trip delay. The description of the setting for the steering 2 is given above. -106- National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210X 297 public)

裝 ηη

1255118 A71255118 A7

______ BT 五、發明説明(1Q4~) " 該參數CRC攔位(2位元組)包含從該封包長度到該轉向長 度的所有位元組之16位元CRC。如果此CRC無法來檢查, 整個封包即被丟棄。 該所有零欄位(1位元組)係設定等於零,並用來保證所 有的MDDI一Data信號在該第一護衛時段期間,於除能該線 驅動器之前係在該零狀態中。 該轉向1攔位係用來建立第一轉向週期。由該轉向長度 參數所指定的位元組數目係由此攔位配置來允許在該主機 中的MDDI一Data線驅動器在該客戶端(顯示器)中的該線驅 動器被致能之前來除能。該主機在轉向1的位元〇期間除能 其MDDI—Data線驅動器,而該客戶端(顯示器)在轉向丨的最 後一個位元之後立即致能其線驅動器。該MDm_Stb信號 之行為如同該轉向週期所有皆為零。 S反向貧料封包攔位包含一系列的資料封包,其由該客 戶端傳送到一主機。如前所述,填充封包係傳送來填充其 它封包形式並未使用的剩餘空間。 轉向2攔位係用來建立第二轉向週期。由該轉向長度參 數所指定的位元組數目係由此欄位所配置。 為驅動器重新致能欄位使用一個位元組,其等於〇,以 保證所有的MDDI一Data信號在下一個封包的封包長度欄位 之前被重新致能。 F.對於顯示能力封包 琢協足版本欄位使用2個位元組來指定該客戶端所使用 的協足版本。該初始版本係設定等於〇,而該最小協定版 -107-______ BT V. Invention Description (1Q4~) " The CRC block (2-byte) of this parameter contains the 16-bit CRC of all bytes from the packet length to the steering length. If this CRC cannot be checked, the entire packet is discarded. The zero field (1 byte) is set equal to zero and is used to ensure that all MDDI-Data signals are in the zero state during the first guard period before the line driver is disabled. The steering 1 stop is used to establish a first steering cycle. The number of bytes specified by the steering length parameter is thereby configured to allow the MDDI-Data line driver in the host to be disabled before the line driver in the client (display) is enabled. The host disables its MDDI-Data line driver during a bit 转向 turn, and the client (display) enables its line driver immediately after turning to the last bit of the 丨. The MDm_Stb signal behaves as if the steering cycle were all zero. The S reverse lean packet block contains a series of data packets that are transmitted by the client to a host. As mentioned earlier, the padding packet is transmitted to fill the remaining space that is not used by other packet forms. The Turn 2 Block is used to establish a second steering cycle. The number of bytes specified by the steering length parameter is configured by this field. A byte is used for the drive re-enabling field, which is equal to 〇 to ensure that all MDDI-Data signals are re-enabled before the packet length field of the next packet. F. For Display Capability Packets The 琢 足 版本 version field uses 2 bytes to specify the version of the collaboration used by the client. The initial version is set equal to 〇, and the minimum agreement version -107-

1255118 A7 _ B7___ 五、發明説明(1〇5 ) 本襴位使用2個位元組來指定該客戶端可利用或解譯的最 小協定版本。該顯示資料率能力攔位(2位元組)指定該顯 示器可在該介面的前向鏈結上接收的最大資料率,並指定 為每秒百萬位元(Mbps)的形式。該介面形式能力欄位(1位 元組)指定該介面形式,其在該前向及反向鏈結上支援。 此目前係由選擇位元0,位元1或位元2來代表,以分別選 擇在該前向鏈結上的形式II、形式III或形式IV模式,而位 元3,位元4,或位元5係分別在該反向鏈結上選擇形式 II、形式III或形式IV模式;而位元6及7則保留,並設定為 〇。該位元圖寬度及高度攔位(2位元組)指定在像素中該位 元圖的寬度及高度。 該單色能力欄位(1位元組)係用來指定解析度的位元數 目,其可顯示成單色的格式。如果一顯示器不能使用一單 色格式,則其數值設定為0。位元7到4係保留給未來的用 途,因此設定為零。位元3到0定義了灰階的最大位元數 目,其可對於每個像素來存在。這四個位元使其有可能來 對每個像素指定1到15的數值。如果該數值為零,則單色 格式並不被該顯示器支援。 遠彩色地圖搁位(3位元組)指定了存在於該顯示器中的 彩色地圖表中表格像目的最大數目。如果該顯示器不能使 用彩色地圖格式,則此數值為零。 遠RGB能力搁位(2位元組)指定可顯示在RGB格式之解析 度的位元數目。如果該顯示器不能使用RGB格式,則此數 值為零。該RGB能力字元係由三個獨立無符號數值組成, -108 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公 ocisfin 12551181255118 A7 _ B7___ V. INSTRUCTIONS (1〇5) This field uses 2 bytes to specify the minimum protocol version that the client can use or interpret. The display data rate capability block (2 bytes) specifies the maximum data rate that the display can receive on the forward link of the interface and is specified in the form of megabits per second (Mbps). The interface form capability field (1 byte) specifies the interface form that is supported on the forward and reverse links. This is currently represented by selecting bit 0, bit 1 or bit 2 to select the Form II, Form III or Form IV mode on the forward link, respectively, and bit 3, bit 4, or Bit 5 selects Form II, Form III or Form IV mode on the reverse link, respectively; and Bits 6 and 7 are reserved and set to 〇. The bit map width and height block (2 bytes) specify the width and height of the bit map in the pixel. The monochrome capability field (1 byte) is used to specify the number of bits of resolution, which can be displayed in a monochrome format. If a display cannot use a single color format, its value is set to zero. Bits 7 through 4 are reserved for future use and are therefore set to zero. Bits 3 through 0 define the maximum number of bits of gray scale, which may exist for each pixel. These four bits make it possible to assign a value of 1 to 15 for each pixel. If the value is zero, the monochrome format is not supported by the display. The far color map footprint (3 bytes) specifies the maximum number of table images in the color map that is present in the display. If the display cannot use the color map format, this value is zero. The far RGB capability shelf (2 bytes) specifies the number of bits that can be displayed in the resolution of the RGB format. If the display cannot use the RGB format, this value is zero. The RGB capability character consists of three independent unsigned values, -108 - This paper scale applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 oc ocisfin 1255118)

其中:位元3到0定義藍色的最大位元數目,位元7到4定義 綠色的最大位元數目,而位元丨丨到8定義了在每個像素中 紅色的最大位元數目。目前,位元15到12係保留給未來的 用途,其通常設定為零。 該Y Cr Cb能力攔位(2位元組)指定可顯示在γ cr Cb格式 之解析度的位元數目。如果該顯示器不能使用γ Cr 〇格 式’則此數值為零。該γ Cr Cb能力字元係由三個獨主盔 符號數值組成,其中:位元3到〇定義在^樣本中最大位元 數目’位元7到4定義在Cr樣本中最大位元數目,位元丨J到 8足義在Y樣本中最大位元數目,而位元15到12目前保留做 未來的用途,其設定為零。 該顯示特徵能力指示器襴位使用4個位元組,其包含一 組旗標來代表所支援的顯示器中特定的特徵。一位元設定 為1代表支援該能力,而一位元設定為零代表並未支援該 能力。該位元〇的數值代表是否支援位元圖區塊傳送封包 (封包形式71)。位元丨、2及3的數值分別代表是否支援位 元圖區域填出封包(封包形式72),位元圖圖案填充封包(封 包形式73),或通信鏈結資料通道封包(封包形式74)。位元 4的數值代表是否該顯示器具有能力來使得一種彩色為透 明,而位元5及6的數值代表如果該顯示器可分別在包裝的 格式中的視訊資料或聲音資料,而位元7的數值代表如果 遠顯不器可由一照相機傳送一反向鏈結視訊流。位元丨丨及 12的數值代表當該客戶端與一指向裝置通信,並可傳送及 接收指向裝置資料封包,或通信於一鍵盤,其可分別傳送 -109- 本Ugg支國國 ^標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐)Where: Bits 3 through 0 define the maximum number of bits in blue, bits 7 through 4 define the maximum number of bits in green, and bits 丨丨 to 8 define the maximum number of bits in red in each pixel. Currently, bits 15 through 12 are reserved for future use, which is typically set to zero. The Y Cr Cb capability block (2 bytes) specifies the number of bits that can be displayed in the resolution of the γ cr Cb format. This value is zero if the display cannot use γ Cr ’ format. The γ Cr Cb capability character is composed of three independent main helmet symbol values, wherein: bit 3 to 〇 defines the maximum number of bits in the sample 'bits 7 to 4 define the maximum number of bits in the Cr sample, The bits 到J to 8 are the maximum number of bits in the Y sample, while the bits 15 to 12 are currently reserved for future use, which is set to zero. The display feature capability indicator clamp uses 4 bytes, which contain a set of flags to represent particular features in the supported display. A one-bit setting of 1 means support for this ability, and a one-bit setting of zero means that the ability is not supported. The value of this bit 代表 represents whether or not the bit map block transfer packet is supported (packet form 71). The values of bits 2, 2, and 3 respectively indicate whether the bit map area is filled in the packet (packet form 72), the bit pattern fill packet (packet form 73), or the communication link data channel packet (packet form 74). . The value of bit 4 represents whether the display has the ability to make a color transparent, and the values of bits 5 and 6 represent the video data or sound data if the display can be in the format of the package, respectively, and the value of bit 7 Representing a reverse link video stream that can be transmitted by a camera if it is far away. The values of bits 12 and 12 represent that the client communicates with a pointing device and can transmit and receive pointing device data packets, or communicate with a keyboard, which can respectively transmit -109- the Ugg branch country standard ( CNS) A4 size (210X297 mm)

裝 訂Binding

1255118 A71255118 A7

及接收键盤資料封包。纟元13到31目前係保留做為未來用 途,或另外由系統設計者所使用,其通常設定等於〇。 該顯示視訊訊框速率能力攔位(1位元組)以每秒訊框數 來指足孩顯tf器的最大視訊流更新能力。一主機可選擇來 以比在此攔位中所指定的數值更慢的速率來更新該^像 孩聲音緩衝器深度欄位(2位元組)指定專屬於每個聲音 串流之顯示器中該彈性緩衝器的深度。 該聲音通道能力欄位(2位元組)包含一組旗標,其代表 那一個聲音通道為該顯示器(客戶端)所支援。一位元設定 為1代表支援該通道,而一位元設定為零代表並未支援該 通道。該位元位置係指定給不同的通道,使得位元位置 〇、1、2、3、4、5、6及7分別代表左前、右前、左後、 右後刖中央、,人重低晋、環場左方通道及環場右方通 道。目前位元8到15係保留給未來的用途,其通常設定為 零。 對於該前向鏈結之2位元組聲音樣本速率能力欄位包含 一組旗標來代表該客戶端裝置的聲音樣本逮率能力。依此 所指定給不同速率的位元位置,其分別為位元〇、1、2、 3、4、5、6、7及8即分別指定給每秒8 〇〇〇、16 〇〇()、 24,000、32,000、40,000、48,000、11,025、22 〇5〇及 44,10〇 樣本(SPS),其中位元9到15係依需要保留給未來或其它的 速率使用’所以其目如設定為’〇’。對於這些位元之一的位 元值汉足為1代表其支挺特定的樣本速率,並設定該位元 到0來代表其並未支援樣本速率。 -110-And receive keyboard data packets. Units 13 through 31 are currently reserved for future use, or otherwise used by system designers, which are usually set equal to 〇. The display video frame rate capability block (1 byte) refers to the maximum video stream update capability of the child frame. A host may choose to update the video buffer depth field (2 bytes) at a rate that is slower than the value specified in the block to specify that the video is dedicated to each of the audio streams. The depth of the elastic buffer. The sound channel capability field (2 bytes) contains a set of flags that represent which sound channel is supported by the display (client). A one-bit setting of 1 means that the channel is supported, and a one-bit setting of zero means that the channel is not supported. The bit position is assigned to different channels, so that the bit positions 〇, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 represent the left front, the right front, the left rear, the right rear 刖 center, and the person is low, The left channel of the ring field and the right channel of the ring field. Bits 8 through 15 are currently reserved for future use and are typically set to zero. The 2-byte sound sample rate capability field for the forward link contains a set of flags to represent the sound sample capture rate capability of the client device. According to this, the bit positions assigned to different rates are respectively specified as bits 〇, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 respectively, which are assigned to 8 每秒, 16 每秒 (), respectively. , 24,000, 32,000, 40,000, 48,000, 11,025, 22 〇 5 〇 and 44, 10 〇 samples (SPS), where bits 9 to 15 are reserved for future or other rates as needed. For '〇'. For a bit value of one of these bits, a value of 1 means that it has a specific sample rate, and sets the bit to 0 to indicate that it does not support the sample rate. -110-

本紙張國家標準(CNS) A4規格(2l0X297公爱〉 A7 B7This paper national standard (CNS) A4 specifications (2l0X297 public love) A7 B7

1255118 五、發明説明 孩最小次訊框速率攔位(2位元組)指定最小的次訊框速 率’其為每秒的訊框數。該最小的次訊框速率即可保持該 顯示狀怨更新速率足以讀取該顯示器中的某些感測器或指 向裝置。 2位元組麥克風取樣速率能力欄位,對於該反向鏈結而 言’其包含一組旗標來代表在該客戶端裝置中麥克風的聲 音取樣速率能力。為了 MDDi,一客戶端裝置麥克風係設 置為最少支援至少每秒8000個樣本。此欄位的位元位置係 指定為不同的速率,其位元位置0、1、2、3、4、5、6、7 及8係用來分別代表每秒8 〇〇〇 ' 16 〇〇〇、24,000、32,000、 40,000、48,0〇〇、11,〇25、22,050 及 44,100 樣本(SPS),其中 位元9到15係保留給未來或依需要給其它速率來使用,所 以其目如設定為’〇’。對於這些位元之一的位元值設定為 ’代表其支援特定的樣本速率,並設定該位元到,〇,來代 表其並未支援該樣本速率。如果未連接麥克風,則每個麥 克風取樣速率能力位元設定等於0。 遠内容保護形式欄位(2位元組)包含一組旗標,其代表 該種數位内容保護係由該顯示器所支援。目前,位元位置 〇係用來代表其係支援DTCP,而位元位置1用來代表支援 HDCP,其中位元位置2到15即視需要或可用性來保留用於 其它保護方案,所以其目前設定為零。 G. 對於顯示請求及狀,¾、封包 該反向鏈結請求欄位(3位元組)指定該顯示器需要在下 一個次訊框中的反向鏈結上傳送資訊到該主機的位元組數 -111, 家標準(CNS) A4规格(210X297公釐) 裝1255118 V. INSTRUCTIONS The minimum frame rate block (2-byte) specifies the minimum frame rate, which is the number of frames per second. The minimum subframe rate maintains the display rate of updates to read some of the sensors or pointing devices in the display. A 2-bit microphone sampling rate capability field for which the pair of flags contains a set of flags to represent the sound sampling rate capability of the microphone in the client device. For MDDi, a client device microphone is set to support a minimum of at least 8000 samples per second. The bit position of this field is specified as a different rate, and its bit positions 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 are used to represent 8 〇〇〇' 16 每秒, respectively. 〇, 24,000, 32,000, 40,000, 48, 0〇〇, 11, 〇25, 22, 050 and 44,100 samples (SPS), where bits 9 to 15 are reserved for future use or other rates as needed, so The setting is set to '〇'. The bit value for one of these bits is set to 'represents that it supports a particular sample rate, and the bit is set to, 〇, to indicate that it does not support the sample rate. If the microphone is not connected, each microphone sampling rate capability bit setting is equal to zero. The far content protection form field (2 bytes) contains a set of flags representing that the digital content protection is supported by the display. Currently, the bit position is used to support DTCP on its behalf, and the bit position 1 is used to represent HDCP support, where bit positions 2 to 15 are reserved for other protection schemes as needed or available, so they are currently set. Zero. G. For display request and condition, the reverse link request field (3 bytes) specifies that the display needs to transmit information to the host's byte on the reverse link in the next subframe. Number -111, home standard (CNS) A4 size (210X297 mm)

▲ 本紙張尺度適用中國國 001863 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(109 ) 目° 該CRC錯誤數目攔位(1位元組)代表自從該媒體訊框開始 時已經發生多少CRC錯誤。該crc數目在當傳送一次訊框 數目為零的次訊框標頭封包時即重置。如果該實際的Crc 錯誤數目超過2 5 5 ’則此數值飽和在2 $ 5。 該能力改變欄位使用1位元組來代表在該顯示器之能力 中的改變。此會發生在如果一使用者連接一週邊裝置,例 如麥克風、键盤或顯示器,或為了一些其它理由。當位元 [7:0]等於0 ’則該能力自從傳送最後的顯示能力封包之後 並未改變。但是,當位元[7:〇]等於1到255,該能力即改 變。該顯示能力封包即被檢查來決定該新的顯示特性。 H.對於位元區塊傳送封包 該視窗左上角座標之X值及γ值欄位使用2個位元組,其 每個係指定要移動的該視窗的左上角之座標的X及γ數 值。該視窗寬度及高度攔位使用2個位元組,其每個指定 要移動的該視窗之寬度及高度。該視窗X移動及Y移動攔 位使用2位元組,其每個分別指定該視窗將水平及垂直移 動的像素數目。X的正值造成該視窗向右移動,而負值造 成向左移動,而Y的正值造成視窗向下移動,而負值造成 向上移動。 I·對於位元圖區域填充封包 視窗左上角座標X值及γ值欄位使用2位元組,其每個指 定要填充的視窗之左上角座標的X及Y數值。該視窗寬度 及高度欄位(每個為2位元組)指定要填充的視窗之寬度及 -112 wtar 國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公董) 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(11〇 ) 高度。該視訊資料格式描述器欄位(2位元組)指定該像素 區域填充數值的格式。該格式係與該視訊流封包的欄位相 同。該像素區域填充數值欄位(4位元组)包含由上述攔位 指定要填入該視窗的像素值。此像素的格式係指定在該视 訊資料格式描述器攔位。 J. 對於位元圖圖案填充封包 視窗左上角座標X值及γ值欄位使用2位元組,其每個指 定了要填充的該視窗之左上角的座標之x及γ值。該視窗 寬度及高度欄位(每個為2位元組)指定要填充的視窗之寬 度及高度。該圖案寬度及圖案高度欄位(每個為2位元組) 分別指定該填充圖案的寬度及高度。該2位元組視訊資料 格式描述器欄位指定該像素區域填充數值的格式。圖11所 示為如何編碼該視訊資料格式描述符號。該格式係與該視 訊流封包的搁位相同。 該參數CRC欄位(2位元組)包含由該封包長度到該視訊格 式描述器之所有位元組的CRC。如果此CRC無法來檢查, 整個封包即被丟棄。該圖案像素資料欄位包含原始視訊資 訊’其指定由該視訊資料格式描述器所指足之格式中的填 充圖案。資料係包裝成位元組,而每列的第一像素必須為 位元組對準。該填充圖案資料係一次傳送一列。該圖案像 素資料CRC欄位(2位元組)包含僅由該圖案像素資料的 CRC。如果此CRC檢查失敗,則該圖案像素資料仍可使 用,但必須增加該CRC錯誤數目。 K. 通信鏈結資料通道封包 -113- 本紙國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) " " ." " 1255118 A7 B7▲ This paper size applies to China 001863 1255118 A7 B7 V. Invention Description (109) The CRC error number block (1 byte) represents how many CRC errors have occurred since the beginning of the media frame. The number of crc is reset when a subframe header packet with a zero number of frames is transmitted. If the actual number of Crc errors exceeds 2 5 5 ', then the value saturates at 2 $ 5. The capability change field uses a 1-byte to represent the change in the capabilities of the display. This can happen if a user connects to a peripheral device, such as a microphone, keyboard or display, or for some other reason. This capability has not changed since the last display capability packet was transmitted when bit [7:0] is equal to 0 ’. However, when the bit [7: 〇] is equal to 1 to 255, the ability changes. The display capability packet is checked to determine the new display characteristic. H. Transmitting Packets for Bit Blocks The X value and gamma value fields of the upper left corner of the window use 2 bytes, each of which specifies the X and γ values of the coordinates of the upper left corner of the window to be moved. The window width and height block uses 2 bytes, each of which specifies the width and height of the window to be moved. The Window X Move and Y Move Blocks use 2 bytes, each of which specifies the number of pixels the window will move horizontally and vertically. A positive value of X causes the window to move to the right, while a negative value causes a leftward movement, while a positive value of Y causes the window to move downward, and a negative value causes the upward movement. I. Filling the packet for the bitmap area The X and γ values in the upper left corner of the window use 2 bytes, each of which specifies the X and Y values of the coordinates of the upper left corner of the window to be filled. The window width and height fields (each of which is 2 bytes) specify the width of the window to be filled and -112 wtar National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 dongdong) 1255118 A7 B7 V. Description of invention (11〇) height. The Video Data Format Descriptor field (2 bytes) specifies the format of the padding value for this Pixel Area. This format is the same as the field of the video stream packet. The pixel area fill value field (4 bytes) contains the pixel value specified by the above-mentioned block to fill the window. The format of this pixel is specified in the video data formatter blocker. J. For the bitmap image fill packet The coordinate X value and gamma value field in the upper left corner of the window uses 2 bytes, each of which specifies the x and γ values of the coordinates of the upper left corner of the window to be filled. The window width and height fields (each of which are 2 bytes) specify the width and height of the window to be filled. The pattern width and pattern height fields (each being 2 bytes) specify the width and height of the fill pattern, respectively. The 2-byte video data formatter field specifies the format of the padding value for the pixel region. Figure 11 shows how to encode the video material format descriptor. This format is the same as the placement of the video stream packet. The CRC field (2 bytes) of this parameter contains the CRC from the length of the packet to all the bytes of the video formatter. If this CRC cannot be checked, the entire packet is discarded. The pattern pixel data field contains the original video message 'which specifies the padding pattern in the format indicated by the video material format descriptor. The data is packed into bytes, and the first pixel of each column must be aligned. The fill pattern data is transmitted one column at a time. The pattern pixel data CRC field (2 bytes) contains the CRC of the pixel data only by the pattern. If this CRC check fails, the pattern pixel data is still available, but the number of CRC errors must be increased. K. Communication Link Data Channel Packet -113- National Standard for Paper (CNS) A4 Specification (210X297 mm) ""."" 1255118 A7 B7

五、發明説明(111 ) 該參數CRC欄位(2位元組)包含從該封包長度到該封包形 式的所有位元組之16位元CRC。如果此CRC無法來檢查, 整個封包即被丟棄。 該通信鍵結資料搁位包含來自該通信通道的原始資料。 此資料僅傳送到該顯示器中的運算裝置。 $亥通k鍵結貝料CRC搁位(2位元組)包含僅該通信鍵結資 料的16位元CRC。如果此CRC檢查失敗,則該通信鏈結資 料仍可使用或有用,但增加了該CRC錯誤數目。 L.對於介面形式交遞請求封包 該介面形式欄位(1位元組)指定要使用的新介面形式。 在此欄位中的數值依以下方式指定該介面形式。如果位元 7中的數值等於0,該形式交遞請求係用於該前向鏈結,如 果其等於1,則該形式交遞請求係用於該反向鏈結。位元6 到j係保留給未來的用途,其通常設定為零。位元2到〇係 用來足義要使用的介面形式,其數值1代表交遞到形式1模 式,數值2為交遞到形式η模式,數值3為交遞到形式出模 式,而數值4為交遞到形式IV模式。該數值〇,及5到7係保 留給未來指定其它的模式或模式的組合。 對於介面形式知會封包 S ;1面形式攔位(1位元組)具有一數值來確認要使用的 新介面形式。在此欄位中的數值依以下方式指定該介面形 式如果位元7等於0 ’孩形式交遞請求係用於該前向鏈 結,另外如果其等於i,則該形式交遞請求係用於該反向 鏈結。位兀位置6到3目前係依需要保留用來指定其它交遞 -114- 1255118 A7V. INSTRUCTIONS (111) The CRC field (2 bytes) of this parameter contains a 16-bit CRC from the length of the packet to all bytes of the packet. If this CRC cannot be checked, the entire packet is discarded. The communication key data shelf contains the original data from the communication channel. This material is only transferred to the computing device in the display. The $Hayton k-bonded CRC shelf (2-byte) contains a 16-bit CRC of only the communication keying material. If this CRC check fails, the communication link information is still available or useful, but the number of CRC errors is increased. L. For interface form handover request packet The interface form field (1 byte) specifies the new interface form to be used. The values in this field specify the interface form as follows. If the value in bit 7 is equal to 0, the formal handoff request is for the forward link, and if it is equal to 1, the form handoff request is used for the reverse link. Bits 6 through j are reserved for future use and are typically set to zero. Bits 2 through 〇 are used to form the interface form to be used. The value 1 represents the transfer to the formal 1 mode, the value 2 is the transfer to the formal η mode, the value 3 is the transfer to the formal mode, and the value 4 is For delivery to Form IV mode. This value 〇, and 5 to 7 are reserved for future combinations of other modes or modes. For the interface form notification packet S; the 1-sided form barrier (1 byte) has a value to confirm the new interface form to be used. The value in this field specifies the interface form as follows. If bit 7 is equal to 0 'the child form handover request is used for the forward link, and if it is equal to i, then the form delivery request is used for The reverse link. Positions 6 to 3 are currently reserved as needed to specify other handovers -114- 1255118 A7

形式,其通常設定為〇。但是 位置2到〇係用來定義 要使用的介面形式,其數值〇代砉 土 1人 丄、& μ /、数值U代表一未知會,或該請求的 父遞不把執行,數值1、2、3及4分則成主、A , 刀別代表叉遞到形式I、 形式II、形式III及形式IV模式。盤 #、 ^數值5到7係依需要保留給 其它的模式指定。 N.對於執行形式交遞封包 該1位元組的介面形式欄位代表要使用的新介面形式。 存在於此攔位之數值首先使用位元7的數值來指定介面形 式,以決疋孩形式交遞為用於前向或反向鏈結。數值|0, 代表該形式交遞請求係用於前向鏈結,而數值,丨,為該反向 鏈結。位元6到3係保留給未來的用途,因此通常設定為數 值0。但是,位元2到〇係用來定義要使用的介面形式,其 數值1、2、3及4分別指定使用交遞到形式I、形式π、形式 III及形式IV模式。對於這些位元使用數值〇及5到7係保留 給未來的用途。 〇·對於如向聲音通道致能封包 遠聲甘通道致能遮罩攔位(1位元組)包含一組旗標,其 代表在一客戶端要致能那一個聲音通道。一位元設定為1 可致能相對應的通道,而一位元設定為〇則除能相對應通 道。位元0到5代表通道〇到5,其分別處理左前、右前、左 後、前中、及次重低音通道。位元6及7係保留給未來使 用,同時其設定為〇。 Ρ.對於反向聲音樣本速率封包 該聲音取樣速率欄位(1位元組)指定該數位聲音取樣速 -115- ®家標準規格(21。 X 297公釐) 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(113 率。此欄位的數值係指定為不同的速率,其位元位置〇、 1、2、3、4、5、ό、7、及8係用來分別代表每秒8,〇〇〇、 16,000、24,000、32,000、40,〇〇〇、48,〇〇〇、11,〇25 ' 22,050 及44,1〇〇樣本01^),其中數值9到254係保留給未來或依需 要給其它速率來使用,所以其目前設定為,〇,。數值255係 用來除能該反向鏈結聲音争流。 遠樣本格式欄位(1位元組)指定該數位聲音樣本的格 式。當位元[1:0]等於0,該數位聲音樣本係為線性格式, 备其等於1時’該數位聲音樣本為定律格式,而當其等 於2時,該數位聲音樣本為Α-定律袼式。位元[7:2]係保留 給其它用途來依需要指定聲音格式,其通常設定為〇。 Q·對於數位内容保護負擔封包 琢内容保護形式欄位(1位元組)指定所要使用的數位内 容保濩方法。數值〇代表數位傳輸内容保護(DTCp),而數 值1代表高頻寬數位内容保護系統(HDCP)。2到255的數值 範圍目前未指定,但係依需要保留給其它的保護方案。該 内容保護負擔訊息攔位為可變的長度欄位,其包含在該主 機及客戶端之間傳送的内容保護訊息。 R·對於透明彩色致能封包 該透明彩色致能櫚位(1位元組)指定何 透明彩色模式。如果位元。等於01除能該透明= 式,如果其等於1,則致能透明彩色模式,而該透明彩色 係由以下的兩個參數來指定。此位元组的位元丨到7係保留 給未來用途,並設定為〇。 -116- 本紙㈣相形便S家標準(CNS) A4規格(21。X 297公釐)— -------;- A7 B7Form, which is usually set to 〇. However, the position 2 to the system is used to define the interface form to be used. The value is 砉 1 丄, & μ /, the value U represents an unknown, or the parent of the request does not execute, the value 1, 2, 3 and 4 points become the master, A, and the knife represents the fork to Form I, Form II, Form III and Form IV mode. Disk #, ^ values 5 to 7 are reserved for other mode assignments as needed. N. For execution form delivery packet The 1-byte interface form field represents the new interface form to be used. The value present in this block first uses the value of bit 7 to specify the interface form to be handed over to the forward or reverse link. The value |0, represents that the form of the delivery request is for the forward link, and the value, 丨, is the reverse link. Bits 6 through 3 are reserved for future use and are therefore usually set to a value of zero. However, bits 2 through 用来 are used to define the interface form to be used, and the values 1, 2, 3, and 4 specify the use of the transfer to Form I, Form π, Form III, and Form IV modes, respectively. The use of the values 〇 and 5 to 7 for these bits is reserved for future use. 〇 对于 如 如 如 如 如 如 远 远 远 远 远 远 远 远 远 远 远 远 远 远 远 远 远 致 致 致 致 致 致 致 致 致 致 致 致 致 致 致 致 致 ( ( ( ( ( ( A bit is set to 1 to enable the corresponding channel, and a bit is set to 〇 to disable the corresponding channel. Bits 0 through 5 represent channels 〇 to 5, which handle the left front, right front, left rear, front center, and subwoofer channels, respectively. Bits 6 and 7 are reserved for future use and are set to 〇.对于. For the reverse sound sample rate packet, the sound sampling rate field (1 byte) specifies the digital sound sampling rate -115-® home standard specification (21. X 297 mm) 1255118 A7 B7 V. Description of invention ( 113. The value of this field is specified as a different rate, and its bit positions 〇, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, ό, 7, and 8 are used to represent 8, respectively. 16,000, 24,000, 32,000, 40, 〇〇〇, 48, 〇〇〇, 11, 〇 25 '22,050 and 44, 1 〇〇 sample 01^), where values 9 to 254 are reserved for future or other rates as needed To use, so it is currently set to, oh,. The value 255 is used to disable the reverse link sound. The far sample format field (1 byte) specifies the format of the digital sound sample. When the bit [1:0] is equal to 0, the digital sound sample is in a linear format, and when it is equal to 1, the digital sound sample is in a law format, and when it is equal to 2, the digital sound sample is a law-Α law. formula. Bits [7:2] are reserved for other purposes to specify the sound format as needed, which is usually set to 〇. Q. For the digital content protection burden package 琢 The content protection form field (1 byte) specifies the digital content protection method to be used. The value 〇 stands for Digital Transfer Content Protection (DTCp) and the value 1 stands for High Frequency Wide Digital Content Protection System (HDCP). The range of values from 2 to 255 is currently not specified, but is reserved for other protection schemes as needed. The content protection burden message is blocked by a variable length field containing content protection messages transmitted between the host and the client. R· For Transparent Color Enable Packets This transparent color enabled palm position (1 byte) specifies the transparent color mode. If the bit is. Equal to 01 disables the transparency =, if it is equal to 1, the transparent color mode is enabled, and the transparent color is specified by the following two parameters. The byte of this byte is reserved for future use and is set to 〇. -116- Paper (4) S-standard (CNS) A4 size (21. X 297 mm) — -------;- A7 B7

1255118 五、發明説明(114 該視訊資料格式描述器攔位(2位元組)指定該像素區域 填充數值的格式。圖11所示為如何編碼該視訊資料格式插 述符號。該格式係通常與該視訊流封包的欄位相同。 S像素區域填充數值櫚位使用4位元組來配置給要填入 該視窗的像素值。此像素的格式係指定在該視訊資料格式 描述器欄位。 S·對於往返延遲量測封包 該參數CRC欄位(2位元組)包含從該封包長度到該封包形 式的所有位元組之16位元CRC。如果此CRC無法來檢查, 整個封包即被丟棄。 該所有零襴位(1位元組)包含零,用以保證所有的 MDDI—Data信號在該第一護衛時段期間,於除能該線驅動 器之前係在該零狀態中。 該護衛時間1欄位(8位元組)係用來允許在該主機中的 MDDI—Data線驅動器來在該客戶端(顯示器)中的線驅動器 致能之前來除能。該主機在護衛時間1的位元〇期間除能其 MDDI一Data線驅動器,而該顯示器在該護衛時間1的最後 位元之後立即致能其線驅動器。 該量測週期襴位為5 12位元組視窗,其用來允許該顯示 器來回應於Oxff、Oxff、〇x〇,其為在前向鏈結上所使用之 資料率的一半。此速率回應於反向鏈結速率除數為1。該 顯示器在該量測週期的開始時立即傳函此回應。此回應將 可由一主機接收,其在該主機處之量測週期的第一位元開 始之後精確的鏈結之往返延遲。在該顯示器中的 --___-117- 豕標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐)1255118 V. Description of Invention (114) The video data formatter blocker (2-byte) specifies the format of the padding value of the pixel area. Figure 11 shows how to encode the video data format into the symbol. The video stream packet has the same field. The S pixel area padding value is calculated using the 4-bit field to the pixel value to be filled in the window. The format of this pixel is specified in the video data format descriptor field. • For the round trip delay measurement packet, the CRC field (2 bytes) contains the 16-bit CRC from the packet length to all the bytes in the packet form. If this CRC cannot be checked, the entire packet is discarded. The all zeros (1 byte) contain zeros to ensure that all MDDI-Data signals are in the zero state during the first guard period before the line driver is disabled. The field (8-bit) is used to allow the MDDI-Data line driver in the host to be disabled before the line driver in the client (display) is enabled. The host is at guard time 1 bit. In addition to its MDDI-Data line driver, the display enables its line driver immediately after the last bit of the guard time 1. The measurement period is clamped to a 5 12-bit window, which is used to allow The display responds to Oxff, Oxff, 〇x〇, which is half the data rate used on the forward link. This rate is in response to the reverse link rate divisor being 1. The display is in the measurement period. This response is immediately sent to the beginning. This response will be received by a host whose exact link has a round-trip delay after the first bit of the measurement period at the host. The --___-117 in the display - 豕 Standard (CNS) A4 size (210X297 mm)

本紙張」 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明〇15 ) MDDI_Data線驅動器在由該顯示器回應〇xff、0xff、0x00之 後或之前立即除能。 在該護衛時間2欄位中的數值(8位元組)允許客戶端 MDDI_Data線驅動器來在該主機中的線驅動器被致能之前 來除能。護衛時間2永遠存在’但僅在該往返延遲於在該 量測週期中量測的最大量時才需要。該客戶端在護衛時 間2的位元0期間除能其線驅動器,而該主機在護衛時間2 的最後位元之後立即致能其線驅動器。 該驅動器重新致能欄位(1位元組)係設定等於〇,以保證 所有的MDDI__Data信號在下一個封包的封包長度欄位之前 被重新致能。 T.對於前向键結偏斜校正封包 該參數CRC欄位(2位元組)包含從該封包長度到該封包形 式的所有位元組之16位元CRC。如果此CRC無法來檢查, 整個封包即被丟棄。 校正資料序列攔位包含一 5 12位元組資料序列,其造成 該MDDI_Data信號在每個資料週期觸發。在處理該校正資 料序列期間,該MDDI主機控制器設定所有的MDDI_Data 信號等於該閃切信號。該顯示器時脈恢復電路必須僅使用 MDDI_Stb,而非 MDDI—Stb xor MDDI_DataO,以在當該校 正資料序列欄位由該客戶端顯示器接收時來恢復該資料時 脈。根據該MDDI_Stb信號在該校正資料序列欄位的開始 處的正確相位,該校正資料序列根據當傳送此封包所使用 的介面形式而通常將為下列之一: -118- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 001870 1255118 A7 B7 五、發明説明(116 ) 形式I - Oxaa、Oxaa ...或0x55、0x55 ... 形式II - Oxcc、Oxcc …或0x33、0x33 ... 形式III - OxfO、OxfO ...或OxOf、OxOf … 形式IV - Oxff、0x00、Oxff、0x00 …或0x00、Oxff、0x00、Oxff … 對於該形式I及形式II介面之可能的MDDI_Data及MDDI_Stb 波形之範例分別示於圖62。 XVI.結論 當以上已經說明本發明的多種具體實施例之後,其必須 暸解到這些僅係藉由範例呈現,而並非做為限制。因此, 本發明的精神及範圍並不會受到前述範例性具體實施例之 限制,而係僅根據以下申請專利範圍及其同等者所定義。 -119- 中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公I)This paper" 1255118 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention 〇 15) The MDDI_Data line driver is disabled immediately after or after the display responds to 〇xff, 0xff, 0x00. The value (8 bytes) in the 2 guard time field allows the client MDDI_Data line driver to be disabled before the line driver in the host is enabled. Guard time 2 is always present' but only needed if the round trip is delayed by the maximum amount measured during the measurement period. The client disables its line driver during bit 0 of guard time 2, and the host enables its line driver immediately after the last bit of guard time 2. The drive re-enabling field (1 byte) is set equal to 〇 to ensure that all MDDI__Data signals are re-enabled before the packet length field of the next packet. T. For Forward Bonding Skew Correction Packet The CRC field (2 bytes) of this parameter contains the 16-bit CRC from the packet length to all the bytes of the packet. If this CRC cannot be checked, the entire packet is discarded. The corrected data sequence block contains a sequence of 5 12-bit data that causes the MDDI_Data signal to be triggered during each data cycle. During processing of the calibration data sequence, the MDDI host controller sets all MDDI_Data signals equal to the flash signal. The display clock recovery circuit must use only MDDI_Stb instead of MDDI_Stb xor MDDI_DataO to recover the data clock when the correction data sequence field is received by the client display. According to the correct phase of the MDDI_Stb signal at the beginning of the correction data sequence field, the correction data sequence will generally be one of the following according to the interface form used to transmit the packet: -118- The paper scale applies to the Chinese national standard (CNS) A4 size (210 X 297 mm) 001870 1255118 A7 B7 V. Description of invention (116) Form I - Oxaa, Oxaa ... or 0x55, 0x55 ... Form II - Oxcc, Oxcc ... or 0x33, 0x33 ... Form III - OxfO, OxfO ... or OxOf, OxOf ... Form IV - Oxff, 0x00, Oxff, 0x00 ... or 0x00, Oxff, 0x00, Oxff ... possible MDDI_Data for the Form I and Form II interfaces and Examples of MDDI_Stb waveforms are shown in Figure 62. XVI. Conclusions While various specific embodiments of the invention have been described hereinabove, it is to be understood that Therefore, the spirit and scope of the invention are not limited by the foregoing exemplary embodiments, but are defined only by the scope of the following claims and their equivalents. -119- China National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210 X 297 public I)

以上各欄由本局填註) 1255118 A4 C4 中文說明書替換頁(93年4月) 專利説明書 中 文 一種用於傳送數位化資料之數位化資料介面、方法、裝置、電腦程式產品 處理器及狀態機器 英 文 "DIGITAL DATA INTERFACE, METHOD, APPARATUS, COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT, PROCESSOR AND STATE MACHINE FOR TRANSFERRING DIGITAL DATA, 姓 名 1. 蘇昆漢 2. 喬治艾倫威利 3. 布萊恩史提The above columns are filled by this Council. 1255118 A4 C4 Chinese Manual Replacement Page (April, 1993) Patent Specification Chinese A digital data interface, method, device, computer program product processor and state machine for transmitting digital data English"DIGITAL DATA INTERFACE, METHOD, APPARATUS, COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT, PROCESSOR AND STATE MACHINE FOR TRANSFERRING DIGITAL DATA, Name 1. Su Kunhan 2. George Allen Willi 3. Brian Stitch

QIUZHEN ZOU GEORGE ALAN WILEY BRIAN STEELE 國 二、發明2 中請人 本紙張尺店 籍 住、居所 姓 名 (名稱) 國 籍 1·中國 PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA 2.3.均美國 U.S.A. 1 ·美國加州拉傑拉市魯格斯路5791號 5791 RUTGERS ROAD, LA JOLLA,CALIFORNIA 92037, U.S.A. 2.美國加州聖地牙哥市布萊坦尼佛瑞斯道5740號 5740 BRITTANY FORREST LANE, SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA 92130, U.S.A. 3 ·美國柯羅拉多州拉法葉市艾萊路1074號 1074 ILIAD WAY,LAFAYETTE, COLORADO 80026, U.S.A.QIUZHEN ZOU GEORGE ALAN WILEY BRIAN STEELE Country 2, Invention 2 The person who wants to live in this paper, the name of the residence, the name of the residence (name) Nationality 1 · China PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA 2.3. Both USA 1 · Ruger, Raja, California, USA 5791 RUTGERS ROAD, LA JOLLA, CALIFORNIA 92037, USA 2. 5740 BRITTANY FORREST LANE, SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA 92130, USA 3, Curacao, San Diego, California, USA 1074 ILIAD WAY, LAFAYETTE, COLORADO 80026, USA, 1074 Ayla Road, Lafayette, Texas

美商奎康公司 QUALCOMM INCORPORATED 美國U.S.A. 美國加州聖地牙哥市摩豪斯大道5775號 5775 MOREHOUSE DRIVE, SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNL· 92121-1714, U.S.A. 菲力普R.華德渥斯 PHILIP R. WADSWORTH 度適用中國丨QUALCOMM INCORPORATED US Québec Company USA 5775 MOREHOUSE DRIVE, SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNL· 92121-1714, USA Philippe R. Waldham PHILIP R. WADSWORTH Chinese 丨

1 格(210 X 銳55逢1)8細55號專利申請案 r…:丨中.文款明書替換頁(93年4月) 五、發明説明( ) 播放),並基於相對應之可用的呈現解析度及控制元件來 預備做,當的呈現。舉例而言,一典型的電腦視訊解析 度其單位為X乘γ像素的螢幕解析度,基本上其範圍由 最低的480x640,到600x800及l〇24xl〇24,雖然通常有可 说有4多其它的解析度,其可依需求而定。 影像呈現亦受到該影像内容及給定之視訊控制器之能力 所於響,其表不為某種預先定義的彩色位準或彩色深度 (用來產生彩色之每個像素之位元數)及強度,及所使用之 任何頟外的負擔位兀。舉例而言,一典型的電腦呈現可預 期為在任何地方為每個像素8到32或更多的位元數,藉以 王現不同的彩色(陰影及色度),雖然亦會遇到其它數值。 由以上的數值,其可看出一給定的螢幕影像將需要傳送 由2.45 Mb到約33.35 Mb之間的資料,其範圍分別為典型的 最低到最高解析度及深度。當以每秒3〇訊框的速率觀視視 訊或動畫形式的影像時,所需要的資料量約在每秒73·7到 1,006百萬位元數(Mbps),或在每秒約9·21到125乃百萬位 元數(Mbps)。此外,其會需要配合影像來呈現聲音資料, 例如用於一多媒體呈現,或做為一獨立的高解析度聲音呈 現,例如CD品質的音樂。其亦可使用處理互動式命令、 控制及信號之額外信號。這些每種選擇將加入更多的資料 要傳送。在任一情況下,當其需要傳送高品質或高解析度 影像資料及高品質聲音資訊或資料信號到終端使用者來產 生一豐富内容的經驗時,在呈現元件及用來提供這種資料 的來源或主控裝置之間需要一鬲資料傳移速率鏈結。 -6 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1255 W〇8i 120455 t A7 B7 中文說明書替換頁(93年4月) 五、發明説明( 對於琢客戶端裝置所要的視訊及聲音資料可使用低功率及 高速能力的雙絞線來傳送,其可使用其它纜線來傳送,如 下所述。使用一 USB介面之本發明的具體實施例允許在一 組導體上咼速的傳送,而在USB連接上實施主要的發信及 控制,其在當未使用時關機,並消耗少數功率。 孩USB介面為現今個人電腦設備所大量使用標準,而 USB介面及其運作的細節為本技藝所熟知,所以在此並不 解釋。對於USB介面,在該主機與顯示器之間的通信係符 合通用序列匯流排規格版本2·〇。在使用形式u介面的應用 中,USB為主要的發信通遒,及可能有一聲音返回通道, 其為該主機的選擇來透過該MDDI,列資料信號來輪詢該 客戶端。1 grid (210 X sharp 55 every 1) 8 fine 55 patent application r...: 丨中.文书书 replacement page (April 1993) V. Invention description ( ) Play), and based on the corresponding available The rendering resolution and control components are prepared to be done when presented. For example, a typical computer video resolution is measured in units of X by gamma pixels, basically ranging from a minimum of 480x640 to 600x800 and l〇24xl〇24, although there are usually more than 4 other The resolution can be determined according to the needs. The image presentation is also affected by the image content and the capabilities of a given video controller, which is not a pre-defined color level or color depth (the number of bits used to generate each pixel of color) and intensity. And any additional burdens used. For example, a typical computer presentation can be expected to have 8 to 32 or more bits per pixel anywhere, so that the king can have different colors (shadows and hues), although other values are encountered. . From the above values, it can be seen that a given screen image will need to transmit data from 2.45 Mb to about 33.35 Mb, ranging from a typical minimum to a maximum resolution and depth. When viewing video or animated images at a rate of 3 frames per second, the amount of data required is approximately 73.7 to 1,006 million bits per second (Mbps), or approximately every second. 9.21 to 125 is a million-digit number (Mbps). In addition, it may need to cooperate with the image to present sound material, such as for a multimedia presentation, or as an independent high resolution sound presentation, such as CD quality music. It can also use additional signals to handle interactive commands, controls and signals. Each of these options will add more information to be transferred. In either case, when it needs to transmit high-quality or high-resolution image data and high-quality sound information or data signals to the end user to generate a rich content experience, present the components and the source used to provide such data. A data transfer rate link is required between the master devices. -6 - This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1255 W〇8i 120455 t A7 B7 Chinese manual replacement page (April 1993) V. Invention description (for 琢 client device The desired video and audio data can be transmitted using a twisted pair of low power and high speed capabilities, which can be transmitted using other cables, as described below. A particular embodiment of the invention using a USB interface allows for a set of conductors Idle transmission, and the main signaling and control on the USB connection, it shuts down when not in use, and consumes a small amount of power. The USB interface is the standard for the use of today's personal computer devices, and the USB interface and its operation The details are well known in the art, so it is not explained here. For the USB interface, the communication between the host and the display conforms to the universal serial bus specification version 2. In the application using the form u interface, USB It is the primary messaging gateway, and there may be a voice return channel, which is the host's choice to poll the client through the MDDI, column data signal.

具有HDTV形式或類似的高解析度之高效能顯示器,其 需要約1.5 Gbps速率的資料流,藉以支援完整的動畫視 訊。該形式II介面藉由平行傳送2個位元來支援高資料 率’形式III則藉由平行傳送4個位元,形式IV介面平行傳 送8個位元。MDDI所使用的協定允許每個形式I、π、ΠΙ或 iv主機來通信於任何的形式j、η、⑴或IV客戶端或顯示 器,藉由協調所可能使用的最高資料率。可稱之為最低能 力裝置的能力或可用的特徵則用來設定該鏈結的效能。做 為一種規則’即使對於系統當中主機及客戶端皆能夠使用 形式II、形式III或形式IV介面者,其皆開始以形式j介面來 運作。然後該主機即決定該目標客戶端或顯示器之能力, 並協調一交遞或重新設置運作到形式Z〗、形式π〗或形式IV -24- 度適用中ϋ家標準規格(210X297公秦Γ 驗讀錄)潘φ〇455 號專利申請案 書替換頁(93年4月) 發明説明( 在圖41中 入為負輸入。該輸出為—邏輯!,如果:(v 大於〇。另-個方式來描述此狀況為—具有:; :: 無限大)增益的差動放大器,其輸出在邏輯〇幻電壓^ 處裁切。 1 在不同配對之間的延遲偏斜y植异 坡偏斜必須取小化來以最高可能的 速率來運作該差動傳輸系統。 在圖42中,-主機控制器侧及—客戶端或顯示控制器 4204係顯示在該通信鏈結42〇6上傳送封包。該主機控制^ 使用一系列的三個驅動器421〇、4212及4124來接收^傳^ 的該主機DATA及STB信號,以及接收要傳送的該客戶端 貧料信號。負責傳送該主機資料的驅動器使用一致能信號 輸入來允許啟動該通信鏈結,其僅在當需要自該主機傳= 到該客戶端時。因為該STB信號形成為該資料傳送的一部 伤,對於该驅動态(4212)不會使用額外的致能信號。每個 DATA及STB驅動器的輸出係分別連接到終端阻抗或電阻 4216a、4216b、4216c及4216d 〇 終端電阻4216a及4216b亦可做為該STB信號處理之客戶 端處接收器4230之輸入上的阻抗,而額外的終端電阻 4236a及4236b係分別置於串聯電阻4216c及4216d在該客戶 ^寊料處理接收為4 2 3 2之輸入上。在該客戶端控制器中的 第六驅動器4234係用來預備該資料信號來由該客戶端傳送 到該主機,其中在該輸入側的驅動器42 14經由終端電阻 42 16c及4126d來處理資料用於傳送到該主機來處理。 -70- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐)A high-performance display in the form of HDTV or similar high resolution requires a data stream at a rate of approximately 1.5 Gbps to support full animation video. The Form II interface supports high data rates by transmitting 2 bits in parallel. Form III transfers 8 bits in parallel by the parallel transmission of 4 bits. The protocol used by MDDI allows each form of I, π, ΠΙ or iv host to communicate with any form j, η, (1) or IV client or display by coordinating the highest data rate that may be used. The ability or feature available to the lowest power device is used to set the performance of the link. As a rule, even if the host and client in the system can use the Form II, Form III or Form IV interface, they all begin to operate in the form j interface. The host then determines the capabilities of the target client or display, and coordinates a handover or reset operation to form Z, form π or form IV -24-degree applicable to the standard specification (210X297 public test)读录) Pan φ〇 455 Patent Application Replacement Page (April 1993) Invention Description (In Figure 41, the input is negative. The output is - logic!, if: (v is greater than 〇. Another way To describe this condition as a differential amplifier with a gain of ::; infinitely large, whose output is cropped at the logical phantom voltage ^ 1 delay skew between different pairs y-slope skew must be taken The miniaturization operates the differential transmission system at the highest possible rate. In Figure 42, the host controller side and the client or display controller 4204 display the transmission of packets on the communication link 42〇6. The host control ^ uses a series of three drivers 421, 4212 and 4124 to receive the host DATA and STB signals, and receives the client lean signal to be transmitted. The driver responsible for transmitting the host data is consistently used. Can signal input to allow The communication link is only used when it is required to pass from the host to the client. Since the STB signal forms a flaw in the data transmission, no additional enable is used for the drive state (4212). Signals. The output of each DATA and STB driver is connected to the termination impedance or resistors 4216a, 4216b, 4216c, and 4216d, respectively. The termination resistors 4216a and 4216b can also be used as inputs to the receiver 4230 at the client of the STB signal processing. Impedance, and additional termination resistors 4236a and 4236b are placed in series resistors 4216c and 4216d, respectively, at the input of the customer processing received as 4 2 3 2 . The sixth driver 4234 in the client controller is used. The data signal is prepared for transmission by the client to the host, wherein the driver 42 14 on the input side processes the data for transmission to the host via the termination resistors 42 16c and 4126d. -70- This paper scale applies China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm)

訂 » 125 5晕1^120455號專利申請案 +文說明書替換頁(93年4月)五、發明説明(_ Γ~ Α7 Β7 之間延遲的偏斜造成該輸出時脈的工作循環有扭曲。在使 用正反器5728,5730之接收器正反器(RXFF)階段的D輸入處 的貧料在該時脈邊緣之後必須稍微地改變,所以其能夠可 罪地取樣。該圖面顯示兩個串聯的延遲線5732&及5732b, 其用來解決產生此時序關係之兩個不同的問題。在實際的 實施中,這些可整合為單一延遲元件。 圖5 8所不為透過該介面之範例性信號處理之形式鏈結 上的資料、Stb及時脈恢復時序。 很顯著的整體延遲偏斜通常來自以下階段中該偏斜的總 和·具有正反器5704, 5706之傳送器正反器(TXFF);具有 驅動器5708,5710之傳送器驅動器(tXDRVR);纜線 5702 ;具有接收器5722,5724之接收線接收器 (RXRCVR);及接收器XOR邏輯(RXXOR)。延遲5732a必須 匹配或超過於該RXXOR階段中該X〇R閘5736的延遲,其係 由以下關係式所決定: t pd - min (Delay 1) 2 tp£) - max ( XOR ) 其有需要來滿足此需求,所以該接收器正反器5728, 5 73 2的D輸入在其時脈輸入之前並不改變。此在當rxff的 保持時間為零時成立。 該Delay2的目的或功能係根據以下關係式來補償該 RXFF正反器的保持時間: tpD - min(Delay 2) = tH(RXFF) -93- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家檩準(CNS) A4規格(210 x 297公釐)Order » 125 5 Halo 1^120455 Patent Application + Document Replacement Page (April, 1993) V. Invention Description (_ Γ~ Α7 Β7 The delay between the skew causes the output clock of the output clock to be distorted. The lean material at the D input of the receiver flip-flop (RXFF) stage using the flip-flops 5728, 5730 must be slightly changed after the clock edge, so it can be sampled guilty. The figure shows two The series of delay lines 5732& and 5732b are used to solve two different problems in generating this timing relationship. In practical implementations, these can be integrated into a single delay element. Figure 5 is not an example of the interface. The data on the formal link of the signal processing, Stb and pulse recovery timing. The significant overall delay skew usually comes from the sum of the skew in the following stages. The transmitter flip-flop (TXFF) with the flip-flops 5704, 5706 a transmitter driver (tXDRVR) with drivers 5708, 5710; a cable 5702; a receive line receiver (RXRCVR) with receivers 5722, 5724; and a receiver XOR logic (RXXOR). The delay 5732a must match or exceed In the RXXOR phase The delay of X〇R gate 5736 is determined by the following relationship: t pd - min (Delay 1) 2 tp£) - max ( XOR ) It is necessary to meet this requirement, so the receiver flip-flop 5728 The D input of 5 73 2 does not change before its clock input. This is true when the hold time of rxff is zero. The purpose or function of the Delay2 is to compensate the hold time of the RXFF flip-flop according to the following relationship: tpD - min(Delay 2) = tH(RXFF) -93- This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification. (210 x 297 mm)

裝 玎

線 Α7 Β7 一『丨域诈0455 號專利申請案 ,書替換頁(93年4月) 五、發明説明(^ ) B. MDDI形式II、ΙΗ及IV之鏈結時序分析 一類似於圖41及5 7所不的典型介面電路係不於圖5 9 ’用 以容納形式II、III及IV介面鏈結。其使用額外的元件在該 TXFF (5904)、TXDRVR (5908)、RXRCVCR (5924)及 RXFF (5928,593 0)階段來容納額外的信號處理。在圖59中,傳 遞延遲及偏斜之範例性或典型的數值係對於一 MDDI形式 II前向鏈結的數個處理或介面階段的每一個來顯示。除了 MDDI_Stb及MDDI_DataO之間的延遲之偏斜會影響該輸出 時脈的工作循環,在這兩個信號及另一個MDDI_Data信號 之間亦有偏斜。在包含正反器5928、5930之接收器正反器 B(RXFFB)階段的D輸入處的資料在該時脈邊緣之後稍微地 改變,所以其能夠可靠地取樣。如果MDDI_Datal比 MDDIStb 或MDDI—DataO要早到達,然後MDDI—Datal 必須 延遲來取樣至少該延遲偏斜量。為此目的,資料使用該 Delay3延遲線來延遲。如果MDDI_Datal比MDDI_Stb及 MDDI—DataO要晚到達,且其由Delay3所延遲,該 MDDI_Datal改變的點係移動得更為靠近下一個時脈邊 緣。此處理決定一 MDDI形式II、III或IV鏈結之資料率的 上限。兩個資料信號與MDDI_Stb彼此相對之時序或偏斜 關係之一些範例性不同的可能性係示於圖60a、60b及 60c 〇 當MDDI—DataX儘可能地早到達,為了在RXFFB中可靠 地取樣資料,Delay3係根據以下關係式來設定: bD-niinpelayS)匕 tSKEW-max(LINK) + tH(RxFFB) +tpD-max(XOR) -95- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(21〇x 297公釐) 1255 Μ(8ι 120455號專利申請案 ]中文說明書替換頁(93年4月) 五、發明説明() 117 圖式元件符號說明 100 電腦 102 無線裝置或個人資料助理裝置 104 顯示裝置 106 顯示裝置 108 聲音再生系統 110 通信鏈結 112 聲音再生系統 114 外部揚聲器 202 主機 202’ 主機 204 客戶端 204’ 客戶端 206 通信通道 208 前向鏈結 210 反向鏈結 402 MDDI鏈結控制器 404 MDDI鏈結控制器 406 通信通道 408 USB主機裝置 410 USB客戶端裝置 502 MDDI鏈結控制器 504 MDDI鏈結控制器 506 通信通道 -120-本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ,, - 「:, A7 B7 mwm l|20455號專利申請案 卞 月中文疑㈣書替換頁(93年4月) 五、發明説明( 3502 延遲 3504 延遲 3600 CRC產生器及檢查器 3602 CRC暫存器 3604 多工器 3606 多工器 3608 NAND 閘 3610 NOR 閘 3612 OR 閘 3614 AND 閘 4002 DATA 信號 4004 STB 信號 4006 時脈信號 4100 傳輸部分 4102 信號路徑 4104 電路元件 4106 電路元件 4108 差動線驅動器 4110 差動線驅動器 4112 邏輯元件 4120 接收部分 4122 差動線接收器 4124 差動線接受器 4126 邏輯元件 4128 電路 -121 -本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) I255_ 120455號專利申請案 中說明書替換頁(93年4月) 五、發明説明 4130 電路 4132 延遲元件 4202 主機控制器 4204 客戶端或顯示控制器 4206 通訊鍵結 4210 驅動器 4212 驅動器 4214 驅動器 4216a 終端阻抗或電阻 4216b 終端阻抗或電阻 4216c 終端阻抗或電阻 4216d 終端阻抗或電阻 4218a 電阻 4218b 電阻 4220 電壓源 4230 客戶端處接收器 4232 資料處理接收器 4234 驅動器 4236a 終端電阻 4236b 終端電阻 4900 狀態機器 4902 狀態 4904 狀態 4906 狀態 4908 狀態 -122- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐)Line Α7 Β7 1 丨 诈 045 0045 Patent Application, Book Replacement Page (April 1993) V. Invention Description (^) B. MDDI Form II, ΙΗ and IV Chain Timing Analysis is similar to Figure 41 and The typical interface circuit of 5 7 is not the same as Figure 5 9 ' to accommodate the Form II, III and IV interface links. It uses additional components in the TXFF (5904), TXDRVR (5908), RXRCVCR (5924), and RXFF (5928, 593 0) stages to accommodate additional signal processing. In Figure 59, exemplary or typical values for transmission delay and skew are shown for each of several processing or interface stages of an MDDI Form II forward link. In addition to the skew of the delay between MDDI_Stb and MDDI_DataO, the duty cycle of the output clock is affected, and there is also a skew between the two signals and another MDDI_Data signal. The data at the D input of the receiver flip-flop B (RXFFB) stage including the flip-flops 5928, 5930 is slightly changed after the clock edge, so that it can be reliably sampled. If MDDI_Datal arrives earlier than MDDIStb or MDDI_DataO, then MDDI_Datal must delay to sample at least the amount of delay skew. For this purpose, the data is delayed using the Delay3 delay line. If MDDI_Datal arrives later than MDDI_Stb and MDDI_DataO, and it is delayed by Delay3, the point changed by MDDI_Datal moves closer to the next clock edge. This process determines the upper limit of the data rate for a MDDI Form II, III or IV link. Some exemplary differences in the timing or skew relationship between the two data signals and MDDI_Stb are shown in Figures 60a, 60b, and 60c. When MDDI-DataX arrives as early as possible, in order to reliably sample data in RXFFB. , Delay3 is set according to the following relationship: bD-niinpelayS)匕tSKEW-max(LINK) + tH(RxFFB) +tpD-max(XOR) -95- This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21 〇x 297 mm) 1255 Μ (8ι 120455 Patent Application) Chinese Manual Replacement Page (April 1993) V. Invention Description () 117 Graphical Symbol Description 100 Computer 102 Wireless Device or Personal Data Assistant Device 104 Display Device 106 Display Device 108 Sound Regeneration System 110 Communication Link 112 Sound Regeneration System 114 External Speaker 202 Host 202' Host 204 Client 204' Client 206 Communication Channel 208 Forward Link 210 Reverse Link 402 MDDI Link Controller 404 MDDI link controller 406 communication channel 408 USB host device 410 USB client device 502 MDDI link controller 504 MDDI link controller 506 communication channel -120 - the paper size is suitable China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm),, - ":, A7 B7 mwm l|20455 patent application 卞月中文疑疑(四)书 replacement page (April 1993) V. Invention description ( 3502 Delay 3504 Delay 3600 CRC Generator and Checker 3602 CRC Register 3604 Multiplexer 3606 Multiplexer 3608 NAND Gate 3610 NOR Gate 3612 OR Gate 3614 AND Gate 4002 DATA Signal 4004 STB Signal 4006 Clock Signal 4100 Transmission Section 4102 Signal Path 4104 Circuit Element 4106 Circuit Element 4108 Differential Line Driver 4110 Differential Line Driver 4112 Logic Element 4120 Receiver Section 4122 Differential Line Receiver 4124 Differential Line Receiver 4126 Logic Element 4128 Circuit - 121 - This paper size applies to China Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210 X 297 mm) I255_ 120455 Patent Application Replacement Page (April 1993) V. Invention Description 4130 Circuit 4132 Delay Element 4202 Host Controller 4204 Client or Display Controller 4206 Communication Bond 4210 Driver 4212 Driver 4214 Driver 4216a Terminal Impedance or Resistor 4216b Termination Impedance or Resistor 4216c Termination Impedance Resistor 4216d Terminal Impedance or Resistor 4218a Resistor 4218b Resistor 4220 Voltage Source 4230 Client Receiver 4232 Data Processing Receiver 4234 Driver 4236a Termination Resistor 4236b Termination Resistor 4900 State Machine 4902 Status 4904 Status 4906 Status 4908 Status - 122- This paper size applies China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm)

Ig55考]〇& 120455號專利申請案 此…L缚文說明書替換頁⑼年斗月) ^ 五、發明説明(_ ) 4910 狀態 4912 狀態 5302 區域 5304 區域 5306 區域 5502 狀態機器 5504 處理器 5508 處理器 5702 電纜 5704 正反器 5706 正反器 5708 驅動器 5710 驅動器 5722 接收器 5724 接收器 5728 正反器 5730 正反器 5732a 延遲線 5732b 延遲線 5736 XOR閘 5904 正反器 5908 正反器 5924 正反器 5928 正反器 5930 正反器 -123-本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐)Ig55 test] 〇 & 120455 patent application this ... L binding text manual replacement page (9) year of the month) ^ five, invention description (_) 4910 state 4912 state 5302 area 5304 area 5306 area 5502 state machine 5504 processor 5508 processing 5702 cable 5704 flip-flop 5706 flip-flop 5708 driver 5710 driver 5722 receiver 5724 receiver 5728 flip-flop 5730 flip-flop 5732a delay line 5732b delay line 5736 XOR gate 5904 flip-flop 5908 flip-flop 5924 flip-flop 5928 Pros and cons 5930 Pros and cons -123 - This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm)

Claims (1)

|2〇455號專利申請案 益 」η 3 +文㈣7_專利範圍替換本(93年4月)益 六、申請專利範圍 一種在通信路徑上於一主機裝置與一客戶端裝置之間 以咼速率傳送數位呈現資料之數位化資料介面,其包 含: 鏈結在一起的複數個封包結構,以形成一通信協 定,用以在該通信路徑上於一主機與/客戶端之間傳 送一預先選擇的數位控制及呈現資料的組合;及 存在於該主機裝置中的至少一個鏈結控制器,其係 經由該通信路徑或鏈結來耦合到該客戶端裝置,其用 於產生、傳送及接收形成該通信協定的封包,並形成 數位化呈現貧料為一或多種資料封包。 2. 如申請專利範圍第1項之介面,進一梦包含該封包係 在媒體訊框中群組在一起,其在該主機及客戶端裝置 之間傳送,並包含具有不同及可變長度之預定數目的 封包之預先定義的固定長度。 3. 4. 5. 如申請專利範圍第1項之介面,進一步包含—次訊框 標頭封包,其置於由該主機傳送封包的 人口 間始處。 如申請專利範圍弟1項之介面,進一米 鏈結上於該主機與客戶端之間雙向傳遊义°在d通仏 ' 貝訊。 麵結控制器為 如申請專利範圍弟1項之介面,其中— 女 一主機鏈結控制器,並進一步包含至H、 主機裝置中的至少一個鏈結控制器,其個存在於该 路徑耦合到該客戶端裝置,其用於產生係經由該通信 形成該通信協定的封包,並形成數位 傳送及接收 或多種資料封包。 疋現資料為一 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 8 8 8 8 A B c D JE55M8 六、申請專利範圍 6. 如申請專利範圍第5項之介面,其中該主機鏈結控制 器包含一或多個差動線驅動器;而該客戶端鏈結控制 器包含耦合到該通信路徑之一或多個差動線接收器。 7. 如申請專利範圍第1項之介面,進一步包含視訊形式 資料的視訊流封包,及聲音形式資料的聲音流封包, 用以在一前向鏈結上由該主機傳送資料到該客戶端, 用以呈現給一客戶端使用者。 8· 如申請專利範圍第1項之介面,進一步包含該客戶端 的一或多個反向鏈結包覆封包來傳送資料到該主機。 9. 如申請專利範圍第1項之介面,其中該主機鏈結控制 器請求來自該客戶端裝置之顯示能力資訊,藉以決定 該客戶端透過該介面可接受那一種資料及資料速率。 10. 如申請專利範圍第1項之介面,其中該主機裝置包含 一無線通信裝置。 11. 如申請專利範圍第1項之介面,其中該主機裝置包含 具有置於其中的一無線數據機之可攜式電腦。 12. 如申請專利範圍第1項之介面,其中該主機裝置包含 一中央處理器。 13. 如申請專利範圍第1項之介面,其中該主機裝置係設 置成一個人生產力裝置。 14. 如申請專利範圍第1項之介面,其中該主機裝置係設 置成一個人娛樂裝置。 15. 如申請專利範圍第1項之介面,其中該客戶端裝置包 含一可攜式視訊顯示器。 -2- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) msm A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 16.如申請專利範圍第”員之介面,其中該客戶端裝置包 含一可攜式視訊呈現系統。 π·如申π專利範圍第16項之介面,其中該可攜式視訊呈 現系統包含一 DVD播放器。 18.如申μ專利範圍第丨6項之介面,其中該可攜式視訊呈 現系統包含一遊戲播放器裝置。 19·如申1專利範圍第上項之介面,其中該客戶端裝置包 含一可攜式聲音呈現系統。 20.如申請專利範圍第2項之介面,進一步包括: 複數個傳送模式,其每個允許在一給定時段内平行 地傳送不同最大位元數目的資料,其中每個模式係由 滅主機與客戶端鏈結驅動器之間的協調來選擇;及 其中該傳送模式在資料傳送期間在該模式之間為可 動態調整。 21·如申w專利範圍第1項之介面,進一步包含複數個封 包’其可用來傳送自彩色地圖、位元區塊傳送、位元 圖區域填充、位元圖圖案填充,及透明彩色致能形式 封包所構成的群組中選擇的視訊資訊。 22.如申請專利範圍第1項之介面,進一步包含由該主機 所產生的填充形式封包來佔據不具有資料的前向鏈結 傳輸之週期。 , 23·如申請專利範圍第1項之介面,進一步包含用以傳送 介面使用者定義的資料之使用者定義串流形式封包。 24·如申請專利範圍第i項之介面,進一步包含由該主機 - 3- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公董) 1255118 六、申請專利範圍 A8 B8 C8 D8 傳送一鏈結關閉形式封包到該客戶端,以終止在該通 信路徑上任一方向的資料傳送。 25·如申請專利範園第丨項之介面,進一步包含該客戶端 的裝置來由-冬眠狀態叫醒該主機。 26· —種在通信路徑上於一主機裝置與一客戶端裝置之間 以高速率傳送數位資料之方法,其包含: 產生複數個預先定義的封包結構中之,或多個,並 將其鏈結在一起來形成一預先定義的通信協定; 使用该通信協定在該通信路徑上於該主機及該客戶 端裝置之間傳送一預先選擇的數位控制及呈現資料的 組合; 經由該通信路徑來耦合存在於該主機装置中的至少 一個鏈結控制器到該客戶端裝置,該主機鏈結控制器 係用於產生、傳送及接收形成該通信協定的封包,並 形成數位化呈現資料為一或多種資料封包;及 使用該鏈結控制器在該通信路徑上以封包的形式傳 送資料。 27.如申請專利範圍第26項之方法,進一步包含在媒體説 框内將該封包群組在一起,來在該主機與客戶端之間 通信,該媒體訊框包含具有不同及可變長度之預定數 目的封包之預先定義的固定長度。 28·如申請專利範圍第26項之方法,進一步包含利用一次 訊框標頭形式封包由該主機進行封包傳送。 29·如申請專利範圍第26項之方法,進一步包含在該通信 -4 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐) A BCD 職8 六、申請專利範圍 鏈結上於該主機與客戶端之間雙向傳送資訊。 30·如申請專利範圍第26項之方法,進—步包含存在於該 主機裝置中的至少一個鏈結控制器,其係經由該通信 路徑或鏈結來耦合到該主機裝置,其用於產生、傳送 及接收形成該通信協定的封包,並形成數位化呈現資 料為一或多種資料封包。 31. 如申請專利範圍第3〇項之方法,其中該主機鏈結控制 器包含一或多個差動線驅動器;而該客戶端鏈結控制 器包含輕合到該通信路徑之一或多個差動線接收器。 32. 如申請專利範圍第26項之方法’進—步包含使用視訊 开&gt; 式貧料的一或多個視訊流形式封包及聲音形式資料 的聲音流形式封包來由該主機傳送資料到該客戶端來 呈現給一客戶端使用者。 33·如申請專利範圍第26項之方法,進一步包含使用一或 多個反向鏈結包覆形式封包來由該客戶端傳送資料到 該主機。 34·如申請專利範圍第26項之方法,進一步包含由一主機 鏈結控制器自該客戶端請求顯示能力資訊,藉以決定 該客戶端透過該介面可接受那一種資料及資料速率。 35·如申請專利範圍第34項之方法,進一步包含使用至少 一個顯示能力形式封包由一客戶端鏈結控制器傳送顯 不或呈現能力到該主機鏈結控制器。 36·如申請專利範圍第26項之方法,其中該通信路徑包含 具有一系列的四或更多的導體及一遮蔽的纜線。 -5- W«適用中國國巧準----—~ A B c D 1255118 六、申請專利範圍 37·如申請專利範圍第26項之方法,進一步包含藉由每個 該鏈結控制器運作一 USB資料介面成為該通信路徑的 一部份。 38. 如申請專利範圍第26項之方法,其中該主機裝置包含 一無線通信裝置。 39. 如申請專利範圍第26項之方法,其中該主機裝置包含 具有置於其中的一無線數據機之可攜式電腦。 4〇·如申請專利範圍第26項之方法,其中該客戶端裝置包 含一可攜式視訊顯示器。 41·如申請專利範圍第40項之方法,其中該可攜式視訊顯 示器包含一微型顯示器裝置。 42·如申請專利範圍第26項之方法,其中該客戶端裝置包 含一可攜式聲音呈現系統。 43·如申請專利範圍第26項之方法,進一步包含儲存多媒 體資料在該主機來傳送給該客戶端裝置。 44·如申請專利範圍第26項之方法,其中每個封包可包含 一封包長度欄位、一或多個封包資料欄位,及一循環 冗餘檢查攔位。 45. 如申請專利範圍第27項之方法,進一步包括: 在該主機與客戶端鏈結驅動器之間協調在每個方向 上使用禝數個傳送模式之一,其每個允許在一給定時 段内平行傳送不同最大位元數目的資料;及 在傳送貧料期間動態地在該傳送模式之間調整。 46. 如申請專利範圍第26項之方法,進一步包含使用複數 -6- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210^717 1255118|2〇 455 Patent Application Benefits η 3 +文(四)7_The scope of patent replacement (April, 1993) Yiliu, the scope of patent application is between the host device and a client device in the communication path. The rate transfer digital presentation data digitizing data interface includes: a plurality of packet structures linked together to form a communication protocol for transmitting a pre-selection between a host and/or a client on the communication path a combination of digital control and presentation data; and at least one chain controller present in the host device coupled to the client device via the communication path or link for generation, transmission, and reception The packet of the communication protocol is formed into a digital representation of the poor material for one or more data packets. 2. As in the interface of the first application of the patent scope, the dream includes that the packets are grouped together in a media frame, which is transmitted between the host and the client device, and includes reservations having different and variable lengths. The predefined fixed length of the number of packets. 3. 4. 5. If the interface to claim 1 of the patent scope is further included, the sub-frame header packet is placed at the beginning of the population transmitted by the host. For example, if you want to apply for the interface of the patent scope, you can use the interface between the host and the client for two-way navigation. The face junction controller is an interface as claimed in the patent application scope, wherein the female-host link controller further includes at least one link controller to the H, the host device, and one of the paths is coupled to the path The client device is configured to generate a packet forming the communication protocol via the communication, and form a digital transmission and reception or a plurality of data packets. The current data is a paper scale applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) 8 8 8 8 AB c D JE55M8 VI. Patent application scope 6. If the interface of the patent application scope 5 is included, The host link controller includes one or more differential line drivers; and the client link controller includes one or more differential line receivers coupled to the communication path. 7. The interface of the first application of the patent scope, further comprising a video stream packet of the video format data, and a sound stream packet of the voice form data, for transmitting data to the client by the host on a forward link, Used to present to a client user. 8. The interface of claim 1 of the patent application further includes one or more reverse link wrap packets of the client to transmit data to the host. 9. The interface of claim 1, wherein the host link controller requests display capability information from the client device to determine which data and data rate the client can accept through the interface. 10. The interface of claim 1, wherein the host device comprises a wireless communication device. 11. The interface of claim 1 wherein the host device comprises a portable computer having a wireless data unit disposed therein. 12. The interface of claim 1 wherein the host device comprises a central processing unit. 13. The interface of claim 1 of the patent application, wherein the host device is set as a human productivity device. 14. The interface of claim 1 wherein the host device is provided as a personal entertainment device. 15. The interface of claim 1 wherein the client device includes a portable video display. -2- This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) msm A8 B8 C8 D8 VI. Patent application scope 16. For the application of the patent scope, the client device contains A portable video presentation system. π· The application of the 16th item of the patent scope, wherein the portable video presentation system comprises a DVD player. 18. The interface of the sixth application of the patent scope of claim μ, wherein The portable video presentation system comprises a game player device. The interface of the above item of claim 1, wherein the client device comprises a portable sound presentation system. The interface further includes: a plurality of transfer modes, each of which allows data of different maximum number of bits to be transmitted in parallel within a given time period, wherein each mode is coordinated between the host and the client link driver To select; and the transmission mode is dynamically adjustable between the modes during data transmission. 21· The interface of the first item of the patent scope of the application, further including a plurality of packets It can be used to transmit video information selected from a group consisting of a color map, a bit block transfer, a bit map area fill, a bit pattern fill, and a transparent color enable form packet. The interface of the one item further includes a padding form packet generated by the host to occupy a period of forward link transmission without data. 23) The interface of the first item of the patent application scope further includes a transmission interface for use. The user-defined stream form packet of the defined data. 24 · The interface of the i-th application scope of the patent application, further including the host - 3- paper scale applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 Dong) 1255118 VI. Patent Application A8 B8 C8 D8 Transmit a link closure form to the client to terminate the data transfer in either direction on the communication path. 25·If you apply for the interface of the patent garden, Further including the client device to wake up the host by the hibernation state. 26 - is in the communication path between a host device and a client device A method of transmitting digital data at a high rate, comprising: generating one or more of a plurality of predefined packet structures and chaining them together to form a predefined communication protocol; using the communication protocol in the communication Transmitting a combination of pre-selected digital control and presentation data between the host and the client device; coupling at least one link controller present in the host device to the client device via the communication path, The host link controller is configured to generate, transmit, and receive a packet forming the communication protocol, and form a digitalized presentation data into one or more data packets; and use the link controller to form a packet on the communication path Transfer data. 27. The method of claim 26, further comprising grouping the packets together in a media frame to communicate between the host and the client, the media frame comprising different and variable lengths A predetermined fixed length of a predetermined number of packets. 28. The method of claim 26, further comprising packet transmission by the host using a header frame form packet. 29·If the method of applying for the scope of patent No. 26 is further included in the communication-4 - the paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) A BCD position 8 VI, the patent application scope link The information is transmitted in both directions between the host and the client. 30. The method of claim 26, further comprising at least one link controller present in the host device coupled to the host device via the communication path or link for generating Transmitting and receiving packets forming the communication protocol, and forming the digital presentation data into one or more data packets. 31. The method of claim 3, wherein the host link controller includes one or more differential line drivers; and the client link controller includes one or more of the communication paths Differential line receiver. 32. The method of claim 26, wherein the method further comprises: transmitting, by the host, the data to the one or more video stream packets and the sound stream form of the voice form data using the video feed' The client presents to a client user. 33. The method of claim 26, further comprising using one or more reverse link wrap-around packets to transfer data to the host by the client. 34. The method of claim 26, further comprising requesting display capability information from the client by a host link controller to determine which data and data rate the client can accept through the interface. 35. The method of claim 34, further comprising transmitting, by the client chain controller, a display or presentation capability to the host link controller using at least one display capability form packet. 36. The method of claim 26, wherein the communication path comprises a series of four or more conductors and a shielded cable. -5- W«Applicable to China's national standard ----- AB c D 1255118 VI. Patent application scope 37. The method of claim 26, further comprising operating one by each of the chain controllers The USB data interface becomes part of the communication path. 38. The method of claim 26, wherein the host device comprises a wireless communication device. 39. The method of claim 26, wherein the host device comprises a portable computer having a wireless data unit disposed therein. 4. The method of claim 26, wherein the client device comprises a portable video display. 41. The method of claim 40, wherein the portable video display comprises a microdisplay device. 42. The method of claim 26, wherein the client device comprises a portable sound presentation system. 43. The method of claim 26, further comprising storing the multimedia material at the host for transmission to the client device. 44. The method of claim 26, wherein each packet can include a packet length field, one or more packet data fields, and a cyclic redundancy check block. 45. The method of claim 27, further comprising: coordinating between the host and the client link driver, using one of a plurality of transfer modes in each direction, each of which is allowed for a given period of time The data of different maximum number of bits is transmitted in parallel; and dynamically adjusted between the transmission modes during the delivery of the lean material. 46. The method of applying for the scope of patent No. 26 further includes the use of the plural -6- This paper scale applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210^717 1255118) …^中或多個來傳送自彩色地圖、位元區塊傳 兀圖區域填充、位元圖圖案填充,及透明彩色 致能形式封包所構成的群組中選擇的視訊資訊。 A如申請專利範圍第26項之方法,進一步包含由該主機 產生式封包來佔據不具有資料的前向鏈 之週期。 狀如=專利範圍第26項之方法,進一步包含利用使用 者疋我串4形式封包來傳送介面使用者定義的資料。 49.如申請專利範圍第26項之方法,進一步包含利用由該 主機在傳送一鏈結關閉形式封包到該客戶端來終止在 該通信路徑上任一方向的資料傳送。 50·如申請專利範圍第26項之方法,進一步包含藉由通信 於该客戶端來將該主機由一冬眠狀態叫醒。 51· —種在通信路徑上於一主機裝置與一客戶端裝置之間 以高速率傳送數位資料之裝置,其包含: 置於遠主機裝置中至少一個主機鏈結控制器,用以 產生一或多個複數個預先定義的封包結構,並將其鏈 結在一起來形成一預先定義的通信協定,並利用該通 信協定在該通信路徑上於該主機與該客戶端裝置之間 傳送一預先選擇的數位控制及呈現資料的組合; 置於該客戶端裝置中至少一個客戶端控制器,並經 由該通信路徑耦合到該主機鏈結控制器;及 每個鏈結控制器亦用來產生、傳送及接收形成該通 信協定之封包,並用以形成數位化呈現為一或多種資 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐)...^ or a plurality of video information selected from a group consisting of a color map, a bit block transfer area fill, a bit pattern fill, and a transparent color enable form packet. A. The method of claim 26, further comprising the period in which the host-generated packet occupies a forward chain that does not have data. The method of clause 26 of the patent scope further includes transmitting the user-defined data of the interface using the user's 44 string package. 49. The method of claim 26, further comprising terminating data transfer in either direction on the communication path by the host transmitting a link closure form to the client. 50. The method of claim 26, further comprising waking up the host by a hibernation state by communicating with the client. 51. A device for transmitting digital data at a high rate between a host device and a client device over a communication path, comprising: at least one host link controller disposed in the remote host device for generating one or a plurality of predefined pre-defined packet structures, linked together to form a predefined communication protocol, and utilizing the communication protocol to transmit a pre-selection between the host and the client device over the communication path a combination of digital control and presentation data; placed in at least one client controller of the client device and coupled to the host link controller via the communication path; and each link controller is also used to generate and transmit And receiving a packet forming the communication protocol and used to form a digital representation of one or more capital paper scales applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) A8 B8 C8 D8 申呵專利範圍 料封包。 52 &gt; 如申凊專利範圍第5丨項之裝置,其中該主機控制器包 含一狀態機器。 53 'j〆 •如申睛專利範圍第5 1項之裝置,其中該主機控制器包 含一通用信號處理器。 54’如申凊專利範圍第5 1項之裝置,其中在媒體訊框内將 遠封包群組在一起,來在該主機與客戶端之間通信, 邊媒體訊框包含具有不同及可變長度之預定數目的封 包之預先定義的固定長度。 55.如申凊專利範圍第5 1項之裝置,進一步包含一次訊框 ^頭封包’其置於由該主機傳送封包的開始處。 56·如申請專利範圍第5 1項之裝置,其中該鏈結控制器係 用來在該通信鏈結上於該主機與客戶端裝置之間雙向 地傳送資訊。 57.如申請專利範圍第51項之裝置.,其中該客戶端控制器 包έ韓合到該客戶端裝置的一客戶端接收器。 58·=申清專利範圍第57項之裝置,其中該主機控制器包 吕一或多個差動線驅動器;且該客戶端接收器包含耦 合到該通信路徑之一或多個差動線接收器。 说如申請專利範圍第51項之裝置n包含使用㈣ 形式資料的視訊流形式封包及聲音形式資料的聲音流 形式封包,其係當由該主機傳送資料到該客戶端來呈 現給一客戶端使用者時。 6〇.如申請專利範圍第51項之裝置m多個反向A8 B8 C8 D8 Shenha patent range Material package. 52. The device of claim 5, wherein the host controller comprises a state machine. 53 'j〆 • A device as claimed in claim 5, wherein the host controller includes a general purpose signal processor. 54. The device of claim 5, wherein the remote packets are grouped together in the media frame to communicate between the host and the client, and the media frame includes different and variable lengths. A predetermined fixed length of a predetermined number of packets. 55. The apparatus of claim 51, further comprising a sub-frame header packet placed at the beginning of the transmission of the packet by the host. 56. The device of claim 5, wherein the link controller is operative to transmit information bidirectionally between the host and the client device on the communication link. 57. The device of claim 51, wherein the client controller includes a client receiver of the client device. 58. The device of claim 57, wherein the host controller includes one or more differential line drivers; and the client receiver includes one or more differential line receivers coupled to the communication path Device. The device n of claim 51 includes a video stream form packet using the (4) form data and a voice stream form packet of the voice form data, which is transmitted by the host to the client for presentation to a client. When. 6〇. As in the application for the scope of the 51st device m multiple reverse 1255118 as -: B8 C8 P«««- . .‘...... D8 六、申請專利範圍 鏈結包覆形式封包來由該客戶端傳送資料到該主機。 61·如申請專利範圍第5丨項之裝置,其中該主機鏈結控制 器用來請求來自該客戶端裝置之顯示能力資訊,藉以 決定該客戶端透過該介面可接受那一種資料及資料速 率。 62·如申請專利範圍第6丨項之裝置,進一梦包含至少一個 顯示能力形式封包來由一客戶端鏈結控制器傳送顯示 或呈現能力到該主機鏈結控制器。 63·如申請專利範圍第5丨項之裝置,其中該通信路徑包含 具有一系列的四或更多的導體及一遮蔽的纜線。 64.如申請專利範圍第63項之裝置,其中該纜線包含6個 導體及一遮蔽。 65·如申請專利範圍第63項之裝置,其中該纜線包含8個 導體及一遮蔽。 66. 如申請專利範圍第63項之裝置·,其中該通信路徑包含 具有4個導體、一 USB形式介面及一遮蔽的纜線。 67. 如申請專利範圍第63項之裝置,其中每個該導體包含 多束的電線,其電阻在長度上每一千英呎約為11〇歐 姆,信號傳遞速度約為〇.66c,經由該纜線的最大延遲 小於約8 nsec·,及一遮蔽。 68. 如申請專利範圍第51項之裝置,其中該主機裝 一無線通信裝置。 口 69·如申請專利範圍第5丨項之裝置,Α &gt; 中碌王機裝置包本 具有置於其中的一無線數據機之可祥以 〇 网八%腦〇 -9 -1255118 as -: B8 C8 P«««- . . ‘... D8 VI. Patent Application The link wraps the packet to be sent by the client to the host. 61. The device of claim 5, wherein the host link controller is configured to request display capability information from the client device to determine which data and data rate the client can accept through the interface. 62. The device of claim 6, wherein the dream comprises at least one display capability form packet to transfer display or presentation capabilities to the host link controller by a client chain controller. 63. The device of claim 5, wherein the communication path comprises a series of four or more conductors and a shielded cable. 64. The device of claim 63, wherein the cable comprises six conductors and a shield. 65. The device of claim 63, wherein the cable comprises 8 conductors and a shield. 66. The device of claim 63, wherein the communication path comprises a cable having four conductors, a USB form interface, and a shield. 67. The device of claim 63, wherein each of the conductors comprises a plurality of bundles of electrical wires having a resistance of about 11 ohms per thousand inches per length and a signal transmission speed of about 66.66c. The maximum delay of the cable is less than about 8 nsec·, and a shadow. 68. The device of claim 51, wherein the host is equipped with a wireless communication device.口 69·If the device of the fifth paragraph of the patent application scope, Α &gt; Zhongluwang machine package has a wireless data machine placed in it, 祥 〇 八 八 八 -9 -9 1255118 as B8 C8 --------- - D8 六、申請專利範園 70·如申請專利範圍第51項之裝置,其中該客戶端裝置包 含一可攜式视訊顯示器。 71·如申請專利範圍第7〇項之裝置,其中該可攜式視訊顯 不器包含一彳敖型顯示器裝置。 72·如申请專利範圍第5丨項之裝置,其中該客戶端裝置包 含一可攜式聲音呈現系統。 73·如申叩專利範圍第5 1項之裝置,進一步包含儲存多媒 體資料在該主機來傳送給該客戶端裝置。 74.如申請專利範圍第51項之裝置,其中每個封包可包含 一封包長度欄位、一或多個封包資料欄位,及一循環 冗餘檢查欄位。 75·如申巧專利範圍第5 1項之裝置,其中該主機與客戶端 鏈、、&gt; 控制态係用來在每個方向上使用複數個傳送模式 足一,其每個允許在一給定時段内平行地傳送不同最 大位兀數目的資料;且能夠在傳送資料期間於該傳送 模式之間動態地調整。 I如申請專利範圍第51項之裝置,進一步包含使用複數 個封包中一或多個來傳送自彩色地圖、位元區塊傳 运、位兀圖區域填充、位元圖圖案填充,及透明彩色 致能形式封包所構成的群組中選擇的視訊資訊。 乃·如申請專利範圍第51項之裝置,進一步包含由該主機 所產生的填充形式封包來佔據不具有資料的前向鏈結 傳輸之週期。 78.如申請專利範圍第51項之裝置’進一步包含键盤資料 -10- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公D1255118 as B8 C8 --------- - D8 VI. Application for Patent Park 70. For the device of claim 51, the client device includes a portable video display. 71. The device of claim 7, wherein the portable video display comprises a display device. 72. The device of claim 5, wherein the client device comprises a portable sound presentation system. 73. The apparatus of claim 51, further comprising storing the multimedia material at the host for transmission to the client device. 74. The device of claim 51, wherein each packet can include a packet length field, one or more packet data fields, and a cyclic redundancy check field. 75. The device of claim 5, wherein the host and client chain, &gt; control state is used to use a plurality of transmission modes in each direction, each of which is allowed to be given The data of different maximum number of bits is transmitted in parallel within a predetermined period of time; and can be dynamically adjusted between the transmission modes during transmission of the data. I. The device of claim 51, further comprising transmitting one or more of the plurality of packets from the color map, the bit block transport, the bit map fill, the bit pattern fill, and the transparent color The video information selected in the group formed by the enabled form packet. The device of claim 51, further comprising a padding packet generated by the host to occupy a period of forward link transmission without data. 78. The device of claim 51 of the patent application' further includes keyboard information. -10- This paper scale applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 public D 79. 80. 客戶端裝置的使 資料到結合於該 各戶4置的使用者輸人裝置,或自其傳 如申請專利範圍第51項之裝 、貝,田氺馇、苦 η从 Τ邊王機控制器係 用末傳运-鏈結關閉形式封包到該終止在該通信路徨上任-方向的資料傳送 -種用於電子系統中之電腦程式產品,用 路徑上於-王機裝置與一客戶端裝置之間以古 送數位資料來呈現給一使用者,其包含:冋 -電腦可使用媒體,其具有實施在該媒 可讀取程置,用以使得一應用程式可:魏 上執行’ β %腦可讀取程式碼裝置包含: 私月自可項取第一程式碼裝置,用以使得該電腦月 統來產生一或多個複數個預先定義的封包結構,並弗 其鏈結在一起來形成一預先定義的通信協定; 一電腦可謂取第二程式碼裝置,用以使得該電腦吾 統利用Μ通信協定在該通信路徑上於該主機與該客戶 端裝置之間傳送一預先選擇的數位控制及呈現資料# 組合; 通ft 一電腦可項取第三程式碼裝置,用以使得該電腦系 統經由該通信路徑來耦合置於該主機裝置中的至少一 個鏈結控制器到置於該客戶端裝置中的至少一客戶端 控制器,該鏈結控制器係用於產生、傳送及接收形成 遠通h協定的封包,並形成數位化呈現資料為一或多 種資料封包;及 -11 本紙fe尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(21〇 X 297公董)79. 80. The client device makes the data to the user input device that is integrated into the four households, or from the device of the 51st item of the patent application, the shellfish, the field, the bitterness The king machine controller is packaged in the end transport-link closed form to the data transfer that terminates in the direction of the communication path - a computer program product used in an electronic system, with a path on the - king device and A client device is presented to the user by using the digital data, which includes: a computer-usable medium, which is implemented in the media readable program, so that an application can be: Executing the 'β% brain readable code device includes: a private month to select the first code device for causing the computer system to generate one or more plural predefined packet structures, and the chain Formed together to form a predefined communication protocol; a computer can be referred to as a second code device for causing the computer to transmit a communication between the host and the client device over the communication path using a communication protocol Pre-selected digits And a presentation data# combination; a computer capable of accessing a third code device for causing the computer system to couple at least one chain controller disposed in the host device to the client via the communication path At least one client controller in the end device, the link controller is configured to generate, transmit and receive a packet forming a far-reaching h agreement, and form a digitalized presentation material as one or more data packets; and -11 paper The scale applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α 4 specifications (21〇X 297 DON) 裴 η裴 η 六、申請專利範圍 一電腦可讀取第四程式碼,用以使得該電腦系統利 用該鏈結控制器在該通信路徑上以封包的形式傳送資 料。 81. —種在通信路徑上於一主機裝置與一客戶端裝置之間 以高速率傳送數位資料來呈現給一使用者之裝置,其 包含: 用以產生一或多個複數個預先定義的封包結構’並 將其鏈結在一起來形成一預先定義的通信協足之裝 置; 用以使用該通信協定在該通信路徑上於該主機及該 客戶端裝置之間傳送一預先選擇的數位控制及呈現資 料的組合之裝置; 用以經由該通信路徑耦合至少兩個鏈結控制裔'在一 起之裝置,其每個位在該主機及客戶端中,且每個用 於產生、傳送及接收形成該通信協定的封包’並形成 數位化呈現資料為一或多種資料封包;及 用以利用該鏈結控制器在該通信路徑上以封包的形 式傳送資料之裝置。 82. 如申請專利範圍第81項之裝置,進一步包含用以在媒 體訊框内將該封包群組在一起來在該主機與客戶端之 間通信的裝置,該媒體訊框包含具有不同及可變長度 之預定數目的封包之預先定義的固定長度。 83. 如申請專利範圍第81項之裝置,進一步包含用以利用 一次訊框標頭形式封包由該主機進行封包傳送之裝 -12- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐)VI. Application for Patent Scope A computer can read the fourth code for the computer system to use the link controller to transmit the data in the form of a packet on the communication path. 81. A device for transmitting digital data to a user at a high rate between a host device and a client device over a communication path, the method comprising: generating one or more plurality of predefined packets Structures' and chained together to form a pre-defined communication coordinating device; for transmitting a preselected digital control between the host and the client device over the communication path using the communication protocol Means for presenting a combination of data; means for coupling at least two links to control the 'being together' via the communication path, each bit being in the host and the client, and each for generating, transmitting, and receiving The packet of the communication protocol 'and forms a digital presentation material as one or more data packets; and means for transmitting data in the form of a packet on the communication path by the link controller. 82. The device of claim 81, further comprising means for grouping the packets together in the media frame to communicate between the host and the client, the media frame comprising different and A predefined fixed length of a predetermined number of packets of variable length. 83. The device of claim 81, further comprising a package for transmitting packets by the host in a header frame format. -12- The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) A8 B8 C8A8 B8 C8 六、申請專利範圍 置。 一步包含用以在該Sixth, the scope of application for patents. One step included in the 含耦合到該主機裝置的一主機控制器, 如申請專利範圍第81項之裝置,進 其中一鏈結控制器包 制器,而該第二鏈結 控制器包含耦合到該客戶端裝置的一客戶端接收哭。 86·如申請專利範圍第85項之裝置’其中該主機控制器包 含-或多個差動線驃動器;且讀客戶端接收器包含輕 合到該通信路徑之一或多個差動線接收器。 87·如申請專利範圍第81項之裝置’進一步:含用以使用 視訊形式資料的一或多個視訊流形式封包及聲音形式 貧料的聲首流形式封包來由該主機傳送資料到該客^ 端來呈現給一客戶端使用者之裝置。 88·如申請專利範圍第81項之裝置,進一步包含用以利用 一或多個反向鏈結包覆形式封包來由該客戶端傳送資 料到該主機之裝置。 ” 89·如申請專利範圍第81項之裝置,進一步包含用以由— 主機鏈結控制器自該客戶端請求顯示能力資訊之裝 置’藉以決定該客戶端透過該介面可接受那一種資料 及資料速率。 &quot; 9〇·如申請專利範圍第89項之裝置,進一步包含使用至少 一個顯示能力形式封包由一客戶端鏈結控制器傳送, 示或呈現能力到該主機鏈結控制器。A host controller coupled to the host device, such as the device of claim 81, into one of the link controller packages, and the second link controller includes a coupled device to the client device The client receives crying. 86. The device of claim 85, wherein the host controller includes - or a plurality of differential line actuators; and the read client receiver includes one or more differential lines that are lightly coupled to the communication path receiver. 87. The device of claim 81 of the patent application 'further: containing one or more video stream packets for use in the form of video format and a voice first stream form packet for the poor form of sound to be transmitted by the host to the guest ^ The device that presents to a client user. 88. The device of claim 81, further comprising means for transmitting data from the client to the host using one or more reverse link wrap-around packages. 89. The device of claim 81, further comprising means for requesting display capability information from the client by the host link controller to determine which type of data and data the client can accept through the interface The device of claim 89, further comprising transmitting, by means of a client chain controller, a presentation or presentation capability to the host link controller using at least one display capability form packet. 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CMS) A4規格(210X297公釐)This paper scale applies to the Chinese National Standard (CMS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 申請專利範圍 1255118 91'如申請專利範圍第81項之裝置,其中該通信路徑包含 具有-系列的四或更多的導體及—遮蔽的境線。 92. 如申清專利範圍第8丨項之裝置, — 、 要—步包含用以耩由 母個孩鏈結控制器運作一 USB资料人二丄 Γ也 /、针介面成為該通信路 徑的一部份之裝置。 93. 如申請專利範圍第8丨項之裝置, 具中孩王機包含一無 線通信裝置。 ^ 如申請專利範圍第81項之裝置,A 衣 其中該主機裝置包含 具有置於其中的一無線數據機之可 如申請專利範圍第81項之裝置,其;=端裝置包 含一可攜式視訊顯示器。 94. 95. 96. 如申請專利範圍第95項之裝置,丨中該可攜式視訊顯 示器包含一微型顯示器裝置。 97·如申請專利範圍第81項之裝置,其中該客戶端裝置包 含一可攜式聲音呈現系統。 98. 99. 如申請專利範圍第81項之裝置’進—步包含用以儲存 多媒體資料在該主機來傳送給該客戶端裝置之裝置。 如申請專利範圍第8 1項之裝置,其中每個該封包包含 一封包長度欄位、一或多個封包資料欄位,及一循環 几餘檢查搁位。 100·如申請專利範圍第82項之裝置,進一步包括: 用以在該主機與客戶端鏈結驅動器之間協調在每個 方向上使用複數個傳送模式之一的裝置,其每個允許 在一給定時段内平行傳送不同最大位元數目的資料; -14- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 丨 申請專利範園 及 的=在傳送資料期間動態地在該傳送模式之間調整 肌=專利範圍第81項之裝置步包含用以使用 去、、, 求傳运自彩色地圖、位元區塊 傳达、位元圖區域埴 _ ^ , 戈異无位兀圖圖案埴充,及透明彩 置巴致能形式封包所構成的群組中選擇的視訊資訊之裝 1(^^=_第81項之裝置,進—步包含用以由該 形式封包來佔據不具有資料的前向 鏈結傳輛之週期的裝置。 1ω· = ί專利範圍第81項之裝置,進-步包含用以利用 使用者足義串流形式封包爽值 卜 料之裝置。 匕尜傳迗介面使用者定義的貧 1〇4·如申請專利範圍第 , 衮置·,進-步包含用以利用 鍵泰貧料及指向裝置資料形式封包,以傳送資料到結 合於孩客戶端裝置的使用者輸入裳置 料之裝置。 ^ 肌如申請專利範圍第81項之裝置,進—步包含用以利用 由孩王機在傳送一鏈結關閉形式封包到該客戶端來終 止在孩通信路徑上任一方向的資料傳送之裝置。 106.一種用於一電子系統中之處理器,用於在二通&quot;各徑 上於-主機裝置與-客戶端裝置之間以高速率傳送數 位資料,該處理器用來產生一或多個複數個預先定義 -15- 各紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210 X 297公釐) A BCD 1255118 六、申請專利範圍 的封包結構,並將其鏈結在一起來形成一預先定義的 通信協定之裝置;形成數位呈現資料到一或多種形武 的資料封包;利用該通信協定在該通信路徑上於.該主 機與該客戶端裝置之間傳送一預先選擇的數位控制及 呈現資料的組合;且在該通信路徑上以封包的形式傳 送資料。 107· —種用於一電子系統中達到在一通信路徑上於一主機 裝置與一客戶端裝置之間以高速率傳送數位資料的同 步化之狀態機器,該狀態機器配置成具有至少一個非 同步戒框狀怨同步化狀態、至少兩個取得同步狀態同 步化狀態、及至少三個同步中狀態同步化狀態。 -16- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐)Patent Application No. 1 255 181 </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; 92. If the device of claim 8 of the patent scope is applied, the -step includes the operation of a USB data link controller for the operation of the parent device, and the pin interface becomes the communication path. Part of the device. 93. If the device of claim 8 is applied, the medium-sized child machine includes a wireless communication device. ^ A device as claimed in claim 81, wherein the host device comprises a device having a wireless data unit disposed therein as claimed in claim 81; the = device includes a portable video device monitor. 94. 95. 96. The device of claim 95, wherein the portable video display comprises a microdisplay device. 97. The device of claim 81, wherein the client device comprises a portable sound presentation system. 98. 99. The device of claim 81, wherein the device further comprises means for storing multimedia material on the host for transmission to the client device. For example, in the device of claim 81, each of the packets includes a packet length field, one or more packet data fields, and a plurality of check shelves. 100. The apparatus of claim 82, further comprising: means for coordinating, between the host and the client link driver, one of a plurality of transfer modes in each direction, each of which is allowed in one Data of different maximum number of bits transmitted in parallel for a given period of time; -14- This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 丨Application for patent parks and = Dynamically during data transmission Adjusting the muscle between the transmission modes = the device step of the 81st patent range includes the use of the go, the, the transfer from the color map, the bit block conveyance, the bit map area 埴 _ ^, The device of the video information selected in the group consisting of the graphic pattern expansion and the transparent color-blocking-enabled form packet (^^=_ the device of the 81st item, the step-by-step includes the packet for the form A device for occupying a cycle of a forward link transmission without data. 1ω· = ί Device of the 81st patent range, the step further comprises means for encapsulating the value of the value by means of the user's footstream匕尜传迗interface User-defined poverty 〇4· As claimed in the patent scope, 衮 , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , The apparatus for dressing the material. ^ The muscle is as in the device of claim 81, and the step-by-step includes the use of the parent machine to transmit a link closure form to the client to terminate any direction on the child communication path. 106. A device for transmitting data. 106. A processor for use in an electronic system for transmitting digital data at a high rate between a host device and a client device in a two-way path. To produce one or more multiple pre-defined -15- each paper scale applicable to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210 X 297 mm) A BCD 1255118 VI. The patented package structure is linked and linked Forming a device of a predefined communication protocol; forming a digital presentation data to one or more data packets; using the communication protocol on the communication path to the host and the Transmitting a combination of pre-selected digital control and presentation data between the client devices; and transmitting the data in the form of a packet on the communication path. 107. - for use in an electronic system to reach a host on a communication path a synchronized state machine for transmitting digital data at a high rate between the device and a client device, the state machine being configured to have at least one non-synchronized frame-like synchronization state, at least two synchronized state synchronization states, and At least three synchronized state synchronization states. -16- This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm)
TW091120455A 2001-09-06 2002-09-09 Digital data interface, method, apparatus, computer program product, processor and state machine for transferring digital data TWI255118B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US31785801P 2001-09-06 2001-09-06
US10/020,520 US6760772B2 (en) 2000-12-15 2001-12-14 Generating and implementing a communication protocol and interface for high data rate signal transfer
US35689202P 2002-02-13 2002-02-13
AU2002324904A AU2002324904A1 (en) 2001-09-06 2002-09-06 Generating and implementing a communication protocol and interface for high data rate signal transfer

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TWI255118B true TWI255118B (en) 2006-05-11

Family

ID=42647479

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW091120455A TWI255118B (en) 2001-09-06 2002-09-09 Digital data interface, method, apparatus, computer program product, processor and state machine for transferring digital data

Country Status (10)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1423778A2 (en)
CN (2) CN1575448A (en)
AU (1) AU2009202101A1 (en)
BR (1) BR0212361A (en)
CA (1) CA2459941C (en)
IL (1) IL160770A0 (en)
MX (1) MXPA04002212A (en)
RU (1) RU2004110228A (en)
TW (1) TWI255118B (en)
WO (1) WO2003023587A2 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI395198B (en) * 2008-09-26 2013-05-01 Microsoft Corp Compensating for anticipated movement of a device
US8886229B2 (en) 2006-09-26 2014-11-11 Qualcomm Incorporated Sensor networks based on wireless devices
TWI491221B (en) * 2007-05-08 2015-07-01 Qualcomm Inc A packet structure for a mobile display digital interface
US9392211B2 (en) 2011-06-20 2016-07-12 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Providing video presentation commentary

Families Citing this family (57)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6760772B2 (en) 2000-12-15 2004-07-06 Qualcomm, Inc. Generating and implementing a communication protocol and interface for high data rate signal transfer
US8812706B1 (en) 2001-09-06 2014-08-19 Qualcomm Incorporated Method and apparatus for compensating for mismatched delays in signals of a mobile display interface (MDDI) system
CN103220282B (en) 2003-06-02 2016-05-25 高通股份有限公司 Generate and implement one for more signal protocol and the interface of High Data Rate
EP2363989B1 (en) 2003-08-13 2018-09-19 Qualcomm Incorporated A signal interface for higher data rates
RU2369033C2 (en) * 2003-09-10 2009-09-27 Квэлкомм Инкорпорейтед High-speed data transmission interface
CN1894931A (en) * 2003-10-15 2007-01-10 高通股份有限公司 High data rate interface
RU2331160C2 (en) * 2003-10-29 2008-08-10 Квэлкомм Инкорпорейтед Interface with high speed of data transmission
US8606946B2 (en) * 2003-11-12 2013-12-10 Qualcomm Incorporated Method, system and computer program for driving a data signal in data interface communication data link
CA2546971A1 (en) * 2003-11-25 2005-06-09 Qualcomm Incorporated High data rate interface with improved link synchronization
CA2731363C (en) * 2003-12-08 2013-10-08 Qualcomm Incorporated High data rate interface with improved link synchronization
CN101827103B (en) * 2004-03-10 2012-07-04 高通股份有限公司 High data rate interface apparatus and method
KR101245962B1 (en) * 2004-03-17 2013-03-21 퀄컴 인코포레이티드 High data rate interface apparatus and method
WO2005096594A1 (en) * 2004-03-24 2005-10-13 Qualcomm Incorporated High data rate interface apparatus and method
US8650304B2 (en) 2004-06-04 2014-02-11 Qualcomm Incorporated Determining a pre skew and post skew calibration data rate in a mobile display digital interface (MDDI) communication system
KR100882166B1 (en) * 2004-06-04 2009-02-06 퀄컴 인코포레이티드 High data rate interface apparatus and method
CA2569106C (en) * 2004-06-04 2013-05-21 Qualcomm Incorporated High data rate interface apparatus and method
DE102004046746B4 (en) * 2004-09-27 2007-03-01 Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten Forschung e.V. Method for synchronizing additional data and basic data
WO2006058173A2 (en) * 2004-11-24 2006-06-01 Qualcomm Incorporated Digital data interface device message format
US8667363B2 (en) 2004-11-24 2014-03-04 Qualcomm Incorporated Systems and methods for implementing cyclic redundancy checks
US8699330B2 (en) 2004-11-24 2014-04-15 Qualcomm Incorporated Systems and methods for digital data transmission rate control
US8873584B2 (en) 2004-11-24 2014-10-28 Qualcomm Incorporated Digital data interface device
US8692838B2 (en) 2004-11-24 2014-04-08 Qualcomm Incorporated Methods and systems for updating a buffer
US7315265B2 (en) 2004-11-24 2008-01-01 Qualcomm Incorporated Double data rate serial encoder
US8723705B2 (en) 2004-11-24 2014-05-13 Qualcomm Incorporated Low output skew double data rate serial encoder
US8539119B2 (en) 2004-11-24 2013-09-17 Qualcomm Incorporated Methods and apparatus for exchanging messages having a digital data interface device message format
US8692839B2 (en) 2005-11-23 2014-04-08 Qualcomm Incorporated Methods and systems for updating a buffer
US8730069B2 (en) 2005-11-23 2014-05-20 Qualcomm Incorporated Double data rate serial encoder
US9198084B2 (en) 2006-05-26 2015-11-24 Qualcomm Incorporated Wireless architecture for a traditional wire-based protocol
CA2671610C (en) 2006-12-22 2013-11-19 Qualcomm Incorporated Enhanced wireless usb protocol and hub
US8667144B2 (en) 2007-07-25 2014-03-04 Qualcomm Incorporated Wireless architecture for traditional wire based protocol
US8212518B2 (en) * 2007-10-15 2012-07-03 Nxp B.V. Method of controlling a power transfer system and power transfer system
US8811294B2 (en) 2008-04-04 2014-08-19 Qualcomm Incorporated Apparatus and methods for establishing client-host associations within a wireless network
US9398089B2 (en) 2008-12-11 2016-07-19 Qualcomm Incorporated Dynamic resource sharing among multiple wireless devices
US9264248B2 (en) 2009-07-02 2016-02-16 Qualcomm Incorporated System and method for avoiding and resolving conflicts in a wireless mobile display digital interface multicast environment
WO2011025146A2 (en) 2009-08-26 2011-03-03 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for multiple frame transmission for supporting mu-mimo
CN103139819B (en) * 2009-08-28 2016-03-30 华为技术有限公司 Determine search volume, the method for candidate control channel resource and device
US9582238B2 (en) 2009-12-14 2017-02-28 Qualcomm Incorporated Decomposed multi-stream (DMS) techniques for video display systems
US8692937B2 (en) * 2010-02-25 2014-04-08 Silicon Image, Inc. Video frame synchronization
US9065876B2 (en) 2011-01-21 2015-06-23 Qualcomm Incorporated User input back channel from a wireless sink device to a wireless source device for multi-touch gesture wireless displays
US9787725B2 (en) 2011-01-21 2017-10-10 Qualcomm Incorporated User input back channel for wireless displays
US9582239B2 (en) 2011-01-21 2017-02-28 Qualcomm Incorporated User input back channel for wireless displays
US10135900B2 (en) 2011-01-21 2018-11-20 Qualcomm Incorporated User input back channel for wireless displays
US9413803B2 (en) 2011-01-21 2016-08-09 Qualcomm Incorporated User input back channel for wireless displays
US10108386B2 (en) 2011-02-04 2018-10-23 Qualcomm Incorporated Content provisioning for wireless back channel
US9503771B2 (en) 2011-02-04 2016-11-22 Qualcomm Incorporated Low latency wireless display for graphics
US8674957B2 (en) 2011-02-04 2014-03-18 Qualcomm Incorporated User input device for wireless back channel
US9525998B2 (en) 2012-01-06 2016-12-20 Qualcomm Incorporated Wireless display with multiscreen service
US9755818B2 (en) * 2013-10-03 2017-09-05 Qualcomm Incorporated Method to enhance MIPI D-PHY link rate with minimal PHY changes and no protocol changes
US9270929B2 (en) * 2013-12-19 2016-02-23 Lattice Semiconductor Corporation Formatting audio-video information compliant with first transmission format to second transmission format in integrated circuit for offloading physical layer logic for first transmission format to separate integrated circuit
US9717015B2 (en) * 2014-07-03 2017-07-25 Qualcomm Incorporated Rate control for wireless communication
CN112468846B (en) * 2014-12-05 2023-06-02 Lg 电子株式会社 Broadcast signal transmitting method and apparatus, and broadcast signal receiving method and apparatus
CN104618059A (en) * 2015-01-14 2015-05-13 华为技术有限公司 Method, device and system for transmitting transport stream data
US9621332B2 (en) * 2015-04-13 2017-04-11 Qualcomm Incorporated Clock and data recovery for pulse based multi-wire link
US10027504B2 (en) 2015-10-23 2018-07-17 Qualcomm Incorporated Protocol-assisted advanced low-power mode
CN107592411B (en) * 2017-08-28 2022-04-01 杭州来布科技有限公司 Communication interface and communication method
CN110139063B (en) * 2018-02-09 2020-12-18 杭州海康威视数字技术股份有限公司 Method, device and equipment for determining number of video streams supported by equipment
CN110389865B (en) * 2018-04-19 2023-04-28 名硕电脑(苏州)有限公司 Portable electronic device and signal output method

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5490247A (en) * 1993-11-24 1996-02-06 Intel Corporation Video subsystem for computer-based conferencing system
SE506540C2 (en) * 1995-06-13 1998-01-12 Ericsson Telefon Ab L M Synchronization of data transfer via a bidirectional link
US5751951A (en) * 1995-10-30 1998-05-12 Mitsubishi Electric Information Technology Center America, Inc. Network interface
US6298387B1 (en) * 1996-07-12 2001-10-02 Philips Electronics North America Corp System for detecting a data packet in a bitstream by storing data from the bitstream in a buffer and comparing data at different locations in the buffer to predetermined data
US6064649A (en) * 1997-01-31 2000-05-16 Nec Usa, Inc. Network interface card for wireless asynchronous transfer mode networks
US6172937B1 (en) * 1998-05-13 2001-01-09 Intel Corporation Multiple synthesizer based timing signal generation scheme

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8886229B2 (en) 2006-09-26 2014-11-11 Qualcomm Incorporated Sensor networks based on wireless devices
TWI491221B (en) * 2007-05-08 2015-07-01 Qualcomm Inc A packet structure for a mobile display digital interface
TWI395198B (en) * 2008-09-26 2013-05-01 Microsoft Corp Compensating for anticipated movement of a device
US9392211B2 (en) 2011-06-20 2016-07-12 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Providing video presentation commentary
TWI561079B (en) * 2011-06-20 2016-12-01 Microsoft Technology Licensing Llc Providing video presentation commentary

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CA2459941C (en) 2013-09-17
RU2004110228A (en) 2005-03-10
MXPA04002212A (en) 2004-08-11
CN101197652A (en) 2008-06-11
WO2003023587A3 (en) 2003-08-14
WO2003023587A2 (en) 2003-03-20
AU2009202101A1 (en) 2009-06-18
CN1575448A (en) 2005-02-02
EP1423778A2 (en) 2004-06-02
BR0212361A (en) 2006-11-07
CA2459941A1 (en) 2003-03-20
IL160770A0 (en) 2004-08-31
CN101197652B (en) 2013-06-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI255118B (en) Digital data interface, method, apparatus, computer program product, processor and state machine for transferring digital data
TWI374635B (en) Generating and implementing a signal protocol and interface for higher data rates
CA2725844C (en) Generating and implementing a communication protocol and interface for high data rate signal transfer
US6760772B2 (en) Generating and implementing a communication protocol and interface for high data rate signal transfer
US8694663B2 (en) System for transferring digital data at a high rate between a host and a client over a communication path for presentation to a user
TWI455539B (en) Method, apparatus and system for providing multimedia synchronization for simultaneous isochronous data streams through a frame sync packet in a mddi communication system and non-transitory computer-executable medium thereof
KR100919761B1 (en) High data rate interface apparatus and method
TWI401601B (en) Method and system for a mobile display digital interface system and computer program product
AU2002227359A1 (en) Generating and implementing a communication protocol and interface for high data rate signal transfer
TW200537879A (en) High data rate interface with improved link control
MXPA06006012A (en) High data rate interface with improved link synchronization.
TW200534098A (en) High data rate interface with improved link synchronization
KR20040036945A (en) Generating and implementing a communication protocol and interface for high data rate signal transfer
AU2009200172A1 (en) Generating and implementing a communication protocol and interface for high data rate signal transfer
AU2002324904A1 (en) Generating and implementing a communication protocol and interface for high data rate signal transfer
CA2818773A1 (en) A system for transferring digital data at a high rate between a host and a client over a communication path for presentation to a user

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees